HomeMy WebLinkAboutagenda.council.regular.202102231
AGENDA
CITY COUNCIL REGULAR MEETING
February 23, 2021
5:00 PM, City Council Chambers
130 S Galena Street, Aspen
I.CALL TO ORDER
II.ROLL CALL
III.SCHEDULED PUBLIC APPEARANCES
IV.CITIZENS COMMENTS & PETITIONS
(Time for any citizen to address Council on issues NOT scheduled for a public hearing. Please
limit your comments to 3 minutes)
City of Aspen is inviting you to a scheduled Webex meeting: www.webex.com
Tuesday, February 23, 2021
4:30 PM | (UTC-07:00) Mountain Time (US & Canada) | 5 hrs
Join meeting
More ways to join:
Join from the meeting link
https://coa.my.webex.com/coa.my/j.php?MTID=m642d0e3c49f34194925f6f31d44ed7f3
Join by meeting number
Meeting number (access code): 182 461 0835
Meeting password: 81611
Tap to join from a mobile device (attendees only)
+1-720-650-7664,,1824610835## United States Toll (Denver)
+1-469-210-7159,,1824610835## United States Toll (Dallas)
Join by phone
+1-720-650-7664 United States Toll (Denver)
+1-469-210-7159 United States Toll (Dallas)
Global call-in numbers
Join from a video system or application
Dial 1824610835@coa.my.webex.com
You can also dial 173.243.2.68 and enter your meeting number.
Join using Microsoft Lync or Microsoft Skype for Business
Dial 1824610835.coa.my@lync.webex.com
1
2
Need help? Go to https://help.webex.com
V.SPECIAL ORDERS OF THE DAY
a) Councilmembers' and Mayor's Comments
b) Agenda Amendments
c) City Manager's Comments
d) Board Reports
VI.CONSENT CALENDAR
(These matters may be adopted together by a single motion)
VI.A.Resolution #019, Series of 2021 - Contract with Avocette for Salesforce Services
VI.B.Resolution #022, Series of 2021 - Audio Video Contract with AV Experts
VI.C.Resolution #023, Series of 2021 - Operating Lease for Truscott Tennis Facility
VI.D.Draft Minutes of February 9th, 2021
VII.NOTICE OF CALL-UP
VII.A.HPC Approval for 925 King Street
VIII.FIRST READING OF ORDINANCES
IX.PUBLIC HEARINGS
IX.A.Ordinance #01, Series of 2021 - 100 Marolt Place - Marolt Ranch Lot 3 - Minor
Planned Development Amendment
X.ACTION ITEMS
X.A.Temporary Structures in the Right of Way for Summer 2021
EXECUTIVE SESSION
Pursuant to C.R.S. Section 24-6-402 (4)(a) The purchase, acquisition, lease, transfer, or sale
of any real, personal, or other property interest; (4)(b) Conferences with an attorney for the
local public body for the purposes of receiving legal advice on specific legal questions. (4)(e)
Determining positions relative to matters that may be subject to negotiations; developing
strategy for negotiations; and instructing negotiators. (4)(f) Personnel matters.
The specific items of discussion involve the following:
2
3
Aspen Film Lease
Council review of the City Attorney.
XI.ADJOURNMENT
3
1 | P a g e
MEMORANDUM
TO:City Council
FROM:Karen Harrington, Quality Office Director
Rebecca Wallace, Community Development Ops Director
THROUGH:Phillip Supino, Community Development Director
Sara Ott, City Manager
MEETING DATE:February 23, 2021
RE:Contract with Avocette for Salesforce Services
REQUEST OF COUNCIL: Approval of a contract with Avocette for professional services in support of the
Salesforce permitting, licensing, and land use planning system.
BACKGROUND: In March 2017, Council approved a contract with Vertiba, LLC for the design, build,
implementation, and support of a new permits management software system built on the Salesforce
platform andutilizing the integrated BasicGov app. Subsequently, Council has approved annual contracts
with Vertiba, LLC for ongoing maintenance and support of the system and for handling complex
enhancements. In December 2020, the internal core team overseeing the system decided to pursue a
competitive procurement for these services. Avocette was selected as best able to meet the City’s
requirements.
DISCUSSION: The cloud-based Salesforce system handles many of the tasks associated with community
development, including:
Permit applications and management
Land use planning applications and management
Company contractor licensing
Individual professional certifications for trades, such as plumbing and electrical
The system uses the Clariti application (formerly BasicGov) along with native Salesforce configurations. It
is integrated with MUNICIPAY, Bluebeam, the City’s GIS system, and Oracle.
An online customer portal offers applications, status checking, inspection requests, and payments.
Internally, complex business rules help ensure that cases are quickly routed to the correct departments
for reviews and inspections, and that fees are generated correctly. More than 2,500 external customers
and 80 internal staff use the system.
The first line of support for the system, as well as certain mid- to advanced-level tasks, are handled by an
experienced internal team. Avocette will collaborate with this technical staff team and a broader core
team to provide advanced support of the system and supplement internal resources.
4
2
Avocette responded to an RFP issued by the City in December 2020 for continued contractor support of
the system. A cross-functional team of staff reviewed the proposals and agreed that Avocette was the
best fit to meet the City’s needs in 2021. Avocette’s assistance will focus on four priority tasks in 2021:
1. Provide day-to-day assistance with bug fixes and enhancements
2. Complete a Lightning needs assessment (to identify the best path to take advantage of the full
functionality offered by Salesforce on its most current platform)
3. Upgrade the customer portal (to streamline and improve the customer experience when applying
and managing their applications, using the Lightning version of Salesforce)
4. Complete additional Lighting migration tasks
FINANCIAL/BUDGET IMPACTS:
$200,000 is budgeted for the set of tasks described above. No new funds are requested.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS
Continuation of support for this electronic system continues to eliminate the paper associated historically
with the management of plan sets and documents associated with permitting processes.
RECOMMENDED ACTION:
Approve the attached contract with Avocette to provide Salesforce services.
PROPOSED MOTION:
Move that the City Council approveResolution #2021-019, a contract with Avocette for $200,000in 2021,
with the option to renew for Priority 1 tasks (day-to-day assistance) at the discretionof the City and in an
amount determined by the City, for up to an additional two years.
CITY MANAGER COMMENTS:
5
RESOLUTION #119
(Series of 2021)
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO, APPROVING A PROPOSED
CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CITY OF ASPEN AND AVOCETTE, AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO
EXECUTE A FINAL CONTRACT ON BEHALF OF THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO.
WHEREAS, there has been submitted to City Council a proposed contract between the City of
Aspen and Avocette, which is attached herein as Attachment A;
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO.
That the City Council of the City of Aspen hereby approves the entry into a Contract for the support and
enhancement of the Salesforce system for permits; land use planning; contractor licensing; and
professional certifications, between the City of Aspen and Avocette, a copy of which is attached hereto,
and does herby authorize the City Manager to execute a final contract on behalf of the City of Aspen in
substantially the form attached hereto, subject to the approval of the City Manager and the City
Attorney.
INTRODUCED, READ, AND ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Aspen on the 23
rd day of February
2021.
___________________________________________
Torre, Mayor
I, Nicole Henning, duly appointed and acting City Clerk do certify that the foregoing is a true and
accurate copy of the resolution adopted by the City Council of the City of Aspen, Colorado, at a meeting
held, February 23, 2021.
___________________________________________
Nicole Henning, City Clerk
6
ATTACHMENT A
Contract between the City of Aspen and Avocette
7
Agreement Professional Services Page 1
CITY OF ASPEN STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT V 2009
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
City of Aspen Contract No.: 2020-106
AGREEMENT made as of 26h day of February, 2021.
BETWEEN the City:
Contract Amount:
The City of Aspen
c/ Phillip Supino, Comm Dev Director
130 South Galena Street
Aspen, Colorado 81611
Phone: 970-429-2767
And Professional:
Avocette, C/O D arrel Drab
Vi ce President, Product Integration 422 Sixth Street
New Westminster, BC V3L 3B2
Telephone: 604.395.6000
Fax: 604.395.6004
For the Following Project:
Salesforce ongoing support; Lightning assessment; customer portal rebuild; and Lightning
migration tasks
Exhibits appended and made a part of this Agreement:
If this Agreement requires the City to pay
an amount of money in excess of
$50,000.00 it shall not be deemed valid
until it has been approved by the City
Council of the City of Aspen.
City Council Approval:
Date: _
Resolution No.:___________________
Exhibit A: Scope of Work
Exhibit B: Fee and Expense Schedule
Exhibit C: Avocette Services Agreement
Total: $200,000, with a City option to
renew ongoing support annually for 2
additional years
8
Agreement Professional Services Page 2
The City and Professional (Avocette) agree as set forth below.
1. Scope of Work. Professional and its partner Clariti, Inc., shall perform in a competent and
Professional manner the Statement of Work as set forth at Exhibit A attached hereto and by this
reference incorporated herein.
2. Completion: Standard of Performance. Professional is obligated to fulfill the full Scope of
Work included in this contract. Professional shall commence Work immediately upon receipt of a
written Notice to Proceed from the City and complete all phases of the Scope of Work as expeditiously
as is consistent with Professional skill and care and the orderly progress of the Work in a timely
manner. The parties anticipate that all Work pursuant to this Agreement shall be completed no later than
December 31, 2021. Upon request of the City, Professional shall submit, for the City's approval, a
schedule for the performance of Professional's services which shall be adjusted as required as the
project proceeds, and which shall include allowances for periods of time required by the City's project
manager for review and approval of submissions and for approvals of authorities having jurisdiction
over the project. This schedule, when approved by the City, shall not, except for reasonable cause, be
exceeded by Professional.
Except as may otherwise be provided in a Scope of Work, the City shall have the right to promptly
test and inspect whether each deliverable due under the Scope of Work conforms to the requirements
of this Agreement in all material respects. If a Deliverable does not so conform, the City must give
Professional notice describing the non-conformity (“Rejection Notice”). The City will provide such
Notice within an agreed upon Test Period for each deliverable, the time period of which will be
jointly agreed to by the City and Professional for each deliverable. The City will in a timely manner
collaborate with Professional to establish an Extension to the Test Period should it be anticipated
that the originally agreed to Test Period will be insufficient for any reason. Professional shall not
unreasonably withhold such an Extension of a Test Period. Should no Extension of the Test Period
be requested by the City within the originally agreed to Test Period or a subsequent Extension of the
Test Period and should no Reject Notice be received by Professional from the City within the agreed
upon Test Period or a subsequent Extension Test Period, then the deliverable will be considered to
be accepted. A Request for Extension or a Rejection Notice shall be deemed to be delivered to
Professional at the date and time it is emailed from the City to Professional.
Upon receipt of a Rejection Notice, Professional will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause
the Deliverable to conform to the Specifications in all material respects.
The project timelines set forth in this Contract assume that the City and Professional will proceed
with reasonable efforts to provide timely deliverables, and provide timely and reasonable feedback,
decision-making, access, resources and other such support as may be needed to successfully
complete the Scope of Work. Failure to provide such support, on the part of either party, may
impact the timing of the project.
Except as expressly set forth in this agreement, Professional disclaims all warranties, whether
express, implied or statutory. Professional will not be responsible for nonconformities arising from
inaccurate, inauthentic or incomplete data or information provided by or through the City, or for
failures or delays arising from lack of cooperation. Professional disclaims all responsibility for the
provision, use and functionality of third-party services, software and products, including
9
Agreement Professional Services Page 3
salesforce.com. Professional, as the prime contractor, warrants the quality and functionality of its
work, including configurations and customizations it performs as a part of this contract, for a period
of 90 days beyond full deployment of the configurations and customizations, defined as go-live of
mutually agreed upon sprints or sets of sprints in the case of new functionality, or as the date of a fix
in the case of ongoing support cases. Nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to excuse
Professional from any liability or consequences due to negligence, from the requirements in Section
4, or from the responsibility of any other section of this contract.
Professional shall be fully responsible for all acts and omissions of its partners and subcontractors to the
same extent that Professional is responsible for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by
it.
The final deliverables to be provided by the Professional shall conform to the specifications
described in the Statement of Work, the Requirements list in the Avocette Proposal and other
approved documents developed in the course of this project to detail final specifications and
agreements for work. Where deliverables, including software functionality and security, are reported
as not conforming to the applicable specifications, the Professional shall correct all such non-
conformances that are reported to Professional within a period of thirty (30) days unless a different
time period is mutually agreed upon in writing by the City and the Professional.
3. Payment. In consideration of the work performed, City shall pay Professional for all work
performed. The fees for work performed by Professional and associated annual software licenses and
and services shall not exceed those rates set forth in Exhibit B appended hereto. Except as otherwise
mutually agreed to by the parties the payments made to Professional shall not initially exceed the
amount set forth above. Professional shall submit, in timely fashion, invoices for work performed. The
City shall review such invoices and, if they are considered incorrect or untimely, the City shall review
the matter with Professional within ten (10) days from receipt of Professional's bill.
Professional shall provide detailed invoices to City for work completed. Invoices must include a
description for each line item charged. Approved invoices shall be paid in net 30 days from the date
received by the City.
4. Disputed Fees. In the event that City disputes, in good faith, any charges on an invoice, it
shall notify Avocette Industries of such dispute within seven (7) business days of the receipt of the
respective invoice and the parties shall resolve the dispute in good faith within fourteen (14)
calendar days following City’s notice to Avocette thereof. The City shall hold back payment on any
disputed invoice until all issues are fully resolved.
5. Fund Availability. Financial obligations of the City payable after the current fiscal year are
contingent upon funds for that purpose being appropriated, budgeted and otherwise made available.
If this Agreement contemplates the City utilizing state or federal funds to meet its obligations herein,
this Agreement shall be contingent upon the availability of those funds for payment pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement.
6. Non-Assignability. Both parties recognize that this Agreement cannot be transferred, assigned,
or sublet by either party without prior written consent of the other, except to its wholly owned
subsidiaries. Subcontracting, if authorized, shall not relieve Professional of any of the responsibilities or
obligations under this Agreement. Professional shall be and remain solely responsible to the City for the
10
Agreement Professional Services Page 4
acts, errors, omissions or neglect of any subcontractors’ officers, agents and employees., each of whom
shall, for this purpose be deemed to be an agent or employee of Professional to the extent of the
subcontract. The City shall not be obligated to pay or be liable for payment of any sums due which may
be due to any subcontractor.
Professional shall fully inform each of its permitted partners and subcontractors hereunder of all of
the provisions and requirements of this Agreement relating to the work to be performed and/or the
services or materials to be furnished under such subcontract. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Professional will not disclose any confidential information of the City to any third party
subcontractor unless and until such subcontractor has agreed in writing to protect the confidentiality of
such confidential information in a manner that is no less restrictive than that required of Professional
under this Agreement, and then only to the extent necessary for such subcontractor to perform the
services subcontracted to it.
7. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and all of the covenants hereof shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the City and Professional respectively and their agents,
representatives, employee, successors, assigns and legal representatives. Neither the City nor
Professional shall have the right to assign, transfer or sublet its interest or obligations hereunder
without the written consent of the other party.
8. Third Parties. This Agreement does not and shall not be deemed or construed to confer
upon or grant to any third party or parties, except to parties to whom Professional or City may assign
this Agreement in accordance with the specific written permission, any right to claim damages or to
bring any suit, action or other proceeding against either the City or Professional because of any
breach hereof or because of any of the terms, covenants, agreements or conditions herein contained.
9. Termination of Professional Services and Licensing Professional or the City may terminate
Professional Services component of this Agreement, without specifying the reason therefor, by giving
notice of 30 days, in writing, addressed to the other party, specifying the effective date of the
termination; provided, however, that neither party will terminate this Agreement for breach without first
giving the other party three (3) days to cure the breach. Upon termination of the Agreement the City
will compensate Professional for fees earned up to the effective date of termination. Breach includes but
may not be limited to negligence, major defects, or repeated moderate defects in deliverables.
Upon any termination, all finished or unfinished deliverables specified in the Scope of Work (such as
software functionality, documents, data, studies, surveys, drawings, maps, models, photographs, reports
or other material prepared by Professional pursuant to this Agreement) shall become the property of the
City and shall be returned to the City or made available to the City to easily retrieve. Professional may
store, but not use or share, the City data in its system for a period of up to twelve (12) months.
The parties agree that on the termination of the provision of the services, Professional shall, at the
choice of the City, return all the personal data transferred including any data storage media supplied
to Professional, and the copies thereof to the City or shall destroy all the personal data and certify to
the City that it has done so, unless legislation imposed upon Professional prevents it from returning
or destroying all or part of the personal data transferred. In that case, Professional warrants that it
will guarantee the confidentiality of the personal data transferred and will not actively process the
personal data transferred anymore.
11
Agreement Professional Services Page 5
In the event of termination prior to go-live, fees will be paid for work completed to date and according
to the phasing schedule in Exhibit B, up to the point of termination.
10. Independent Contractor Status. It is expressly acknowledged and understood by the parties
that nothing contained in this agreement shall result in or be construed as establishing an employment
relationship. Professional shall be, and shall perform as, an independent Contractor who agrees to use
his or her best efforts to provide the said services on behalf of the City. No agent, employee, or servant
of Professional shall be, or shall be deemed to be, the employee, agent or servant of the City. City is
interested only in the results obtained under this contract. The manner and means of conducting the
work are under the sole control of Professional. None of the benefits provided by City to its employees
including, but not limited to, workers' compensation insurance and unemployment insurance, are
available from City to the employees, agents or servants of Professional. Professional shall be solely
and entirely responsible for its acts and for the acts of Professional's agents, employees, servants and
subcontractors during the performance of this contract. Professional shall indemnify City against all
liability and loss in connection with, and shall assume full responsibility for payment of all federal, state
and local taxes or contributions imposed or required under unemployment insurance, social security and
income tax law, with respect to Professional and/or Professional's employees engaged in the
performance of the services agreed to herein.
11. Indemnification and Liability Limits. Professional agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the
City, its officers, employees, insurers, and self-insurance pool, from and against all liability, claims, and
demands, on account of injury, loss, or damage, including without limitation claims arising from bodily
injury, personal injury, sickness, disease, death, property loss or damage, or any other loss of any kind
whatsoever, which arise out of or are in any manner connected with this contract, to the extent and for
an amount represented by the degree or percentage such injury, loss, or damage is caused in whole or in
part by, or is claimed to be caused in whole or in part by, the wrongful act, omission, error, professional
error, mistake, negligence, or other fault of the Professional, any subcontractor of the Professional, or
any officer, employee, representative, or agent of the Professional or of any subcontractor of the
Professional, or which arises out of any workmen's compensation claim of any employee of the
Professional or of any employee of any subcontractor of the Professional. The Professional agrees to
investigate, handle, respond to, and to provide defense for and defend against, any such liability, claims
or demands at the sole expense of the Professional, or at the option of the City, agrees to pay the City or
reimburse the City for the defense costs incurred by the City in connection with, any such liability,
claims, or demands. If it is determined by the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction that
such injury, loss, or damage was caused in whole or in part by the act, omission, or other fault of the
City, its officers, or its employees, the City shall reimburse the Professional for the portion of the
judgment attributable to such act, omission, or other fault of the City, its officers, or employees.
12. Professional’s Insurance.
(a) Professional agrees to procure and maintain, at its own expense, a policy or policies of
insurance sufficient to insure against all liability, claims, demands, and other obligations of
Professional pursuant to Section 14 below (Completeness of Agreement). Such insurance shall
be in addition to any other insurance requirements imposed by this contract or by law.
Professional shall not be relieved of any liability, claims, demands, or other obligations assumed
pursuant to Section 11 (Indemnification) above by reason of its failure to procure or maintain
insurance, or by reason of its failure to procure or maintain insurance in sufficient amounts,
duration, or types.
12
Agreement Professional Services Page 6
(b) Professional shall procure and maintain and shall cause any subcontractor of Professional
to procure and maintain, the minimum insurance coverages listed below. Such coverages shall
be procured and maintained with reputed insurers/ reinsurers. All coverages shall be
continuously maintained to cover all liability, claims, demands, and other obligations of
Professional pursuant to Section 11 (Indemnification) above. In the case of any claims-made
policy, the necessary retroactive dates and extended reporting periods shall be procured to
maintain such continuous coverage.
(i) Workers’ Compensation insurance (only applicable for the service performed in
US) to cover obligations imposed by applicable laws for any employee engaged in the
performance of work under this contract, and Employers' Liability insurance (only
applicable for the service performed in US) with minimum limits of FIVE HUNDRED
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($500,000.00) for each accident, FIVE HUNDRED
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($500,000.00) - policy limit, and FIVE HUNDRED
THOUSAND DOLLARS ($500,000.00) disease - each employee. Evidence of qualified
self-insured status may be substituted for the Workers' Compensation requirements of
this paragraph.
(ii) Commercial General Liability insurance with minimum combined single limits
of ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) each occurrence and ONE MILLION
DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) aggregate. The policy shall be applicable to all premises
and operations. The policy shall include coverage for bodily injury, broad form property
damage (including completed operations), personal injury (including coverage for
contractual and employee acts), blanket contractual, independent contractors, products,
and completed operations. The policy shall contain a severability of interests provision.
(iii) Comprehensive Automobile Liability insurance (only applicable for the service
performed in US) with minimum combined single limits for bodily injury and property
damage of not less than ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) each occurrence
and ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) aggregate with respect to each
Professional's owned, hired and non-owned vehicles assigned to or used in performance
of the Scope of Work. The policy shall contain a severability of interests provision. If
Professional has no owned automobiles, the requirements of this Section shall be met by
each employee of Professional providing services to the City under this contract.
(iv) Professional Liability insurance with the minimum limits of ONE MILLION
DOLLARS ($1,000,000) each claim and ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000)
aggregate.
(c) The policy or policies required above (except for Workers Compensation, Employer’s
Liability and Professional Liability) shall be endorsed to include the City and the City's officers
and employees as additional insureds. Every policy required above shall be primary insurance,
and any insurance carried by the City, its officers or employees, or carried by or provided
through any insurance pool of the City, shall be excess and not contributory insurance to that
provided by Professional. No additional insured endorsement to the policy required above shall
contain any exclusion for bodily injury or property damage arising from completed operations.
13
Agreement Professional Services Page 7
Professional shall be solely responsible for any deductible losses under any policy required
above.
(d) The certificate of insurance provided to the City shall be completed by Professional's
insurance agent as evidence that policies providing the required coverages, conditions, and
minimum limits are in full force and effect, that Professional confirm that the coverages
afforded under the policies shall not be canceled, terminated or materially changed until at least
thirty (30) days prior written notice has been given to the City.
(e) Failure on the part of Professional to procure or maintain policies providing the required
coverages, conditions, and minimum limits shall constitute a material breach of contract upon
which after providing 15 days prior notice to Professional, City may at its discretion procure or
renew any such policy or any extended reporting period thereto and may pay any and all
premiums in connection therewith, and all monies so paid by City shall be repaid by
Professional to City upon demand, or City may offset the cost of the premiums against monies
due to Professional from City.
(f) The parties hereto understand and agree that City is relying on, and does not waive or intend
to waive by any provision of this contract, the monetary limitations (presently $350,000.00 per
person and $990,000 per occurrence) or any other rights, immunities, and protections provided
by the Colorado Governmental Immunity Act, Section 24-10-101 et seq., C.R.S., as from time
to time amended, or otherwise available to City, its officers, or its employees.
13. City's Insurance. The parties hereto understand that the City is a member of the Colorado
Intergovernmental Risk Sharing Agency (CIRSA) and as such participates in the CIRSA Proper-
ty/Casualty Pool. Copies of the CIRSA policies and manual are kept at the City of Aspen Risk
Management Department and are available to Professional for inspection during normal business hours.
City makes no representations whatsoever with respect to specific coverages offered by CIRSA. City
shall provide Professional reasonable notice of any changes in its membership or participation in
CIRSA.
14. Completeness of Agreement. It is expressly agreed that this agreement contains the entire
undertaking of the parties relevant to the subject matter thereof and there are no verbal or written
representations, agreements, warranties or promises pertaining to the project matter thereof not
expressly incorporated in this writing. If any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid,
illegal or unenforceable it shall not affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of any other
provision.
15. Waiver. The waiver by the City of any term, covenant, or condition hereof shall not operate as
a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term. No term, covenant, or condition of
this Agreement can be waived except by the written consent of the City, and forbearance or indulgence
by the City in any regard whatsoever shall not constitute a waiver of any term, covenant, or condition to
be performed by Professional to which the same may apply and, until complete performance by
Professional of said term, covenant or condition, the City shall be entitled to invoke any remedy
available to it under this Agreement or by law despite any such forbearance or indulgence.
14
Agreement Professional Services Page 8
16. Integration and Modification
This written Agreement along with the Exhibits shall constitute the contract between the parties and
supersedes or incorporates any prior written and oral agreements of the parties.
The parties acknowledge and understand that there are no conditions or limitations to this understanding
except those as contained herein at the time of the execution hereof and that after execution no
alteration, change or modification shall be made except upon a writing signed by the parties.
Modifications to the Statement of Work shall be mutually agreed upon in writing between the parties
and will be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Changes in scope will include
modifications to the Statement of Work and any applicable milestone payments, with the exception of
clarifications of the details of the scope, or substantially equal substitutions.
Professional shall not be obligated to provide the work required by a change in the Statement of Work
until such time as a change order is agreed to in writing by both Professional and the City. Any work
outside the scope of the agreement and done so prior to the mutual agreement in writing of a change
order is done at Professional’s sole expense. Minor changes associated with the finalization and
clarification of requirements as occurs during the design phase of the project will not result in additional
expense to the City, nor will substantially equal substitutions.
17. Notice. Any written notices as called for herein may be hand delivered or mailed by certified
mail return receipt requested to the respective persons and/or addresses listed herein:
Avocette City of Aspen
Attn: Darrel Drab, VP Attn: Phillip Supino
Address: 422 Sixth Street 130 S. Galena Street
New Westminster, BC V3L 3B2 Aspen, CO 81611
Email: Darrel.Drab@Avocette.com Phillip.supino@cityofaspen.com
18. Illegal Aliens – CRS 8-17.5-101 & 24-76.5-101.
(a) Purpose. During the 2006 Colorado legislative session, the Legislature passed House
Bills 06-1343 (subsequently amended by HB 07-1073) and 06-1023 that added new statutes
relating to the employment of and contracting with illegal aliens. These new laws prohibit all
state agencies and political subdivisions, including the City of Aspen, from knowingly hiring
an illegal alien to perform work under a contract, or to knowingly contract with a
subcontractor who knowingly hires with an illegal alien to perform work under the contract.
The new laws also require that all contracts for services include certain specific language as
set forth in the statutes. The following terms and conditions have been designed to comply
with the requirements of this new law.
(b) Definitions. The following terms are defined in the new law and by this reference are
incorporated herein and in any contract for services entered into with the City of Aspen.
“Basic Pilot Program” means the basic pilot employment verification program created
in Public Law 208, 104th Congress, as amended, and expanded in Public Law 156,
108th Congress, as amended, that is administered by the United States Department of
Homeland Security.
“Public Contract for Services” means this Agreement.
15
Agreement Professional Services Page 9
“Services” means the furnishing of labor, time, or effort by a Contractor or a
subcontractor not involving the delivery of a specific end product other than reports
that are merely incidental to the required performance.
(c) By signing this document, Professional certifies and represents that at this time:
(i) Professional shall confirm the employment eligibility of all employees who are
newly hired for employment in the United States; and
(ii) Professional has participated or attempted to participate in the Basic Pilot
Program in order to verify that new employees are not illegal aliens.
(d) Professional hereby confirms that:
(i) Professional shall not knowingly employ or contract new employees without
confirming the employment eligibility of all such employees hired for employment in
the United States under the Public Contract for Services.
(ii) Professional shall not enter into a contract with a subcontractor that fails to
confirm to Professional that the subcontractor shall not knowingly hire new
employees without confirming their employment eligibility for employment in the
United States under the Public Contract for Services.
(iii) Professional has verified or has attempted to verify through participation in
the Federal Basic Pilot Program that Professional does not employ any new
employees who are not eligible for employment in the United States; and if
Professional has not been accepted into the Federal Basic Pilot Program prior to
entering into the Public Contract for Services, Professional shall forthwith apply to
participate in the Federal Basic Pilot Program and shall in writing verify such
application within five (5) days of the date of the Public Contract. Professional shall
continue to apply to participate in the Federal Basic Pilot Program and shall in writing
verify same every three (3) calendar months thereafter, until Professional is accepted
or the public contract for services has been completed, whichever is earlier. The
requirements of this section shall not be required or effective if the Federal Basic
Pilot Program is discontinued.
(iv) Professional shall not use the Basic Pilot Program procedures to undertake
pre-employment screening of job applicants while the Public Contract for Services is
being performed.
(v) If Professional obtains actual knowledge that a subcontractor performing work
under the Public Contract for Services knowingly employs or contracts with a new
employee who is an illegal alien, Professional shall:
(1) Notify such subcontractor and the City of Aspen within three days that
Professional has actual knowledge that the subcontractor has newly employed
or contracted with an illegal alien; and
(2) Terminate the subcontract with the subcontractor if within three days
of receiving the notice required pursuant to this section the subcontractor does
16
Agreement Professional Services Page 10
not cease employing or contracting with the new employee who is an illegal
alien; except that Professional shall not terminate the Public Contract for
Services with the subcontractor if during such three days the subcontractor
provides information to establish that the subcontractor has not knowingly
employed or contracted with an illegal alien.
(vi) Professional shall comply with any reasonable request by the Colorado
Department of Labor and Employment made in the course of an investigation that the
Colorado Department of Labor and Employment undertakes or is undertaking
pursuant to the authority established in Subsection 8-17.5-102 (5), C.R.S.
(vii) If Professional violates any provision of the Public Contract for Services
pertaining to the duties imposed by Subsection 8-17.5-102, C.R.S. the City of Aspen
may terminate the Public Contract for Services. If the Public Contract for Services is
so terminated, Contractor shall be liable for actual and consequential damages to the
City of Aspen arising out of Professional’s violation of Subsection 8-17.5-102, C.R.S.
19. Confidentiality and Proprietary Rights. The terms of confidentiality as specified in Part 3,
Sections 1 and 2 of Exhibit B apply, in addition the terms below apply:
Certain information furnished or disclosed by Professional or the City (the “Disclosing Party”) to the
other (the “Receiving Party”) in connection with the performance of their respective obligations
under this Agreement may contain or reflect confidential information with respect to the disclosing
party. "Confidential Information" means all information disclosed by the Disclosing Party to the
Receiving Party under this Agreement that is clearly marked or otherwise clearly designated as
“confidential” or that is or should reasonably be understood by the Receiving Party to be
confidential. The Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information shall not include any information
that: (i) is or becomes part of the public domain through no act or omission of the other party; (ii) the
Receiving Party can demonstrate was in its lawful possession prior to the disclosure and had not
been obtained by it either directly or indirectly from the Disclosing Party; (iii) the Receiving Party
can demonstrate was independently developed by the Receiving Party without access to the party’s
Confidential Information; or (iv) the Receiving Party can demonstrate was received from a third
party without breach of any confidentiality obligation.
To the extent permitted by public disclosure laws, the Receiving Party agrees to hold the Disclosing
Party’s Confidential Information in strict confidence, not to disclose such Confidential Information
to third parties not authorized by the Disclosing Party to receive such Confidential Information, and
not to use such Confidential Information for any purpose except to perform its obligations under this
Agreement. The foregoing prohibition on disclosure of Confidential Information shall not apply to
the extent Confidential Information is required to be disclosed by the Receiving Party as a matter of
law or by order of a court, provided that: (i) the Receiving Party uses reasonable efforts to provide
the Disclosing Party with prior notice of such obligation to disclose to allow the Disclosing Party to
obtaining a protective order from such disclosure; and (ii) the Receiving Party only discloses that
portion of Confidential Information which it reasonably believes, based on the advice of counsel, is
required to be disclosed.
17
Agreement Professional Services Page 11
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall restrict either party from the use of any general ideas,
concepts, know-how, methodologies, processes, technologies, algorithms or techniques retained in
the unaided mental impressions of such party's personnel relating to the Services which either party,
individually or jointly, develops or discloses under this Agreement ("Residual Knowledge");
provided, however, that in doing so such party does not (a) infringe the intellectual property rights of
the other party or third parties who have licensed or provided materials to the other party, or (b)
breach its confidentiality obligations under this Agreement.
20. Technical Support and Personnel
(a) Representative: Professional and City shall each appoint appropriate representatives to deal with
operational services and transitions as may be necessary for the purpose of implementing this
Agreement.
(b) Personnel. Professional shall recruit and maintain personnel (i) adequately trained and skilled to
perform its obligations under this Agreement and (ii) possessing at least such training, knowledge
and experience as is regarded as industry standard in the provision of the tasks to which they are
assigned. The City reserves the right to request new personnel at any point during the project at
Professional expense. Professional shall bear the cost to train and/or familiarize new personnel
regardless of the circumstances for having to do so.
21. Work Priorities. The details of the work associated with each priority, along with the
deliverables and the duration/delivery dates, are defined in Exhibit A, the Statement of Work. These
priorities and schedules may only be shifted through mutual written consent.
22. Professional’s Responsibilities
• To appoint suitable Project Manager(s) and team of consultants as required for the project.
• To adhere to the time schedules, quality expectations and budget specified.
• To obtain necessary sign-off/acceptances from the City.
• To report the ongoing status of the project to the City.
• To define standards and procedures to be used
• To effectively communicate requirements and standards to the technical team
• To assure the technical team accurately and efficiently codes/customizes the system
• To assure that solutions meet performance and other requirements of the Salesforce product
and any other product used in development
• To assure that deliverables are ready for user testing prior to sending them to the City
• To resolve bugs and issues in a timely manner, per the parameters of Section 2 of this
agreement
• To maintain historic versions (where applicable)
18
Agreement Professional Services Page 12
• To deliver high-quality ongoing support, such that the Salesforce system is functioning as
expected and is available to staff and customers
• To deliver fully functional software fixes and enhancements that meets the Acceptance
Criteria in Section 28, including the work and functionalities described in Exhibit A and
other documents that may be developed under this agreement.
25. City’s Responsibilities
• To identify and depute suitable person (s) for co-ordination with Professional.
• To provide information to Professional pertaining to City organization, procedures, and
existing systems wherever applicable.
• To provide necessary tools/facilities to Professional where mutually agreed upon.
• To inform Professional immediately about any factors possibly affecting the scope of the
project or its successful implementation.
• To protect Professional proprietary information if applicable
• To prepare the acceptance plan and perform acceptance testing
• To communicate testing success or rejection in a timely manner, per the parameters of
Section 2 of this agreement
26. Joint Responsibilities
• To conduct joint reviews of the project at the mutually agreed stages.
• To co-operate and ensure timely, free flow of information
• Additional joint responsibilities as specified in Exhibit A, Statement of Work, particularly
with respect to communication and project management
27. System and Network Security, Access, Software and Tools
(a) Security Procedures and practices
Professional is required to implement and maintain security procedures and practices that protect
City owned data and personal identifying information (PII) from unauthorized access, use,
modification, disclosure, or destruction. Professional shall use industry-standard best practices
and up to date security tools, technologies and procedures to protect such data and PII.
Professional shall prevent the transfer of malicious software that could infect City computers,
systems, or networks to City computers via the connection from the Professional’s system.
Professional represents that its security measures do, and will at all times, comply with any
security requirements outlined in Section 28 below. At its discretion, the City may require
additional specific security measures to protect its data, network access, software and tools.
Professional agrees to comply with all such provisions in the course of its work.
(b) Data Security Breaches and Reporting Procedures
The City is required by Colorado Statutes (CRS 6-1-716) to notify its residents of a Data
Security Breach involving their personal identifying information. Professional is under a strict
obligation to notify the City of a Data Security Breach within 24 hours of the Professional
becoming aware of a possible breach of their systems. In the event of a breach the Professional
is required to provide those details that are known about the breach to the City. Such details
include, but are not limited to the following:
• How the breach was stopped and access to the system removed.
19
Agreement Professional Services Page 13
• The date and time, estimated date and time, or estimated date range of the security
breach;
• A description of all the information that was acquired or potentially acquired as part of
the security breach;
• What format the information would have been in and how likely would it be that
information could become readable by whomever perpetrated the breach.
The Professional’s requirement for notifying the City is not to be delayed in order to complete a
forensics investigation or because further research might be needed. Additional information that
may be developed later will be shared with the City as it becomes available. The Professional
agrees to provide any reasonable assistance as is required by the City to facilitate the handling of
any Data Security Breach in an expeditious and compliant manner. The Professional will
provide the City a remediation plan for repair of the system, mitigation of any known
vulnerabilities, and prevention of future beaches.
In the event of a Data Security Breach at City’s location, City will alert the Professional about
the incident within 24 hours of the City becoming aware of the breach. The City will work with
the Professional to determine if any additional security controls are to be implemented.
This provision does not preclude the City from seeking a remedy via court in the State of
Colorado.
(c) Resolution of disputes regarding Personal Data
In the event of a dispute or claim concerning the processing of Personal Data against either or
both parties, the Parties will inform each other about any such disputes or claims, and will
cooperate with a view to settling them amicably in a timely fashion.
The Parties agree to respond to any generally available non-binding mediation procedure
initiated by either of the parties. If they do participate in the proceedings, the parties may elect to
do so remotely (such as by telephone or other electronic means). The Parties also agree to
consider participating in any other arbitration, mediation or other dispute resolution proceedings
developed for data protection disputes.
Each Party shall abide by a decision of a competent court in the State of Colorado.
28. Warranty. Generally, Professional warrants that a) all work performed in connection with the
agreement was performed in a competent, Professional and workmanlike manner, and of industry
standard quality; b) all work performed and all deliverables comply with applicable laws; c) all work
performed and all deliverables were provided in accordance with and confirm in all materials respects to
all specifications and requirements set forth in this agreement and any associated Change Orders; and
that d) all deliverables will perform as expected individually and as a total system. Professional agrees
to complete all testing needed to verify accurate and complete functioning, and to repair all defects that
are classified as Severity 1 or 2 below, in a timely manner and at no additional cost to the City, during
initial configuration and for 30 days post-go-live. Thereafter, the standard service agreement terms, as
provided for in the Avocette Services Plus Agreement and the Clariti (BasicGov) Subscription
Agreement apply, as well as any other agreements that may be mutually agreed upon and signed by
both parties.
20
Agreement Professional Services Page 14
Severity Level Definitions
Severity 1 - Critical: A bug in the Avocette delivered software code or configuration that will
result in a complete or substantial loss of service functionality or accuracy with no credible
workaround, for one or more core business services included within scope
Severity 2 - High: A bug in the Avocette delivered software code or configuration that will
result in: (i) the functionality of the software being adversely affected, but can be
circumvented, or (ii) certain functions within the software being disabled, but the Software
remains operable for all key business functions.
Acceptance Criteria
The Professional warrants that the system will meet the Acceptance Criteria below. These criteria
will be used by the City to guide its decision-making regarding whether to reject deliverables,
including software functionality and security, but may not be the only basis upon which rejection
occurs. The acceptance criteria include:
• Successful (error-free) execution of all functional test cases developed for acceptance testing.
• Successful (defect-free) completion of all agreed-upon requirements in Exhibit A, as
modified and reflected in any other documents agreed to and signed in the course of this
project.
• System response times that are reasonable, such that time-out or other errors are avoided and
significant delays in processing do not otherwise occur.
• Successful passing of system security tests, as initiated by or requested by the City.
• Successful passing of tests related to individual user permissions and security.
• System stability, as reflected by consistent performance and results over time
The intention of the above Acceptance Criteria is to more specifically capture the attributes of a
system that is functioning without defects. Before 30-days post go-live, Professional will provide a
check designed to uncover and address any other technical issues or needed adjustments, and the
formal warranty period will end.
Pursuing Warranty Remedies
To receive warranty remedies, the City must report any deficiencies to Professional in writing within
the Warranty Period. Emails or entry of service requests into a mutually agreed upon request
management system shall be considered an acceptable reporting method. If an item is reported by the
City within the Warranty Period, it will be completed under the warranty regardless of whether the
delivery date of the repaired item falls outside of the Warranty Period. Professional shall correct all
deficiencies in the Services or Work identified by the City during the Warranty Period, provided that the
defective Services or Work is not caused by any inappropriate, improper or unforeseen usage of the
Work or Services by the City, unless such actions are taken at the direction of Professional.
29. General Terms.
a. Non-Discrimination. No discrimination because of race, color, creed, sex, marital status,
affectional or sexual orientation, family responsibility, national origin, ancestry, handicap, or
religion shall be made in the employment of persons to perform services under this contract.
21
Agreement Professional Services Page 15
Professional agrees to meet all of the requirements of City's municipal code, Section 15.04.570,
pertaining to non-discrimination in employment.
b. Warranties Against Contingent Fees, Gratuities, Kickbacks and Conflicts of Interest.
i. Professional warrants that no person or selling agency has been employed or retained
to solicit or secure this Contract upon an agreement or understanding for a
commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee, excepting bona fide employees
or bona fide established commercial or selling agencies maintained by Professional
for the purpose of securing business.
ii. Professional agrees not to give any employee of the City a gratuity or any offer of
employment in connection with any decision, approval, disapproval,
recommendation, preparation of any part of a program requirement or a purchase
request, influencing the content of any specification or procurement standard,
rendering advice, investigation, auditing, or in any other advisory capacity in any
proceeding or application, request for ruling, determination, claim or controversy, or
other particular matter, pertaining to this Agreement, or to any solicitation or proposal
therefore.
iii. In addition to other remedies it may have for breach of the prohibitions against
contingent fees, gratuities, kickbacks and conflict of interest, the City shall have the
right to:
1. Cancel this Purchase Agreement without any liability by the City;
2. Debar or suspend the offending parties from being a Professional, contractor
or subcontractor under City contracts;
3. Deduct from the contract price or consideration, or otherwise recover, the
value of anything transferred or received by Professional; and
4. Recover such value from the offending parties.
c. Mediation: Prior to pursuing other legal remedies (i), all disputes shall be submitted to non-
binding mediation by written notice given by either Party to the other Party. Except as
otherwise expressly provided herein, the mediation process will be conducted under the
American Arbitration Association’s (the "AAA") Commercial Arbitration Rules and
Mediation Procedures (including Procedures for Large, Complex Commercial Disputes)
(collectively the "AAA Rules"). If the Parties cannot agree on a mediator, a mediator will be
designated by the AAA at the request of a Party. The mediation shall be conducted in
Colorado. The mediation will be treated as a settlement discussion and therefore will be
confidential. The mediator may not testify for either Party in any later proceeding relating to
the dispute. No recording or transcript shall be made of the mediation proceedings. Each
Party will bear its own costs in the mediation. The fees and expenses of the mediator will be
shared equally by the Parties.
d. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Colorado as
from time to time in effect. Venue is agreed to be exclusively in the courts of Pitkin County,
Colorado.
e. Taxes, VAT, & Service Tax. Professional and the City shall each bear sole responsibility for
all US taxes, assessments, and other real property-related levies or property taxes on its owned
property. The City shall be responsible for Service tax, GST, or Value Added Tax or similar
taxes applicable on the sale of services or goods.
f. Non-Solicitation: Each party agrees that during the term of this Agreement and for a period
of one year thereafter, it will not and will procure that its Affiliate will not directly or
indirectly, either on its own account or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other person,
22
Agreement Professional Services Page 16
hire solicit or endeavor to entice away from the other party any person who, during the term
of this Agreement has been an officer, manager, employee, agent or consultant of the other
party.
30. Records to be Kept by Professional. Professional shall make available to the City if
requested, true and complete records, which support billing statements, reports, deliverables,
performance and all other related documentation to this agreement (the Documentation). The City’s
authorized representatives shall have access, at any time during reasonable hours and with reasonable
advance notice, to all records that are deemed appropriate to auditing the Documentation at
Professional’s offices or via email and without expense to the City related to copying or document
access. The Consultant agrees that it will keep and preserve for at least seven (7) years all documents
related to the Agreement which are routinely prepared, collected or compiled by Professional during the
performance of this Agreement.
31. Attorney’s Fees. In the event that legal action is necessary to enforce any of the provisions
of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to its costs and reasonable attorney’s fees.
32. Waiver of Presumption. This Agreement was negotiated and reviewed through the mutual
efforts of the parties hereto and the parties agree that no construction shall be made or presumption
shall arise for or against either party based on any alleged unequal status of the parties in the
negotiation, review or drafting of the Agreement.
33. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility, and Voluntary Exclusion.
Professional certifies, by acceptance of this Agreement, that neither it nor its principals is presently
debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily excluded from
participation in any transaction with a Federal or State department or agency. It further certifies that
prior to submitting its Bid that it did include this clause without modification in all lower tier
transactions, solicitations, proposals, contracts and subcontracts. In the event that Professional or
any lower tier participant was unable to certify to the statement, an explanation was attached to this
agreement and was determined by the City to be satisfactory to the City.
34. Electronic Signatures and Electronic Records.
This Agreement and any amendments hereto may be executed in several counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the
Parties, notwithstanding the possible event that all Parties may not have signed the same counterpart.
Furthermore, each Party consents to the use of electronic signatures by either Party. The Scope of
Work, and any other documents requiring a signature hereunder, may be signed electronically in the
manner agreed to by the Parties. The Parties agree not to deny the legal effect or enforceability of
the Agreement solely because it is in electronic form or because an electronic record was used in its
formation. The Parties agree not to object to the admissibility of the Agreement in the form of an
electronic record, or a paper copy of an electronic documents, or a paper copy of a document bearing
an electronic signature, on the grounds that it is an electronic record or electronic signature or that it
is not in its original form or is not an original.
35. Order of Document Precedence. This Professional Services Agreement, together with all
Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement and contract and shall be considered one contract
document. In the event of conflicting or missing provisions within portions of this contract, the order
of precedence for an item is:
23
Agreement Professional Services Page 17
1. the general terms as specified in Professional Services Agreement
2. the specific terms set forth in Exhibit A, the Statement of Work
3. the specific terms and requirements set forth in Exhibit C, the Avocette Service Plus Agreement
36. Execution of Agreement by City.
This Agreement shall be binding upon all parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, and assigns. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this
Agreement shall not be binding upon the City unless duly executed by the City Manager of the City of
Aspen (or a duly authorized official in her absence).
37. Authorized Representative. The undersigned representative of Avocette, as an inducement
to the City to execute this Agreement, represents that he/she is an authorized representative of
Professional for the purposes of executing this Agreement and that he/she has full and complete
authority to enter into this Agreement for the terms and conditions specified herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, or caused to be executed by their duly
authorized officials, this Agreement of which shall be deemed an original on the date first written
above.
CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO: PROFESSIONAL:
________________________________ ______________________________
[Signature] [Signature]
By: _____________________________ By: _____________________________
[Name] [Name]
Title: ____________________________ Title: ____________________________
Date: ___________________ Date: ___________________
Approved as to form:
_______________________________
City Attorney’s Office
Feb 11, 2021
VP, Product Integration
Darrel Drab
24
EXHIBIT A: STATEMENT OF WORK
This exhibit contains the proposal submitted by Avocette. As such, it embodies the work to be
completed by Avocette and its partner Clariti under this agreement. This Statement of Work does not
preclude the development of more detailed work plans or mutually agreed upon minor alterations to
this Statement of Work as the project proceeds.
25
City of Aspen
RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce –
Community Development System
Assistance
Due Date: January 8, 2021 @ 2:00 pm
(MTN)
Prepared for: Response contact:
City of Aspen
Attention: Tara Nelson
Submitted via email:
tara.nelson@cityofsapen.com
Farouk Savji
Senior Consultant
Direct Line: (250) 220-3112
Fax: (250) 389-2995
Email: Farouk.Savji@avocette.com
Darrel Drab
Vice President, Product Integration
Phone: (250) 389-2993 Ext 229
Fax: (250) 389-2995
Email: Darrel.Drab@Avocette.com
Head Office: Victoria Office
422 Sixth Street
New Westminster, BC V3L 3B2
Telephone: 604.395.6000
Fax: 604.395.6004
www.avocette.com
3rd Floor, 1205 Broad Street
Victoria, BC V8W 2A4
Telephone: 250.389.2993
Fax: 250.389.2995
www.avocette.com
26
2nd Floor, 422 Sixth Street New Westminster, BC
V3L3B2 Toll free: 1.866.285.885 | Office 604.395.600 | fax 604.395.6004 avocette.com
January 8, 2021
City of Aspen
Attention: Tara Nelson
Submitted via email: tara.nelson@cityofsapen.com
Dear Ms Nelson:
Re: RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development System Assistance
Avocette is pleased to provide a proposal to the City of Aspen for the support, analysis and
implementation of the Clariti solution requirements identified in the above-referenced RFP. Avocette
brings years of experience implementing and supporting solutions for local government to over forty
clients across the United States and Canada.
Avocette is uniquely qualified to serve the City in their Lightning conversion efforts. For this effort,
Avocette is partnering with Clariti, the City’s current Community Development system solution provider.
Clariti will be actively participating in gap analysis and will ensure the path to Lightning maintains all
necessary Clariti functionality. Avocette is well versed in the Clariti solution’s capabilities and features;
this expertise will reduce time and effort required for the Lightning conversion effort.
Avocette has the capability to deliver a successful solution to the City through our strong partnership with
Clariti, our depth of knowledgeable and capable staff and our experience in implementing solutions in
complex communities. We look forward to working as a fully engaged partner and trusted advisor with the
City to help you achieve your goals.
Yours truly,
Darrel Drab
Vice President, Product Integration
27
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Avocette Technologies Inc. .............................................................................................................. 1
1.1.1 Office Facilities and Equipment ......................................................................................... 1
1.1.2 Technical Facilities ............................................................................................................ 1
1.1.3 Service Lines ..................................................................................................................... 2
1.1.4 Vendor Partnerships ......................................................................................................... 4
1.1.5 Certifications ...................................................................................................................... 5
1.2 Clariti ................................................................................................................................................ 5
2.0 Company and Staff Qualifications and experience ................................................................................ 8
2.1 Experience ....................................................................................................................................... 8
2.2 Avocette Personnel .......................................................................................................................... 9
2.3 Clariti Personnel ............................................................................................................................. 20
2.4 References ..................................................................................................................................... 21
3.0 Work Approach and Milestones ............................................................................................................ 25
3.1 Project Management Approach ..................................................................................................... 25
3.1.1 Critical Success Factors .................................................................................................. 25
3.1.2 Project Management ....................................................................................................... 26
3.1.3 Risk Management ........................................................................................................... 27
3.1.4 Quality Assurance ........................................................................................................... 29
3.1.5 Project Implementation Phases ...................................................................................... 31
3.2 City and Avocette/Clariti Roles and Responsibilities ..................................................................... 36
3.3 Proposed Detailed Approach ......................................................................................................... 37
3.3.1 Priority 1: Day-to-day assistance with bug fixes and enhancements .............................. 37
3.3.2 Priority 2: Lightning needs assessment .......................................................................... 50
3.3.3 Priority 3: Customer portal improvements. ..................................................................... 53
3.3.4 Priority 4: Additional Lightning migration tasks. .............................................................. 55
3.3.5 Warranty of Work ............................................................................................................ 57
4.0 Propposed Service Summary and Fee Proposal ................................................................................. 58
28
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 1
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Avocette Technologies Inc.
Avocette Technologies Inc. (Avocette) has been in business for over 43 years and was founded in 1977.
Avocette is a privately-held business and is incorporated in the United States as Avocette (USA) Inc. with
federal Identification number: 46-1712755.
Avocette’s focus is on providing IT solutions and consulting to public sector organizations at all levels. We
also provide IT consulting services and software to non- profit organizations, healthcare providers and
regulatory organizations.
We believe in providing our clients with the best solutions for their needs and supporting these solutions
through their lifecycle. We meet our commitments by developing strong partnerships with leading
technology organizations and by providing long term support. Our staff have a deep understanding of our
clients’ business as well as deep knowledge of the technology required to power it.
Our clients have rewarded Avocette’s performance and commitment with repeat engagements and
contract renewals. A number of organizations have been clients for more than twenty years.
Our employees are based out of offices in Victoria BC, New Westminster BC, Boston MA and Phoenix AZ
with over 155 staff and 50 active subcontractors.
Avocette works collaboratively with our clients in long-term partnerships, by providing tailored solutions,
best-of-breed software and responsive services. We deliver reliable on-going support and expertise,
creating opportunity, stability, and mutual success.
Our Strategic Vision is:
“Supporting clients with technology solutions that create
a foundation for business success.”
1.1.1 Office Facilities and Equipment
Avocette has two large offices - our head office in Vancouver (New Westminster) British Columbia and an
office in downtown Victoria, British Columbia. All Avocette’s staff are provided with a secure network
environment and the most current versions of productivity (MS Office) and development tools (MS.NET,
Oracle, Java and others). Our network and development infrastructure is fully compliant with Canadian
and United States Government security policies. Our employees are provided with all the tools and
materials necessary to complete work for our clients.
1.1.2 Technical Facilities
Avocette has robust development environments for .NET/Microsoft, Java, mobile platform, and Oracle
development and integration work, with security that meets or exceeds the Government’s standards.
Our secure environment is used to develop new applications, and to support, maintain and enhance
numerous existing client applications throughout the public and private sector.
29
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 2
1.1.3 Service Lines
Avocette provides our clients with a full range of business-focused IT services through our six business
units:
Local Government Unit (Product Integration Specialty)
Government Unit (Consulting Specialty)
Social Sector Unit (Managed Services Specialty)
Product Unit (Product Specialty)
Service Delivery Unit
Professional Services Unit
1.1.3.1 Local Government Unit (Product Integration Specialty)
Avocette’s Local Government Unit provides our clients with advanced product-based solutions to their
business needs. Avocette’s product suite includes Accela for government information systems, Sage for
Enterprise Resource Planning and Cherwell for Service Management.
Our teams include Project Managers and Senior Business and Technical consultants who have extensive
experience in their specific sectors. This depth of practical knowledge allows our teams to bring our
clients solutions based on years of consulting experience and industry best practices.
To help us provide clients with a range of options we maintain relationships and/or partnerships with a
number of software vendors. These partnerships allow us to provide our clients with the latest tools and
technologies as well as providing our consultants with access to training and resources.
Avocette’s Local Government Unit supports over forty clients across the United States and Canada.
1.1.3.2 Government Unit (Consulting Speciality)
Avocette’s Government Unit is focused on providing solutions to the public sector through the
development of long-term relationships, some of over twenty years. Our engagement with our clients
allows Avocette to develop and bring domain expertise that directly supports our client’s business. We
have expertise in social services, natural resources, finance, education and transportation. We work in
30
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 3
partnership with our clients to deliver enterprise-wide solutions and to manage their large-scale projects.
We also provide expertise in project and program management, business analysis, quality assurance and
testing, and organizational change management.
Our project managers and business analysts are experienced in a variety of project management and
systems development lifecycle methodologies including traditional waterfall, Agile, Scrum and DevOps
approaches. Our PMs and BAs hold professional certifications in project management, program
management and business analysis.
Avocette is both a Microsoft and Oracle Gold partner and we have deep software development expertise
in these technology stacks. We are experienced in Java, cloud technologies, open-source technologies
and large data management providing leadership of the Province of British Columbia’s Integrated Data
Office initiative.
Some of our clients include the Province of British Columbia in eight ministries, BC Ferry Corporation,
WorkSafeBC, ICBC, BC Hydro, and Translink.
1.1.3.3 Social Sector Unit (Managed Services Specialty)
Our Social Sector Unit is specialized in providing consulting, system integration, application managed
services and technology managed services to our Social Sector clients. Avocette has been providing
Application Managed Services for more than 20 years to support our clients with service-level based
maintenance and support for mission-critical business systems.
Working closely with our clients, Avocette can support, manage and maintain applications where we add
value by identifying areas for cost improvement, increasing productivity and/or streamlining operations.
We also ensure systems remain available, reliable and secure. Our services are based on the ITIL
service model and each service provided has an associated Service Level Agreement (SLA). Avocette’s
client base includes organizations in the United States and Canada with our largest clients in Victoria BC
and Boston MA supporting over ten thousand users. Avocette supports clients in such diverse
geographies as Sweden, Trinidad and Tobago, and Jamaica.
1.1.3.4 Product Unit (Product Specialty)
Avocette’s Product Unit focuses on the configuration, integration and implementation of our own Sohema
case management product as well as partner products like SharePoint, Collabware and PSIGEN.
1.1.3.4.1 Sohema
Sohema is a case management product developed by Avocette for the Health and Human Services
Market. Sohema features make it a Secure Web-Based Integrated Case Management System. Built to
parallel case management best practices, Sohema’s core product offering includes a large number of
features and includes functionality for users at every level of the organization. Through configuration,
each group of users in an organization is able to view and update only the information relevant to the
work that they do.
1.1.3.4.1.1 Sohema 365
Sohema is Avocette’s cloud enabled case management product developed by Avocette for the Health
and Human Services Market. Sohema 365 is developed on the concepts of case management based on
industry standards and evolved by Avocette over the last 25 years of case management systems
31
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 4
development and implementations. Sohema 365 focuses on the user experience and leverages the
Microsoft Dynamics 365 platform which provides a broader set of integration productivity tools like Office,
Outlook and also provides a rich set of workflow and automation tools. Microsoft’s cloud and Dynamics
platform includes industry leading security and stability.
1.1.3.4.2 SharePoint
Enterprise Content Management (ECM) with SharePoint products helps by giving you tools to organize
and manage content throughout the content life cycle, from creation to archive. SharePoint ECM
integrates the familiar tools of the Microsoft Office system with the central management and collaboration
features of SharePoint products and technologies.
1.1.3.4.3 Collabware
Collabware provides intelligent Enterprise Content Management software for SharePoint & Office 365 that
improves information and records management, and enhances the way people communicate, collaborate
and consume information. The software, available on-premises or cloud, ensures regulatory and legal
compliance, increases team productivity, protect sensitive data, and helps organizations quickly locate
information needed to make better decisions.
1.1.3.4.4 PSIGEN
PSIGEN's end-to-end and stand-alone solutions for document capture, extraction, indexing and
management turn data into actionable business intelligence. PSIGEN’s PSICapture product is a capture
platform to meet all your organizational capture needs, including scanning & import, forms processing,
data capture, OCR/ICR data extraction and the ability to migrate the information into a document
repository.
1.1.3.5 Professional Services Unit
At Avocette, we believe that people are the greatest asset of any successful organization. That is why we
focus on finding you the best resource to fit your organization's needs. Whether the resource you need is
short term, long term or permanent, Avocette has years of experience working with a network of highly
qualified technical professionals ready to go to work for you. For candidates and potential employers, this
means being able to leverage:
Personalized services focused on a mutual understanding of needs
Established relationships with high profile employer organizations
In-depth working experience with both public and private sector organizations
1.1.4 Vendor Partnerships
At Avocette, we strive to provide our clients with the best solutions regardless of technology or platform.
To help us provide clients with a range of options, we maintain relationships and/or partnerships with a
number of technology vendors. These partnerships allow us to provide our clients with the latest tools and
technologies as well as providing our consultants with access to training and resources.
Avocette has the following partnerships and qualifications:
Microsoft – Avocette is a Microsoft Gold Certified Partner demonstrating our expertise on a wide range of
Microsoft tools and technologies.
32
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 5
Oracle – Avocette is an Oracle Partner Network member that allows us to innovate with confidence and
get to market quickly with Oracle technologies.
Collabware – Avocette is a VAR and Implementation Partner for a comprehensive content lifecycle
management product for Microsoft SharePoint.
Clariti – Avocette is a partner of Clariti providing solutions that serve the needs of the local government
sector.
SAGE – Avocette is a VAR and Implementation Partner for SAGE. Sage Business Cloud Enterprise
Management is easier and more affordable than ERP software. Enterprise Management adapts to meet
your company requirements, user roles, and preferences to deliver a quick-to-implement, simple-to-
manage, and easy-to-use software, on any familiar web browser or mobile device.
1.1.5 Certifications
Avocette currently holds the following organizational certifications:
MSP Cloud Verify – Avocette Technologies continues to maintain (MSP/CV) certification for
Cloud, Application and IT Managed Service Providers. Certification is granted after a 3rd party
audit based on 10 Control objectives of the Unified Standards for Cloud including Governance,
Policies and Procedures, Confidentiality and Privacy, Change Management, Service Operations,
Information Security, Data Management, Physical Security, Billing and Reporting and Corporate
Health. Results confirm Avocette Technologies meets or exceeds industry standards.
SOC 2 Type 1 - Trust Services Criteria for Security and the Additional Criteria for Availability and
Confidentiality (TSP section 100A – 2017) in addition to the 10 control objectives listed above.
Avocette also has a training program in place to ensure services are delivered by ITIL v3 certified
resources.
In addition to the above certification, Avocette is currently pursuing several other organizational
certifications:
ISO9001 – ISO9001 is the internationally recognized Quality Management System (QMS)
standard for delivery of service to clients. The standard is designed to be a powerful business
improvement tool that helps to improve processes, streamline operations, and reduce cost.
ISO20000 – ISO20000 is an internationally recognized Service Management System (SMS)
standard to provide Managed IT Services such as Infrastructure and Application Support for
clients. It takes a comprehensive approach to IT Service Management and defines a set of
processes needed to deliver effective services.
CMMI Dev 2.0 – CMMI for Development is a collection of best practices to improve
products/services and, as a result, improve client satisfaction. By using these practices, services
and products will be delivered in a better, more efficient and cost-effective way.
1.2 Clariti
Clariti Cloud Inc. (“Clariti”) has worked with public sector agencies since its inception in 1985. Previously
called Municipal Solutions Group Inc., Clariti was founded by government employees who believed
permitting and licensing could be automated through software. Clariti emerged from its parent in 2006 as
a software-as-a-service (SaaS) based company offering modules for Licensing, Inspections, Planning,
33
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 6
Permitting, Code Enforcement, Fund Accounting, and Payment / Billing Management. Since then, we
have grown to develop leading-edge applications that help government empower their citizens and
businesses through modern self-service community portals that achieve performance and efficiency
goals. Clariti products are based on industry best practices accrued for almost 30 years of experience
with government agencies across North America.
The Clariti commercial off the shelf (COTS) solution features all the elements needed to deliver the
proposed solution with the Salesforce platform as the underlying infrastructure. The data model that
connects each of the departments or program areas together for applications, reviews and inspections, as
well as how they relate to GIS, is configured within the Clariti solution. This also includes a robust
financial framework that lets you implement aspects such as complex fee structures, deposits, invoicing,
and double-entry accounting, and allows you to connect with a payment gateway to provide payment
processing. All of this can be configured to work from the back office or extended out to an online
solution.
With Clariti, users can create, capture and securely store all types of documents (i.e., certificates,
licenses, regulations, tickets/citations/legal orders, operations guide, payments, invoices, etc.)
streamlining the licensing and/or inspections process by easily collaborating among staff and between
agencies to save time, paper, and storage cost. Fees and deposits can be applied, payments processed,
and transactions recorded. Agencies can increase productivity through the use of a single application by
automatically routing documents for reviews and approvals. Additionally, information sharing is improved
by capturing and reviewing investigations, integrating with other systems (i.e. GIS), backend systems,
and a public website providing a 360-degree view of all information and interactions. The Clariti solution
has extensive dashboards and reporting functionality, can be mobile, on any connected device,
anywhere, anytime -- plus, the flexibility to modify and scale at will for changing needs.
Clariti offers a comprehensive operations management platform that enables government to automate,
streamline, and innovate operations to optimize costs while ensuring the efficient delivery of quality
services to citizens.
With the Clariti solution:
Customer service responds to expected demands of self-service capabilities including online
payments;
Administrative tasks become automated and resource time maximized;
Automation rules create ordered processes for applications and violations from review to approval
and inspection to re-inspection, respectively;
Information is easily searchable and can be dragged and dropped into dynamic reports to provide
performance metrics or resource visibility; and,
Maintenance on technology infrastructure is lessened due to the powerful Force.com cloud
platform.
Clariti was listed as a “Gartner Cool Vendor for Public Sector” in 2014
- one of only four companies to receive the award
34
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 7
Clariti is headquartered in Vancouver, British Columbia in Canada. The company website can be
accessed at www.ClaritiSoftware.com.
Currently, the company has around 35 employees.
35
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 8
2.0 COMPANY AND STAFF QUALIFICATIONS AND EXPERIENCE
2.1 Experience
Avocette currently has 28 experienced consultants with an average of five implementations per
consultant. In addition, as a full service consulting company, Avocette has a team of Project Managers,
Business Analysts, Technical Architects, Technical Analysts and Database Administrators. Avocette
currently has Twenty-two active and ongoing local government projects for organizations across the
United States and Canada including the City of Seattle WA, City of Scottsdale AZ and the City of
Kingston ON. In addition, Avocette is currently providing our ServicePlus managed application support
for local government system users such as the County of San Mateo CA, the City of Cupertino CA and
the Regional Municipality of Wood Buffalo (Fort McMurray AB). Avocette’s newest ServicePlus clients are
Osceola County Florida and Watertown NY.
Avocette’s technical staff is very experienced in providing implementation services and several members
of our team are in high demand to assist with complex implementation and integration projects. Avocette
provides full implementation services including analysis, design, configuration, integration, data
conversion, technical implementation and project management. Avocette also employs specialist in UX
design and Organizational Change Management to ensure the best possible user experience and user
change acceptance. Avocette’s integration team are experienced in delivering and supporting complex
integration solutions so that existing software can interoperate providing a comprehensive solution.
Avocette has specialized in providing an enhanced post implementation support services offering for local
governments: Avocette’s ServicePlus applications managed service offering. Our service level based
support offering is available at a number of support levels including: “as needed”, 5 X 8, 5 X 12, and 7 X
24. Avocette’s post implementation support for upgrades, implementation of new and changed features,
data conversions, integrations and new automation keeps your system up to date and provides for
continuous improvement.
Avocette has implemented local government solutions for both very large organizations such as New
York City and very small organizations such as St. Pete’s Beach, Florida. Avocette recognizes that
packaged solutions may not meet all of the requirements that every client has. However, because
Avocette is a full service systems consulting company, we are able to find or develop solutions and
integrate them with the system to provide a complete solution.
Avocette provides both standard and customized training. Avocette’s trainers are experienced in
delivering classroom and web based training to our clients. Our experience has been that, while standard
training does provide the necessary foundation for client to use the system, standard training can be
improved by understanding the true needs of the user base and adapting the training to meet their needs.
Avocette’s approach of Knowledge Transfer during the implementation project also provides a foundation
to determine what kind of end user training is needed. This can range from Avocette providing classroom
training to end-users to Avocette training the trainers to deliver the end user training. In addition Avocette
can provide web based refresher training as needed in order to keep costs down.
Avocette’s approach to project delivery is to ensure the deployment of dedicated project teams who
become familiar with all aspects of the delivery project ensuring continuity and delivery efficiency. In the
36
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 9
event that changes to staffing is necessary then Avocette provides a knowledge transfer to the new
consultants. Avocette commits to providing only substitute consultants of equal or higher experience
when these changes are required.
Avocette staff take professional pride in their work and because we focus on the public sector our
consultants are experienced in working in complex multi-stakeholder environments. Avocette is invested
in our client’s success and we encourage you to contact our references to learn how the implementation
experience working with Avocette has been.
See the list below of Avocette’s clients and experience.
Local Government Clients
*Regional Municipality of Wood Buffalo, AB
City of Mesa, AZ
City of Peoria, AZ
*City of Scottsdale, AZ
*Insurance Council of British Columbia, BC
*Regional District of Okanagan-Similkameen
BC
*Resort Municipality of Whistler, BC
*City of Inglewood, CA
*City of Commerce, CA
*City of Cupertino, CA
County of San Benito, CA
City of Newport Beach, CA
*Contra Costa County, CA
*County of San Mateo, CA
*City of Menlo Park, CA
Lake County, CA
San Bernardino County, CA
Sonoma County, CA
Town of Yountville, CA
City of Denver, CO
Osceola County, FL
*Athens-Clarke County, GA
*City of Atlanta, GA
*City of Covington, KY
Barnstable County, MA
*Oakland County, MI
*City of Las Cruces, NM
Clark County (Las Vegas), NV
*City of Watertown, NY
New York City, NY
New York State, Albany NY
*Hamilton County, OH
*City of Kingston, ON
City of Barrie, ON
*Town of Newmarket, ON
*City of Brampton, ON
Deschutes County, OR
City of Albany, OR
City of Redmond, OR
*Linn County, OR
City of Hillsboro, OR
City of El Paso, TX
City of Fort Worth, TX
*City of Lake Forest Park, WA
*City of Seattle, WA
*Current active engagements
2.2 Avocette Personnel
The following tables represents some of Avocette’s key personnel who would be available to the City for
the purpose of the project. At the time of this RFP response, Avocette has 105 employees and 50 active
contractors across North America. Avocette’s breadth and depth of personnel provides the capacity to
provide additional resources to the project as required.
37
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 10
The supervising implementation manager for the project will be Steve Dean.
Steve Dean
Director, Product Integration
1205 Broad Street
Victoria, BC
V8W 2A4
Phone: 1.778.401.2726
Darrel Drab
Project Sponsor
Steve Dean
Project Manager
Teresa Cameron
Solution Lead
Shawn Chen
Configuration
Specialist
Tom Grzegorczyk
Senior Developer
Mike Buell
Senior GIS Analyst
Farouk Savji
Project Consultant
38
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 11
Name and Title Darrel Drab, Vice President Product Integration
Project Role Project Sponsor
Role Description Partner closely with the Agency Sponsor and participate in
Steering Committee meetings
Provide high-level oversight throughout the duration of the
project
Assist in removing Project execution obstacles
Resolve issues and risks escalated by the Project Manager
Home Office Victoria BC
Previous Projects Project Executive for the following Projects (2012-2019):
Kingston Ontario – Land Management
Barrie Ontario – Land Management
City of Seattle – Code Management
Town of Newmarket – Land Management
Insurance Council of British Columbia – Licensed
Professionals
State of Arizona Registry of Contractors – Licensed
Professionals
Las Cruces New Mexico – Land Management
Resort Municipality of Whistler – Asset Management
Previous Projects June 2012 - April 2013
Senior Business Analyst for Gambling Policy and Enforcement
Branch Project at the BC Ministry of Energy and Mines.
Oct. 2010 – May 2012
IS Project Lead for multiple projects at the Insurance Corporation
of British Columbia – Driver Licensing and enforcement Projects
Oct. 2009 – June 2010
Senior Business Analyst for the GAME Project (Gambling
enforcement) at the BC Ministry of Social Development
Apr. 2007 – Oct. 2009
IS Project Lead for the Enhanced Drivers Licensing Project at the
Insurance Corporation of British Columbia.
Oct. 2006 – Apr. 2007
Business Team Lead for the Financial Management Re-
engineering project at the BC Ministry of Employment.
March 2002 – Oct 2006
Business Team Lead for the BC Bid System at the BC Ministry of
Management Services.
Dec 2000 – Feb 2002
39
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 12
Name and Title Darrel Drab, Vice President Product Integration
IT Project Manager for the National Safety Code System Project
at the Insurance Corporation of British Columbia.
Dec 1991 – Dec 2000
IT Project Manager for multiple Driver Licensing and Enforcement
projects at the Insurance Corporation of British Columbia.
Dec 1989 – Dec 1991
Senior Systems Analyst for the Technology Asset Management
system at the BC Ministry of Forests.
Dec 1987 – Dec 1989
Business Analyst for Aspect Computing (Melbourne Australia).
Dec 1985 – Dec 1987
Business Analyst for DataBank Systems (Wellington New
Zealand)
July 1982 – Dec 1985
Programmer/Analyst for Genstar Corporation
Educational Background 2001 - E-Business Application Framework, IBM Course Code
(B06S0)
2000 - Project Management Techniques, IBM Course Code
(CP2S0)
1982 - Diploma of Technology, Computer Systems, BCIT,
Vancouver
Additional Information Over 37 years of information technology experience including
senior management, project leadership, business analysis,
systems design, development and implementation
Extensive systems project experience in both the public and
private sectors
Excellent communicator capable of effectively interacting with
business and technical personnel of all levels
Recent experience in managing portfolios of large-scale
product integration and business transformation projects as
part of Avocette’s senior management team.
Name and Title Steve Dean, Director, Product Integration
Project Role Project Manager
Role Description Plan, schedule, coordinate and track the implementation with
the agency.
Ensure that the project team stays focused, tasks are
completed on schedule
40
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 13
Name and Title Steve Dean, Director, Product Integration
Identify and mitigate issues and risks and escalate as
needed in a timely manner.
Collaborate closely with Agency Project Manager.
Enforce project governance and structure regarding change
control, communication and escalation management.
Maintain project workspace and create weekly status reports.
Home Office Victoria BC
Previous Projects City of Seattle – Project Manager
Regional District of the Okanagan-Similkameen – Project
Manager
City of Scottsdale – Project Manager
Accela Middle East (Kuwait) – Senior Consultant
County of Lake CA – Senior Consultant/Lead Analyst
Resort Municipality of Whistler - Senior Consultant/Lead
Analyst
SaskPower - Senior Consultant/Lead Analyst
City of Barrie ON - Senior Consultant/Lead Analyst
City of Kingston ON - Senior Consultant/Lead Analyst
City of Newport Beach CA - Senior Consultant/Lead Analyst
Previous Projects Avocette – University of Massachusetts Medical School
Senior BA and Project Manager (2009 – 2013)
Avocette – Ministry of Child and Families
Senior Sales Engineer (2006 – 2009)
LogicLynx Technologies LtdUNIT4 Business Solutions
Managing Director (2002-2006)
CSP Internet Ltd
Managing Director (1995-2001
Infinity Systems Design Group Inc.
President and CEO (1990-1995
University of Victoria
Consultant and Trainer (1985-1990)
Educational Background University of Victoria
Continuing Studies towards BSC in Computer Science
Victoria, BC 1985-1990
Professional Registrations and
Memberships
ITIL Level 1 Certification (2014)
PROSCI Change Management Certification (2015)
Additional Information Steve has over 30 years of information technology industry
experience including project management, systems analysis,
business analysis and infrastructure planning. Steve has worked
with a number of large projects where he has had primary
responsibility for both management of the project as well as
design and development of the technology utilized. Prior to
41
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 14
Name and Title Steve Dean, Director, Product Integration
working with civic management and case management systems
in health and human services, Steve has managed companies
that provided fixed link network connectivity and data acquisition
and control capabilities. He is an excellent business
communicator and effective team leader and has excellent
understanding of business processes, software development and
has extensive telecommunications experience.
Name and Title Farouk Savji, Senior Consultant
Project Role Project Consultant
Role Description Responsible for the Functional and Technical Consultants,
working directly with client Subject Matter Experts (SMEs)
and technical personnel throughout all aspects of the
implementation
Manages and assists in Business Analysis activities
Manages and assists in Configuration activities
Manages and assists in Technical Configuration activities
Provide design oversight and direction to the team
Ensure quality of all deliverables
Ensure methodology is being adhered
Provide expertise and direction on best practices
Provide expertise and guidance on release/environment
management
Assist with analysis of change requests
Home Office Victoria BC
Previous Projects Menlo Park Fire District, Permitting and Compliance – Senior
Consultant
Regional District of the Okanagan-Similkameen – Project
Consultant
City of Scottsdale AZ, Licensing and Compliance – Senior
Consultant, Project Manager
Insurance Council of British Columbia, Licensing and
Compliance - Project Coordinator
State of Arizona Licensing and Compliance - Project
Manager
San Benito County, Building and Planning (Project Lead)
College of Massage Therapists of British Columbia (Business
Analyst / Configuration Developer)
Regional Municipality of Wood Buffalo (Business Analyst /
Configuration Developer)
Kuwait – Senior Financial Consultant
Linn County, Building (Reports Analyst)
42
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 15
Name and Title Farouk Savji, Senior Consultant
City of Commerce, Building and Planning (Project Lead,
Reports Analyst)
St Pete’s Beach, Licensing (Project Lead)
Educational Background ITIL Foundation Certification (September 2011)
Douglas College, Vancouver, BC Canada (Sept 1996 – April
2002)
Dual Major: Accounting Management and Marketing
Management
British Columbia Institute of Technology, Vancouver, BC
Canada (September 2001 – April 2003)
Marketing Management 1985-
1990
Name and Title Mike Buell, Manager, Product Integration/Local Government
Project Role Senior GIS Analyst
Role Description GIS
Manage and assist in the development of GIS specifications
Manage and assist in the development of GIS configuration
Manage and assist in Unit Testing GIS configuration
Manage GIS deployment
Home Office Victoria BC
Previous Projects Brampton ON, ESRI GIS Integration
Newmarket ON, ESRI GIS Integration
Cupertino CA, ESRI GIS Integration
Yountville CA, ESRI GIS Integration
Whistler BC, ESRI GIS Integration and asset synchronization
between ESRI
Las Cruces NM, ESRI GIS Integration and Javascript coding
to utilize ESRI data in business rules applied
Lake County CA, ESRI GIS Integration
Kingston ON, ESRI GIS Integration and Javascript coding to
utilize ESRI data in business rules applied
Previous Projects World Wildlife Fund (WWF), Development of ESRI GIS
watershed data model for use in modeling exercises
TimberWest Forest Corp, Development of ESRI GIS datasets
and scripts to prepare and analyze data for modeling and
reporting.
Various Pension Funds, Development of ESRI GIS datasets
for use in mergers and acquisitions.
43
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 16
Name and Title Mike Buell, Manager, Product Integration/Local Government
Educational Background Project Management Academy 2018
Certificate in Project Management On-line collaborative
based leaning program
Penn State, University Park, PA 2004
Post Graduate Program. Graduate Certificate in Geographic
Information Systems On-line collaborative based leaning
program
ITI Information Technology Institute, Ottawa, ON 1999
Post Graduate Program. Diploma in Applied Information
Technology Collaborative based leaning program
University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, NB 1997
BSc. Forestry and Environmental Management Program
Published undergraduate thesis
Minors: Parks and Wilderness, and Wildlife Management
Collaborative based leaning program
Professional Registrations and
Memberships
Project Management Professional (PMP)
Registered Professional Forester (#4263), Association of
British Columbia Forest Professionals Member; Canadian
Institute of Forestry and Geomatics Canada
Additional Information Presentations
ESRI user conference (2014) ensuring a successful audit of
forest carbon offset project
http://gis.esri.com/library/userconf/proc14/papers/abstracts/a
4563.html
ESRI user conference (2010) minimizing ecological risk while
maximizing value
http://gis.esri.com/library/userconf/proc10/papers/abstracts/c
4531.html
ESRI user conference (2007) linking LP models with
alternative spatial models
http://gis.esri.com/library/userconf/proc07/papers/abstracts/a
1389.html
Interest Papers
Strategic and tactical time supply modeling – maximizing
value on public lands
http://member.abcfp.ca/web/Files/magazine/JulyAugustWhol
eIssue.pdf
Breaking down the software options available to forest
professionals
http://www.abcfp.ca/publications_forms/BCFORmagazine/do
cuments/BCFORPRO-2010-4_AllArticles/BCFORPRO-2010-
4_Buell.pdf
44
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 17
Name and Title Teresa Cameron, Senior Business Analyst
Project Role Solution Lead
Role Description Responsible for the Functional and Technical Consultants,
working directly with client Subject Matter Experts (SMEs)
and technical personnel throughout all aspects of the
implementation
Manages and assists in Business Analysis activities
Manages and assists in Configuration activities
Manages and assists in Technical Configuration activities
Provide design oversight and direction to the team
Ensure quality of all deliverables
Ensure methodology is being adhered
Provide expertise and direction on best practices
Provide expertise and guidance on release/environment
management
Assist with analysis of change requests
Deliver Clariti Training Classes
Home Office Victoria BC
Previous Projects Regional District of the Okanagan-Similkameen – Solution
Lead
City of Seattle STR - Solution Lead, Business
Analyst/Configuration Specialist
City of Seattle TRIP R1 - Business Analyst/Configuration
Specialist, QA
City of Cupertino - Business Analyst/Configuration Specialist,
Training
Oakland County, MI - Business Analyst/Configuration
Specialist, Training
City of Las Cruces - Business Analyst/Configuration
Specialist
City of Brampton - Business Analyst/Configuration Specialist,
Training
City of Newmarket - Business Analyst/Configuration
Specialist, Training
Insurance Council of British Columbia – Analyst Lead
College of Massage Therapists of British Columbia -
Business Analyst/Configuration Specialist, Solution Lead
San Mateo County - Business Analyst/Configuration
Specialist, Solution Lead
Regional Municipality of Wood Buffalo AB - Configuration
Specialist
45
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 18
Name and Title Teresa Cameron, Senior Business Analyst
City of Commerce CA - Configuration Specialist
St. Pete Beach, FL - Configuration Specialist, Training
San Benito County, CA - Configuration Specialist, Training
Educational Background B. Sc. Majoring in Environmental Chemistry
(1999)
Okanagan University College − Kelowna, BC
B. Tech. Environmental Engineering (2008)
British Columbia Institute of Technology
Name and Title Shawn Chen, Configuration Specialist
Project Role Configuration Specialist
Role Description Configuration of the Clariti System
Quality Assurance testing
User Acceptance Issue Resolution
Report Specifications
Go-Live Support/Implementation
Training Support
Requirement Analysis and Documentation
Dynamic Rules Engine Configuration
Reports Development
Home Office Victoria BC
Previous Projects City of Seattle-Transportation Regulation improvement
Project (Configuration, QAT- UAT Support, Developer,
Training Go-Live Implementation)
City of Seattle Short Term Rental Project-(Configuration,
QAT- UAT Support, Developer, Training)
Regional District of the Okanagan-Similkameen –
Configuration Specialist
Newmarket (Requirement Analysis and Documentation)
Insurance Council of BC (Solutions Analysis)
King County (Configuration, QAT- UAT Support, Developer,
Training)
Linn County (QAT – UAT Configuration Support)
Inglewood (Training Lead, Solution Lead)
City of Kingston ON Phase 2 (Data migration)
(SQL Data management, Developer, Configuration)
Cupertino (Configuration, Analyst)
City of Ridgefield (Business Analyst, Configuration, Training)
Regional Municipality of Wood Buffalo AB (Configuration)
46
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 19
Name and Title Shawn Chen, Configuration Specialist
City of Commerce (Training, Configuration)
County of San Mateo (Business Analyst)
Yountville (Configuration)
Educational Background BSc Major in Economics with Co-op
(Sep 2010 – June 2015)
University of Victoria − Victoria, BC
Entrance Scholarship, 2010.
MA in Economics with Teaching Assistant position (Aug 2015
– 2016 June)
MA in Economics Scholarship, 2015.
Name and Title Tom Grzegorczyk, Senior Software Developer
Project Role Developer, Senior Technical Consultant
Role Description Data Conversion Consultant
Review data conversion approach and deliverable
expectations
Develop data conversion data map
Build and Unit Test data conversion program
Execute and support data conversion for testing and go-live
Interface Consultant
Conduct Interface analysis sessions
Develop data integration specifications for importing or
exporting data from Clariti
Build and Unit Test data integration programs
Business rule automation
Manage and assist in the development of business rule
specifications
Manage and assist in the development of business rules
Manage and assist in Unit Testing of business rules
Manage business rule automation deployment
Home Office Victoria BC
Previous Projects Town of Newmarket (Software Development)
Regional Municipality of Wood Buffalo (Software
Development)
City of Seattle (Software Development)
Previous Projects Regional District of the Okanagan-Similkameen – Senior
Developer
City of Seattle: STR – Senior Developer
City of Seattle: TRIP – Senior Developer
47
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 20
Name and Title Tom Grzegorczyk, Senior Software Developer
City of Brampton – Interface Developer
Insurance Council of British Columbia – Senior Developer
Town of Newmarket – Senior Developer
Oakland County, MI – Senior Developer
City of Kingston – Senior Developer
BC Stats (Technical Design/Software Development)
JAG (Software Development)
BC Stats (Software Development)
MAH (Software Support)
Calgary Legal Guidance (System Migration)
Telematic Controls Inc. (Software Development/Technical
Design/System Migrations/Technical Support)
VitalSignals Enterprises Inc./Alberta Health Services
(Software Development/Installations Manager)
Educational Background B.Sc. Major in Computer Science
(Oct 2004 – June 2009)
Academy of Computer Science, Lodz, Poland
Certified Technician in Electronics
(Sep 1999 – July 2003)
ZSP #9, Lodz, Poland
2.3 Clariti Personnel
Name and Title James Wikkerink (Clariti)
Project Role Solution Architect
Role Description Provides implementation guidelines, subject matter expertise,
and technical analysis for Clariti solutions
Home Office Vancouver, BC
Previous Projects Solution architect and business analyst for the following Projects
(2006-2020):
City of Aspen, CO - Community Development
City of Hampton, VA - Community Development
Massachusetts Division of Professional Licensure -
Professional Licensing
Ohio Department of Administrative Services (OIT) -
Professional Licensing
City of Norfolk - Community Development
Michigan Liquor Control Commission (MLCC) - Liquor
Licensing
48
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 21
Name and Title James Wikkerink (Clariti)
Orange County Public Works - Community Development
Washington State Department of Licensing (DOL)
Regional District of Okanagan-Similkameen - Community
Development
City of Phoenix, AZ - Community Development
Certifications Salesforce product development training courses
Visualforce Advanced
Salesforce SDK Mobile One
Salesforce Communities
Chatter API
Visual Workflow
Apex REST API
Scalable Enterprise Applications
Educational Background 1999 - Bachelor of Science, Computer Science/Business,
University of Victoria
Additional Information More than 15 years’ experience designing, developing, and
delivering Clariti solutions to local and state government
agencies
Delivering solutions using Salesforce and Force.com
platforms for over 12 years
2.4 References
Organization Name City of Cupertino, California
Contact Name and Title Bill Mitchell
Chief Technology Officer
Address 10300 Torre Avenue, Cupertino, CA 95014-3202, USA
Telephone: 408.777.1333
Email: BillM@cupertino.org
Project Description Avocette was chosen by the City of Cupertino to implement a suite
of land management modules including Building, Planning, and
Enforcement. Avocette was chosen to replace the existing
permitting solution and provide full services of data conversion of 10
years worth of legacy data and interfaces to third party systems to
help the city better serve it’s citizens. The implementation also
involved configuration of the Citizen Access portal and Inspector and
Mobile Applications (iOS and Android).
The project scope includes:
Implement the solution for the following Agency departments:
Permitting
Planning
49
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 22
Zoning
Enforcement
Deploy the following, licensed, products to meet the needs of
these departments:
Land Management
GIS
Citizen Portal
Mobile Office
Interfaces:
ESRI GIS
Laserfiche
ProjectDox
BuildingEye
Complete data conversion from the legacy solution
Complete end user training and administrative training
70 Users
Integrations:
Laserfiche
ESRI
PayPal
CSLB
Population of Government
Entity
60,170
Name of Firm: Orange County Public Works, CA
Address: 300 N Flower Street, Santa Ana, CA 92703
Contact Name and Title: Colby Catadi, Deputy Director
Telephone: (714) 667-8860
Contact email: colby.cataldi@ocpw.ocgov.com
Service Dates: Aug 2016 - Ongoing customer support
Summary of Project: Orange County has a vision of “1OC” – One Orange County – to provide a
unified customer/constituent engagement platform to support interaction
with county stakeholders (“customers”).
OCPW was looking to modernize the way the County does business with
its land developer community (including general public, applicants,
residents, surveyors, engineers & developers) and general citizen
engagement by developing electronic processes to support developers
and the public in their interactions for county services.
OCPW has ten (10) Service Areas with nearly half of them using the
current LMS in some way or another, for permit tracking, clearances,
inspections or management and customer information. A number of
outside organizations such as OCFA, OC Parks, OC Waste and
Recycling, and City of Brea use OCPW’s LMS as well, which could
50
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 23
potentially grow if other entities add on. Currently these outside agencies
only use the system to comment on development projects, clear conditions
and for informational purposes. Currently, approximately 250 users, in
multiple locations, could access the system at any given time.
OCPW selected Clariti to act as a comprehensive system that can accept
input, organize, process and track development related permits, cases and
entitlements through the entire development process. The flexibility in the
solution also addresses non development related work flows such as Code
Enforcement, Business Registration and Public Works maintenance/repair
requests.
The system provides robust reporting and auditing components and
overall helps to improve OCPW’s business processes. OCPW’s processes
are constantly adapted to meet new challenges and requirements; a
system that can quickly respond to these changes was required.
The Clariti solution helped OCPW realize many benefits including but not
limited to:
Providing tools to increase efficiency & responsiveness from OCPW
Staff with customers.
Improving efficiency and performance within County operations.
Monitoring and reporting usage statistics to agency management.
Tightly integrating the solution with the preferred Salesforce CRM
Platform.
Integrating with the County’s GIS systems (ESRI & GeoResearch) to
provide map-based management reporting
250 Users
Integrations:
MainStar
ESRI
Caps+
VTI
OnBase
Revenue Experts
BlueBeam
Cyber Source
Verifone
Population of
Government Entity (if
applicable):
3,190,000
Name of Firm: City of Las Cruces, New Mexico
Address: 304 Bell Ave, Las Cruces, NM 88005, USA
Contact Name and Title: Robert Kyle, Building & Development Services Administrator, Chief
Building Official
51
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 24
Telephone: 575-528-3106
Contact email: rkyle@las-cruces.org
Service Dates: September 2017 – May 2017 (On-going)
Summary of Project: Avocette has implemented the Land Management solution using the Best
Practice templates (BPT) as part of the Phase 1. Additional business
processes beyond the templates and further configuration of BPT’s in
Phase 2. In Phase 3 Avocette implemented business licensing which went
live in November 2018.
The project scope includes:
Implement the solution for the following Agency departments:
o Permitting
o Planning
o Zoning
o Right of Way
Deploy the following, licensed, products to meet the needs of these
departments:
o Land Management
o GIS
o Citizen Portal
o Mobile Office
Interface to GIS in Phase 1
Interfaces (Phase 2) to:
GL – Munis – 2 way periodic batch interface
o Tyler Cashiering for cashiering functions
Business Licensing implementation for 30 license types in phase 3
More than 50 custom reports.
60 Users
Integrations:
ESRI
MUNIS Financials
Payment Adapter
Population of
Government Entity (if
applicable):
101,700
52
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 25
3.0 WORK APPROACH AND MILESTONES
3.1 Project Management Approach
Avocette’s Implementation Methodology uses principles developed from the Project Management
Institute's (PMI®) Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK®), the recognized ANSI standard,
and it is malleable to meet specific City requirements. Avocette will develop a project charter that
provides details of our approach, methodology, organization, communication strategy, risk mitigation
strategy, integrated master schedule (IMS), staffing plan, training plan and collaboration between the City
and the Avocette team for program success.
3.1.1 Critical Success Factors
Project implementation will be a collaborative effort between the City and Avocette. Significant time will
be spent to ensure the City’s goals are met, as defined in the Statement of Work. The following list
identifies the critical factors that typically have a significant impact on your implementation:
Goals and Objectives of the City – The goals and objectives of the City need to be considered
in the development of an overall project schedule that reduces risk, maximizes benefit and works
within the City’s resource and time constraints.
Dedicated Participation – Avocette fully understands that City staff members have daily
responsibilities that will compete with the amount of time that can be dedicated to the
implementation project. However, it is critical that the City acknowledges that its staff must be
actively involved throughout the entire duration of services as defined in the Project Plan. We will
communicate participation of the City and Avocette resources through Project Status Reports with
real and potential impacts to the project timeline.
Knowledge Transfer – While Avocette cannot guarantee specific expertise for City staff will be
gained because of participating in the project, we will make all reasonable efforts to transfer
knowledge to City staff. It is critical that City personnel participate in the analysis, configuration,
testing and deployment of the system to ensure transfer of knowledge to the City staff. Once
Postproduction assistance tasks are completed by Avocette, the City assumes all day-to-day
operations of the system.
Support - Avocette provides our ServicePlus Application Management services to assist the City
in maintaining and enhancing their solution post go-live. Avocette’s ServicePlus is designed to
help the City keep their system current and up to date by providing system and end user support,
continual improvements to meet new and changing business needs and support for upgrades of
the software. Avocette manages all support issues for the City and provides a single point of
contact.
Deliverable Acceptance Process – Upon completion of each deliverable according to the
acceptance criteria defined herein, Avocette will provide the City with a Deliverable Acceptance
Form to formalize acceptance and completion. This form is subsequently signed by the
appropriate City contact, as defined in the Project Charter, and faxed/scanned/emailed or hand
delivered to Avocette. It is critical that reviews and approvals of each project deliverable confirms
that Avocette is meeting its expectations. Upon completion of each Deliverables Acceptance
53
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 26
Form, Avocette will proceed toward the next milestone. Deliverable review cycles, if extensive,
can extend the length of a project significantly.
Go-Live and beyond –In preparation for Go Live, Avocette will work with the City to prepare a
checklist and appropriate approach given geographic distribution of end users and availability of
super users. This checklist acts as a “mini project plan” within the overall project plan. During the
lead up to Go Live and for two weeks post Go Live, Avocette will support the triaging and Level 1
response to issues. During the 20 days post Go Live, Avocette will turn over the support role to
Avocette’s ServicePlus support staff and Avocette will continue to handle all level of issues to the
service levels agreed (SLAs).
3.1.2 Project Management
Project management services are defined as the following activities:
Development and Management of a Project Plan
Project Document Management
Issue Log Management and Escalation
Status Reporting
Change Order Management
Resource Management
Executive Project Oversight and Quality Assurance
3.1.2.1 Project Change Management
Managing change is critical to the success of any IT activities; the impact of failing to manage change
includes cost overruns, un-met client expectations and significant delays. Avocette follows a robust
change control process that ensures that any changes are authorized prior to execution.
A change is defined as a deviation from the original project plan or Statement of Work (SOW) that
impacts the project scope, cost and/or schedule. Changes will usually impact at least two aspects of the
project. We propose that the following definitions be used to determine if an official change is required.
The Avocette Project Manager will manage the following changes:
3.1.2.1.1 Scope Change
A scope change will be any modification (addition, deletion or restatement) to the approved scope. Scope
changes may involve software configuration management or may impact other aspects of the delivery.
3.1.2.1.2 Cost Change
A cost change will be any modification to the effort required to complete a work package related to the
approved scope (or changed scope) that results in a cost change.
3.1.2.1.3 Schedule Change
A schedule change will be any modification to the project schedule that changes the overall timeline for
the project by +/-5 days.
54
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 27
When the Avocette’s Project Manager identifies a potential change, the following process will be initiated:
Document and Analyze Change.
Review Change Order.
Change Order Approved.
If the Community Project Sponsor does not accept the change order, the Avocette’s Project Manager will
update the change log to indicate that the change request has been rejected.
3.1.3 Risk Management
Avocette’s’ Project Manager will refine and deliver a Project Risk Management Plan that includes specific
activities our team will regularly perform to identify, qualify, quantify, prioritize, and manage risks to the
Project.
Avocette’s’ Project Manager will regularly solicit input from Avocette’s Project Team and the City Team, to
anticipate any possible events, obstacles, or issues that may produce unplanned outcomes during the
project. He will assess risks to both internal and external aspects of the project. Internal risks are events
the Avocette Project Team or the City Team can directly control, while external risks happen outside their
direct influence. Throughout the project, Avocette’s Project Manager will continuously identify, track, and
analyze risks, assess the probability of occurrence, and define mitigation actions to minimize potential
impact on the project.
Our Project Manager will analyze risk as it applies to the Project in areas such as:
Culture of the various departments participating in the project
Anticipated impact on the participating departments of the resulting product or
The level to which the result is defined (the more complete the definition, the lower the possibility
of risk)
Technology used on the project (proven vs. new)
Relationships among team members
Impact on work units
Competing projects and priorities within the City
The Project Risk Management Plan will define the processes for the identification, tracking, mitigation,
and contingency planning of project risks – those things that could occur and have a negative impact on
one or more aspects of the project at some time in the future.
For each project risk, whether internal or external, Avocette will evaluate the potential for the risk to occur,
the timeframe of occurrence, and potential impact to the project in terms of cost, schedule, resource,
and/or quality. Avocette’s Project Manager will make recommendations to the City Project Manager for
partial mitigation of the risk, or for acceptance of the risk without mitigation.
Our risk management includes the following steps:
55
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 28
Process Description
Risk Management
Planning
Usually undertaken during the initiation phase. Working with the City team and
stakeholders, our Project Manager will establish the risk management framework for
the project. This will include identifying who is responsible for managing risks,
methodologies to be used for identifying, analyzing and monitoring risks, and metrics
for risk quantification. The Project Manager will also work with the City to understand
your risk threshold which will help to determine risk priority.
Risk Identification Risk identification is an on-going activity on all our projects which begins during project
initiation. Working with the Avocette’s Project Team and the City Team and
Stakeholders, our Project Manager will identify and document in the risk management
worksheet, risks that may potentially impact the success of the project. This process
will be repeated throughout the project through both formal risk reviews and informally
at team and status meetings. For each risk the following information will be recorded in
the risk management worksheet:
→ The definition of the risk
→ The timeframe that the risk could occur
→ The probability that the risk will occur
→ The potential impact on the project that the risk will have when it occurs
→ Any mitigation activities that can reduce the potential or impact of the risk, if
it occurs
→ Any contingency plan(s) that should be implemented, should the risk occur
→ The status of the risk (potential, transition to issue, transition to close – no
longer a risk) and date
Risk Qualitative
Analysis
Following the identification of risks to the project, our Project Manager will work with
your team to prioritize the risks, using probability and impact analysis and taking into
consideration the City risk tolerance. This information will be captured in the risk log.
Risk Quantification Using the information from the qualitative analysis of the project risks our Project
Manager will seek to quantify the risks using a combination of expected monetary
value and decision tree analysis. On very complex or high-risk projects the Project
Manager may also model the project using simulation software to evaluate cost and/or
schedule risk. This information will be captured in the risk log and will be used for risk
response planning and establishment of contingency funds.
Risk Response
Planning Once the risks to the project are well understood and quantified our Project Manager
will work with the Avocette and the City teams to develop response strategies. The
goal of this planning is to:
→ Decide on risk mitigation strategies – actions that can be taken proactively that
eliminate or reduce the likelihood of a risk occurring or the impact on the project
should it occur. The team may identify several mitigation strategies and will then
determine which to implement based on a cost/benefit analysis.
→ Develop risk response strategies – if the team is unable to completely eliminate a
risk, they will then agree upon a plan of action to be implemented in the event that
the risk does occur during the project. The intention is to have a clearly defined
plan in place that allows the project team to respond to risk events quickly and
efficiently without having to delay risk response.
Our team will propose an appropriate response for each risk—avoidance, mitigation or
acceptance, and facilitate a decision by the City Team to approve mitigation actions.
Avocette will also facilitate communication of risks and mitigation action status, and
ensure those actions are implemented. The plan will focus more on those risks
considered most likely, with the greatest impact on the project. The City Team may
also make a conscious decision to accept or ignore certain risks. Avocette will
document any such decisions within the Risk Management Plan for follow-up or
subsequent re-evaluation.
Risk Monitoring and
Control
Our Project Manager will be responsible for on-going risk monitoring throughout the life
of the project using both formal and informal information gathering techniques,
56
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 29
Process Description
including risk assessment review meetings, performance measurement and trend
analysis. The Project Manager will be responsible for ensuring that risk mitigation
activities are completed, risk response plans are initiated if a risk event occurs and that
the risk plans and logs are kept up to date.
Avocette’s Project Manager’s risk management activities will be focused in two critical areas:
3.1.3.1 Risk Monitoring
Our Project Manager will be continuously monitoring performance and issues that are raised throughout
the project to determine if an identified risk is occurring. He will also be actively managing the issue and
project change management processes and identifying issues that are representative of a larger risk to
the service delivery.
As appropriate and as agreed upon between Avocette’s Project Manager and the City Project Manager,
the assignment and execution of risk mitigating activities and tasks will be performed and tracked in the
same manner as any other project activity or task.
If during the project a risk event occurs, Avocette’s Project Manager will immediately log an issue and
communicate with the City Project Manager and other team members. Our Project Manager will ensure
that any predefined risk response strategy is immediately implemented and will monitor the situation until
resolution.
3.1.3.2 Risk Reviews
The top five project risks and mitigating activities will be reviewed weekly during the project status
meetings. In addition, our Project Manager will conduct a monthly risk review meeting with the City
Project Manager and other stakeholders. The purpose of the risk review meeting is to update the risk
evaluation and response plan and will include:
Review of existing risks
Confirm that the risk still applies
Update the risk description with additional information if available
Identification of additional risks
3.1.4 Quality Assurance
Avocette is committed to delivering and maintaining applications that meet our client’s quality
expectations. We do not submit deliverables to our clients without first subjecting them to a rigorous
quality review process. For documentation deliverables, this includes both peer and senior level reviews
for content and presentation. For software and related deliverables, we engage the services of our Quality
Assurance team who are responsible for all aspects of functional testing, non-functional and integration
testing.
Avocette’s Quality Assurance team is composed of intermediate to senior-level quality assurance
analysts. These quality analysts work closely with the development teams to develop subject matter
expertise on specific client applications.
57
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 30
All requests for quality assurance are routed to senior QA analysts, who are responsible for coordinating
requests, planning and scheduling tasks, developing the testing plan, monitoring the end-to-end
completion of assigned tasks, and ensuring the overall quality of testing.
Avocette has a tried and true quality assurance process based on industry best practices. The process
ensures oversight of the creation and maintenance of the templates used for creating various quality
assurance deliverables and work products, such as QA Plans, QA Test Cases, QA Metrics Reports, and
QA Test Reports.
The general QA activities include:
1. Assessing and providing an estimate for quality assurance on an application
2. Analyzing requirements and design documents for testability and providing appropriate feedback
3. Planning and assigning the quality assurance scope, activities, resources and schedule
4. Creating quality assurance test plans and test cases
5. Establishing an appropriate test environment (hardware, software), with desired data, access
accounts and security access
6. Planning test execution activities
7. Documenting all identified bugs in a Defect Tracking System
8. Capturing the test execution results and other test metrics
9. Creating the quality assurance test report
3.1.4.1 Avocette Testing Techniques
Avocette’s QA team typically performs the following tests for the development deliverables.
Test Type Description
Boundary Testing Ensures data within the fields properly function at the boundary (or edges)
of allowable data input. Boundary values include maximum, minimum, just
inside/outside boundary, typical values, and error values.
Field Entry Testing Examines data that is entered in screen forms intended for database
input. Testing includes data values, ranges, invalid input, GUI controls,
error recovery, and any processing that might occur as a result of data
input.
End-to-End Testing
or System Integration
Testing (SIT)
Ensures the application meets the real user expectations by demonstrating
that the application works end-to-end. This involves testing a complete
application environment in a situation that mimics real-world use, such as
interacting with a user interface, using a database, using network
communications, or interacting with other applications.
Functional Testing Ensures the application meets the functional requirements. It is an
important test type to validate an application’s requirements.
58
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 31
Test Type Description
Security Testing Testing how well the system protects against unauthorized internal or
external access, including users with inadequate security privileges.
Regression Testing Re-testing the application to verify that modifications have not had
unintended consequences and that the application still meets all defined
requirements.
Smoke Testing Checks to see if a newly available software build is testable and can be
used by the members of the quality assurance team for the planned testing
phase.
Scenario Testing User scenario-based testing to find out if the application can handle the
standard sequences of user operations that fall within the scope of specific
scenarios followed by typical business users.
Ad Hoc/Exploratory
Testing
Testing performed by experienced testers to uncover bugs that normally
appear when a user deviates from standard business usage scenarios.
In cases where data migrations need to be verified by our QA team, we have experts with years of
experience to deliver effective testing for such needs.
3.1.5 Project Implementation Phases
3.1.5.1 Project Initiation
Project Initiation sets the tone for the entire implementation. All project expectations and guidelines are
defined in this stage. The statement of work is finalized, and the contract is completed and executed. A
thorough review of the project scope is performed, and all Objectives, Activities and Deliverables are
defined. The City and Avocette representatives will be identified as project team members who will
develop project plans, project milestones, and communications plans.
3.1.5.1.1 Objectives
Establish a detailed project approach that will meet City-specific business needs. A project team
is developed and each member’s role and responsibility is clearly defined. This team will develop
the detailed project plan, resource/task assignment list, and project timeline.
Develop a strong communication plan that includes status meetings, progress tracking and
reporting mechanisms, issue/risk management plans, budget management, and resource
management plans.
Review and approve all project deliverables.
Identify of all project milestones, including include approval and sign-off requirements.
3.1.5.1.2 Deliverables
Project Charter – A comprehensive deliverable that defines how the project will be managed and
executed for each stage of the implementation. This document details all functional areas of the
project and includes the project approach, project organization and roles/responsibilities matrix,
project plan, communication plan, and the issue/risk management plan. The charter outlines how
deliverables, milestones, and change control procedures are addressed.
Statement of Work – The scoping document that defines all consulting/professional services
work and deliverables to be provided by Avocette.
59
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 32
Baseline Project Plan – A project timeline that details the dates and durations of all
implementation activities, including status meetings and executive committee meetings. This
plan serves as the main calendar to track all events related to this project.
Project Status Report Template – The template from which all project status reports are
created.
Project SharePoint Site – pre-loaded with baseline documentation.
Project Initiation Meeting (Kickoff) – During the project kick-off meeting, the project charter and
schedule of status meetings and deliverables will be reviewed with all participating departments
and the executive committee overseeing this project.
3.1.5.1.3 Workplan
Schedule and complete Sales handoff to meeting.
Schedule and conduct initial meeting/call with City project leadership (typically Sponsor,
Jurisdiction PM, Avocette Project Director, and Avocette PM) to review objectives, scope, and
timeline for the project.
Work with City PM to develop Project Charter using Avocette’s Project Charter template.
Review and gain approval on Project Charter.
Work with City PM to develop Integrated Project Plan.
Review and gain approval on Project Plan from City Sponsor.
Agree on Project Status Report Template.
Setup project SharePoint Site and upload pertinent documentation (Manuals, Contract,
templates, etc.).
Agree on Issues and Risk Management Log (SharePoint).
Organize and conduct Project Kickoff Meeting with jurisdiction.
Schedule Project Team onsite work facilitates access to any necessary buildings, systems, etc.
3.1.5.2 Analysis
The Analysis phase is used to develop and document the City’s business processes that will be
supported by the software. During the analysis phase, Avocette reviews existing City documentation,
interviews City staff, and conducts workshops to understand and document the City’s processes. It is
during this phase that Avocette gains a deeper understanding of City’s processes and business rules;
simultaneously, the City begins to gain a deeper understanding of the methodology and system
capabilities.
3.1.5.2.1 Objectives
Introduce the City staff to the system.
Identify the system requirements for each process, transaction, business rule and activity.
Prepare detailed requirements for in-scope data conversion and interface activities.
60
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 33
Define reporting needs and report development resources. A list of recommended reports
(including custom documents/letters/reports) is defined.
Create system test plans that verify the system configuration and confirm required functionality.
3.1.5.2.2 Deliverables
System configuration document
Interface configuration document
Data conversion scope document
Report requirements document
System test plan document
3.1.5.2.3 Workplan
Collect and chart each business process as a basis for configuration.
Collect employee names and roles for establishing user groups.
Document existing record numbering schemes and determine their appropriateness for the new
system.
Collect and document intake requirements, forms, and data fields for each record type; output
requirements (documents/letters/reports); fees, fee schedules, and collection procedures for each
record/activity type; and all required inspections and inspection result options for each case
record/activity type.
Provide orientation and training on the system.
Assist in identifying potential data elements that should be mapped into the system.
Work with the City to identify required fields to be mapped to existing agency systems that are
identified required interfaces.
Prepare and review a High-Level System Testing Plan for each department.
Develop data conversion scope document to specify data sources and high-level conversion
requirements.
Develop Interfaces requirements document
3.1.5.3 Configuration
In this third phase, the system will be configured to match the to-be processes agreed to in the Analysis
stage. Essential to this effort is the configuration of the Record (Case, Application, Permit, Work Order,
etc.) types that were agreed to during the Analysis phase. In-scope record types include, but are not
limited to user-defined fields, workflows, fee structures, and inspection data. Concurrent with the
configuration the system integrations and data conversion/migration programs are developed.
3.1.5.3.1 Objectives
Complete the configuration and testing of the system, meeting all in-scope requirements.
61
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 34
Develop and test the data conversion programs to migrate data from the in-scope data sources
into the system.
Prepare the production environment.
Develop reports and letters.
Develop and test the system interfaces.
3.1.5.3.2 Deliverables
Configured solution read for User Acceptance Testing
Configured Interfaces
Configured and tested data conversion process
Configured and tested reports and letters
3.1.5.3.3 Workplan
Implement configuration for processes, business rules and workflows.
System-test the application.
Conduct review sessions with the departments throughout the configuration process to ensure
expectations are met.
Review required data conversion activities to ensure proper data field mapping.
Develop and system-test the data conversion/migration programs and test load the data into
system.
Configure and system-test the in-scope reports and letters.
Develop and system-test the application interfaces. The Avocette team will work with City IT staff
to ensure the proper enhancements to the legacy systems are made.
3.1.5.4 Quality Assurance
3.1.5.4.1 Objectives
Develop and execute a User Acceptance Test Plan. Gain approval/ confirmation that the terms
and conditions of the system have been met.
Complete all User Acceptance Test activities; documented deployment plan must be executed by
the Community prior to Training and Deployment.
3.1.5.4.2 Deliverables
User Acceptance Testing – A User Acceptance plan will be developed and is used as a
guideline in User Acceptance Testing. Approval of completion of this deliverable confirms that
Avocette has successfully met the requirements of the new system and the system is ready to be
deployed.
3.1.5.4.3 Workplan
Execute the User Acceptance Test Plan to ensure the requirements have been met.
62
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 35
Schedule, conduct, and document results of testing sessions with each participating department
to execute the User Acceptance Test Plan. If necessary, corrections deemed to be in-scope will
be made to the system.
Schedule an executive session to review the successful completion of the User Acceptance Test
Plan for approval and sign-off.
Gain approval to execute the Deployment Plan.
3.1.5.5 Training
The purpose of this phase is to ensure that the users and system administrators are ready to use and
manage the system.
3.1.5.5.1 Objectives
Completion of all training on the use and maintenance of the system.
3.1.5.5.2 Deliverables
End User Training – User groups are trained in the use of the system. This training includes how
their daily responsibilities and workflows are enhanced by the system (business operations
training).
Administrative and Technical Training – Training for City staff that focuses on the administration,
maintenance, and augmentation of the system.
3.1.5.5.3 Workplan
Schedule training sessions.
Conduct training (includes end user training, administrative, and maintenance training) on their
enhanced workflows using the new system (business operations training).
3.1.5.6 Deployment
The final phase of the project is marked by the transition of system to the production environment. All
necessary go-live activities are identified, executed, documented and reviewed. A review of the
Statement of Work ensures that all system requirements have been met. Once deployed, the City may
begin to use the system in their day-to-day activities.
3.1.5.6.1 Objectives
Successful deployment of system into the production environment.
Conduct conformance test to ensure all parts of the system are ready for go-live.
The City begins to use the system to support their daily activities.
3.1.5.6.2 Deliverables
Pre-Production Checklist Development, Tracking and Execution – A document detailing all go-live
required activities, timelines, and execution.
Move to Production – System is fully transitioned to the production environment and ready for
daily use.
Final data migration – third and final data conversion is executed.
63
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 36
Conformance test results – System is tested to ensure it is ready for go-live
On-site post go-live support for five days.
Off-site post-go-live support for 15 days.
Postproduction Analysis – A review of all activities detailed in the Production Checklist and
confirmation of project completion.
3.1.5.6.3 Workplan
Execute the Deployment Plan, whereby the system is installed and live in a production
environment.
Perform final data conversion.
Conduct conformance test to ensure all parts of the system are ready for go-live.
Conduct go / no-go meeting to confirm production go-live.
3.1.5.7 Transition to Support
The purpose of this phase is to transition the support from the project team to the ServicePlus support
team.
3.1.5.7.1 Objectives
Ensure system is supported.
Ensure knowledge transfer to ServicePlus support team.
3.1.5.7.2 Deliverables
Formal Transition to the ServicePlus team for Ongoing Support – The process whereby the City’s
project is transitioned to ServicePlus for ongoing support. This includes training City staff on the
many ways to contact and interact with the ServicePlus team, as well as the transition of all
documented issues and requests from the implementation team to ServicePlus staff.
3.1.5.7.3 Workplan
Conduct transition to ServicePlus team including staff training on use of support tools and
familiarization with the ServicePlus Service Level Agreement.
3.2 City and Avocette/Clariti Roles and Responsibilities
Task Avocette
PM
Avocette
Lead
Clariti
PM
Clariti
Lead
City
PM
City
SME
Project Charter R/A C R/A I
Project Plan, Project Monitoring Tools R/A C R/A I
Priority 1 A R I/C I/C
Priority 2 I/C I/C R/A R/A I/C I/C
Priority 3 A R C C I/C I/C
Priority 4 A R C R/C I/C I/C
64
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen
RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 37
3.3 Proposed Detailed Approach
3.3.1 Priority 1: Day-to-day assistance with bug fixes and enhancements
Since 1977 Avocette has been implementing solutions for numerous government agencies. This
experience has provided valuable insight to the challenges many organizations face toward successful
ongoing deployment. As a result, we have identified a strong demand for extended support, configuration,
and training that goes above and beyond the traditional support model and the professional services
offered by software suppliers.
In our experience, we have found that there are significant knowledge gaps, organizational change
management issues and limited technology resources that impeded the use, adoption, and optimization
of the software. This results in under utilization of the features of the application systems and heightened
frustration among administrators, and end-users of systems.
To address this growing need for extended Support and Professional Services we developed a solution
known as ServicePlus – a monthly subscription based model with an allotted amount of hours/services
bundled to provide a comprehensive program to bridge the knowledge/tech gaps to improve
operational/financial efficiencies and engagement.
Avocette’s clients can attest to the peace of mind they have with Avocette providing support beyond the
technical support provided by software vendors as part of their software agreements.
Some highlights of Avocette’s support include:
Client has a single source for problem reporting and resolution.
Avocette provides support for major and minor upgrades.
Avocette provides resources to continuously improve their implementation.
Avocette is proposing our ServicePlus (Basic Level) application managed service. A brief description of
our services is provided below. Avocette’s ServicePlus Basic service provides defined on-going support
services aimed at maintaining a stable environment.
We utilize a subscription format wherein agencies are allocated 40 Hours of Professional Services,
Consultation and Configuration per month. Monthly hours can roll over and our experience has shown
that while some agencies readily consume their allotted time others save their hours to support planned
upgrades or projects. We utilize a subscription format wherein agencies are allocated 40 Hours of
Professional Services, Consultation and Configuration per month.
ServicePlus Basic 24/7 Service Desk hours: 24 hours a day, 7 days a week excluding statutory holidays.
Service requests outside of standard business hours of 08:00 – 17:00 EST must be made using the
ServicePlus support phone line (email and portal requests made outside of standard business hours will
not be answered until the following business day).
3.3.1.1 Service Levels
The following service levels are included with ServicePlus Basic in order to achieve the level of support
required for the City’s environment. The City accesses the Avocette service desk through one of three
65
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 38
methods – Telephone to Avocette Service Desk with up to 7day 24hour support available, Avocette
ServicePlus Support Portal or email.
Service levels are divided into five priority levels and are monitored and measured against the service
level commitment as shown below. Avocette uses the following definitions to measure service levels:
Acknowledge Request is an email from an Avocette representative that confirms that the
request has been received;
Incident Resolution Time is the time from when the incident is reported to the time a work
around or temporary solution has been implemented to address the specific incident;
Incident Closure is the time from when the incident was reported to the time to hand over for
production deployment with a permanent correction for the incident.
3.3.1.2 Service Level Reporting
Service level reporting is a key means of communication between the City and Avocette. It is a forum to
discuss the performance with respect to service levels, the accomplishments and challenges, and to have
open honest dialog about the service delivery and relationship. It also allows potential risks to be
discussed and addressed proactively. Service level reporting is provided through the Avocette support
portal. Service level meetings are conducted to review the report and to have dialog around the service
delivery and support relationship.
3.3.1.2.1 ServicePlus™ Basic service levels
Priority Definition Acknowledgment
Resolution
Time Closure
Priority 1 Service Disruption for major
applications/systems and/or has
major impact on business
operations and/or impacts
external customers
Guideline – has significant
business impact.
Exclusive of CLIENT network or
system issues not covered.
Exclusive of external disaster or
disruption.
< 30 Minutes
Phone call
Acknowledgement
is required
< 4 Hours
Phone call to
Software
Vendor
Customer
Support
Centre every
60 minutes
with updates
(if required)
< 1
Business
day
Priority 2 Partial service disruption for
major application/system and/or
service disruption for minor
system and/or has moderate
impact on business operations
Guideline – affects business
operation for at least one
department.
< 1 Hour
< 4 Hours < 3
Business
days
66
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 39
Priority Definition Acknowledgment
Resolution
Time Closure
Priority 3 Minor service disruption
impacting 1-2 users significantly
and/or has minimal impact on
business operations. Does not
affect service delivery to
external clients.
Service Request may be raised
for incident remediation and
resolution.
< 1 Business day < 3 Business
days
< 30
Business
days
Priority 4 Minor Service disruption with
insignificant or no impact on
business operations
Workaround available
Guideline – Affects < 5people
Service Request may be raised
for incident remediation and
resolution.
< 1 Business day < 15
Business
days
< 90
Business
days
Priority 5 Causes no service disruption
with no impact on business
operations and does impact
service delivery to clients.
Additional work needed to
perform some functions.
Service Request may be raised
for incident remediation and
resolution.
< 5 Business days < 30
Business
days
< 120
Business
days
The following are required in order for Avocette to meet the above service levels:
The City will provide all required subscription, software and/or hardware licenses required to
support the application.
The support team will not be on-site at the City’s location and Avocette’s support team will be
able to access the City’s network remotely using an SSTP VPN connection to access the
necessary application environments.
3.3.1.3 Service Level Meetings
The following service level meetings will be required and will be conducted:
Weekly Prioritization meeting to review and rank incidents in priority.
Monthly Planning meeting to assess service request planning, status, priority and actions.
67
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 40
Quarterly Performance review meeting to review service level report and address performance, if
required.
Annual Service Delivery review meeting to review the previous year and determine what
adjustments are required for the next year.
Attendees will include at least:
Avocette Service Delivery Manager
The City’s Contract Manager
Note Weekly, Monthly, Quarterly and Annual meetings will occur via conference call.
3.3.1.4 Service Level Report
The service level report provided by Avocette support will include the following information:
An itemized list of the requests received in the last period and their status as of the end of the
period.
Priority 1 & 2 Incident Summary (with an Executive Level explanation of the incident and root
cause)
Status section (noting any potential risks to achieving Service Levels, soft measure feedback, as
well as any information that will assist both the City and Avocette in planning for the next period)
Service Level Performance report described below with monthly and annual totals:
Priority 1 Total number of Priority 1 incidents
Percentage and number of Priority 1 incidents acknowledged, remediated and
resolved within SLA times
List of incidents not acknowledged, remediated or resolved within the SLA times with
explanation for each.
Priority 2 Total number of Priority 2 incidents
Percentage and number of Priority 2 incidents acknowledged, remediated and
resolved within SLA times
List of incidents not acknowledged, remediated or resolved within the SLA times with
explanation for each.
Priority 3 Total number of Priority 3 incidents
Percentage and number of Priority 3 incidents acknowledged, remediated and
resolved within SLA times
List of incidents not acknowledged, remediated or resolved within the SLA times with
explanation for each.
List of service requests raised as a result of Priority 3 incidents with estimates of effort
and assigned priority.
Priority 4 Total number of Priority 4 incidents
Percentage and number of Priority 4 incidents acknowledged, remediated and
resolved within SLA times
68
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 41
List of incidents not acknowledged, remediated or resolved within the SLA times with
explanation for each.
List of service requests raised as a result of Priority 4 incidents with estimates of effort
and assigned priority.
Priority 5 Total number of Priority 5 incidents
Percentage and number of Priority 5 incidents acknowledged, remediated and
resolved within SLA times
List of incidents not acknowledged, remediated or resolved within the SLA times with
explanation for each.
List of service requests raised as a result of Priority 5 incidents with estimates of effort
and assigned priority.
3.3.1.5 Service Delivery
Service delivery is oriented around two specific processes:
1) Incident Management
a. The handling of Break Fix situations. In the City’s terminology this is the ‘support’ type of
requests that involve software fixes.
b. In the event of a Priority 1 or 2 incident, Avocette resources will be required to attend the
Incident Report Meeting that will be scheduled by the City within 48 hours of the incident.
2) Service Request Management
a. The handling of any request that is not expected to result in a software fix. This includes
Maintenance, Enhancement and Operational (non-software related) requests.
The following sections will outline all the elements involved in Service Delivery and also walk through the
expected workflow for both Incident Management and Request Management.
3.3.1.5.1 Service Request Management
Avocette uses a Service Management system to record and track all incidents and service requests under
this contract. Avocette provides a service request management client portal which provides for on-line
submission and tracking of incidents along with a dashboard for monitoring overall performance. Once
submitted, service request management application is used to support incidents and requests, assign
tasks to internal team members and track time spent on specific requests Instant access to the status of
all service requests is provided and reports can be generated by both service and application. The
features offered are:
Application Change Management by logging and tracking requests, bugs, and enhancements by
application and client
Automatic email notifications within Avocette Systems for: new incidents; closed incidents;
Escalations; Priority changes; Remediation, Resolution or Recovery; and Task Assignments
Cross-referencing of incident reports
Time recording for activities and reporting on effort
69
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 42
Root Cause capture
Control of user access to ensure security and privacy
The service request management application is configured for each client and can be modified to
accommodate business related requirements for reporting. The City will be defined along with the details
necessary to provide the reporting and incident management required to meet the City Service Level
reporting needs.
The following screen shot demonstrates the type of information captured for an Incident.
All requests (incident is sent to the Service Desk and non-incident requests from the City will be logged
as separate tickets.
3.3.1.5.2 Incident Management
The incident management process occurs when the City has a request to fix a production problem with
your environment.
The goal of incident management is to:
Maintain service level objectives; and
Return to the normal service level as soon as possible with the smallest impact on the business
and user.
The process is triggered when the authorized the City individual or group makes the request through:
Entry into the Client Portal
E-mail to Avocette (for non-emergency items only)
70
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 43
Phone call to Avocette (for emergency and high priority issues, phone is mandatory)
3.3.1.5.3 Incident Management Process
The following describes how Avocette will respond to an incident request. This process can be reviewed
and adjusted if necessary to meet the City’s specific needs.
Procedure for Incident Management.
Task # Task Actor(s)
1.1 The City point-of-contact or Customer Service Centre contacts the
Avocette Service Desk via toll-free telephone number or email address.
City
application
point-of-
contact
1.2 All contacts are acknowledged upon receipt. Acknowledgement can be
through email, or by phone. In the event an incident is submitted which in
the judgement of the service desk should be a level 1 or 2 incident the
service desk will acknowledge by phone and recommend an upgrade of
the incident priority.
Avocette
Service Desk
1.3 Avocette Service Desk creates a ticket for the request, assigning the
request to Avocette’s primary support person and Service Delivery
Manager.
Automatic email notifications are generated and sent to the Avocette
Service Manager.
Avocette
Service Desk
1.4 If the request is a priority 1 or 2, the Avocette Service Desk speaks to the
support resource and Service Delivery Manager directly to ensure the
request is received in a timely manner (i.e., warm handover). The City
and Avocette’s managers are informed of priority 1 and priority 2
requests.
Avocette
Support
Team
71
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 44
Task # Task Actor(s)
The Service Delivery Manager liaises with the primary resource to
coordinate a solution and may approach service manager to assign
additional support team resources to recover and resolve the issue.
1.5 The support team works to recover the issue within the service levels.
This may involve working directly with the City staff to provide access to
data, database logs, performance data, etc., in order to resolve the
incident.
The support team promotes the fix to the City’s environment and
completes the necessary requests to migrate to production.
Avocette
Support
Team
1.6a If resolution of the issue provides recovery of the application, the Service
Delivery Manager will seek approval from the City to close the request.
City point-of-
contact
1.7 If resolution of the issue does not also provide recovery of the
application, the support team will work to complete the long-term solution
to the issue.
Avocette
Application
Support
Team
1.6b Avocette obtains approval from the City point-of-contact to close the
request. The incident is only considered closed once it is successfully
deployed to production and verified as being resolved by the City point-
of-contact.
City point-of-
contact
3.3.1.5.4 Request Management
Avocette’s request management services support the management of service requests. This includes
requests for maintenance, enhancements or other operational (non-software) requests. The goal of
Request Management is to keep track of all requests, allow prioritization of the requests, track time spent,
and report on the status of each request. Service request may be raised to address all Priority 3, 4 and 5
incident remediation and resolutions.
3.3.1.5.5 Request Management Process
The following describes how Avocette will respond to a service request.
Procedure for Maintenance, Enhancement and Operational Requests
72
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 45
Task # Task Actor(s)
1.1 The City point-of-contact creates the initial service request by
documenting the specific request and sending this to the Avocette’s
Service Desk by entering into Cherwell or sending an email. A template
is used to document the Service Request.
This will be logged if not already initiated as a service request and
assigned to the service delivery manager to assess.
City
application
point-of-
contact
1.2 The Service Delivery Manager will coordinate the team to assess the
Service Request, complete the request with impacts and estimates, and
return the service request to the City for approval. The development of
the service request may involve collaboration between the City and
Avocette to ensure the requirements are understood and impacts
accurately accounted for.
Avocette
Support Team
The City will review and approve the Service Request. The City
1.3 The service delivery manager will then schedule the work to be
completed based on the agreed timeline expectations in the service
request.
Avocette
Support Team
1.4 The service request is executed and the deliverables provided to the
City.
Avocette
Support
Team
1.5 The City will review the deliverables and complete any necessary user
acceptance testing before giving the approval to proceed to production or
accept the deliverable.
The City
Service Requests must be approved and signed by the City Contract Manager and Avocette’s Client
Manager before any work proceeds.
3.3.1.6 Approach to Maintain Service Levels
Avocette will assign qualified and cross trained resources to the support of the Supported Application
Components. The support team will include a primary and backup resource fully trained in the application
as well as the support procedures necessary to adhere to the City’s standards. The Service Delivery
Manager will ensure that the backup resource is ready in the event that the primary resource is
unavailable for any reason. The primary goal is to ensure that service levels are maintained regardless of
the individual schedules of the support team.
In addition, the Avocette Service Desk is provided with primary and backup resource contact information
and will be kept informed when the primary resource is unavailable.
Cross training of the backup resources will be provided as part of initial transition to support and will occur
annually thereafter as a refresher.
73
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 46
Avocette will maintain a repository for information, materials and details pertaining to support of the
Supported Application Components (Knowledge Management). This will also include details on the
specific City policies and procedures that will apply to this support service.
The Service Delivery Manager will ensure that there is adequate coverage during any absences or
traditional vacation periods (Christmas Holidays) and will also communicate any upcoming absences to
the City during the monthly service level report meetings.
In the event of a disaster in the Avocette Offices, the City will be notified immediately, provided direct
contact phone numbers for the support team, and support resources will work from home.
3.3.1.7 Facilities and Equipment Requirements
The City is not required to provide any permanent desk or office space. However, Avocette may require
access to a drop in station at the City from time to time during onsite visits. Avocette resources will require
remote access into the City environment using a secure VPN or similar connection.
3.3.1.8 Support Team
Avocette’s support team is comprised of the following roles and provides on-going operation support for
the City’s environment as follows:
Role Role Description
City Contract Manager The City will assign a City Contract Manager to be the primary
contact for the Avocette Service Delivery Manager. (Note that
other roles may be assigned as required) The City Contract
manager will:
1. Facilitate communications between Avocette and the City to
clarify incident/service request particulars (as needed)
2. Facilitate communications between Avocette and other City
departments or technical areas in order to diagnose and
resolve the request
3. Arrange for User Acceptance Testing as required
4. Provide priorities and guidance to the Avocette support team
for outstanding issues
5. Complete resolution details in the support tracking system
and closing the ticket
6. Attend monthly service level meetings
7. The following additional responsibilities are primarily related
to Service Request Management:
8. Facilitate Authorization of work to proceed.
9. Manage communication with other application stakeholders
on implementation or significant changes
10. Facilitate approval of requirements and functional
specifications
Avocette Service Desk Support
Analyst
Avocette’s Service Desk is staffed with Service Desk Support
Analysts who are responsible for receiving and acting upon
incidents reported by ServicePlus Clients.
The Avocette Service Desk Support Analyst:
1. Responds to incidents from ServicePlus clients submitted by
email, phone or through the support portal.
74
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 47
Role Role Description
2. Provides basic user support as required such as password
resets and other user support issues.
3. Based on the priority of the incident takes appropriate action
to respond to the incident by performing a warm handoff.
4. Provides regular updates for high priority incidents.
Avocette Account Manager An Avocette Account Manager is assigned to each ServicePlus
client and will be the person responsible for ensuring Avocette
meets its commitments under this contract. The Client Account
Manager is also responsible for approving service requests on
behalf of Avocette.
The Avocette Account Manager will:
1. Be responsible for Avocette’s commitments under the
contract.
2. Be available when necessary to meet with the client to
address issues and concerns.
3. Approve Service Requests in a timely manner.
Service Delivery Manager A Service Delivery Manager is assigned to each ServicePlus
client and will be the primary contact for managing incident
resolution and service requests. Avocette always assigns a
backup Service Delivery Manager, typically the Subject Matter
Expert, to each account so that service disruptions are avoided in
the case of the primary service delivery manager not being
available.
The Service Delivery Manager will:
1. Be responsible for ensuring service levels are met for all
reporting incidents and communicating status of incident
resolution processes to stakeholders
2. Manage the delivery team and ensures support coverage is
in place to meet or exceed all service levels
3. Ensure proper communication to the City regarding release
scope and expected delivery schedule and status during the
implementation process
4. Provide estimates for Service Requests and work with the
City Contract Manager to set priorities
5. Work with the City Contract Manager to develop release
plans for Service Requests
6. Ensure all required authorizations have been provided prior
to initiating work or conducting migrations
7. Be responsible for adjusting the release processes if
necessary in order to improve quality, reliability, timeliness or
overall customer satisfaction with the releases and
documenting the revised processes
8. Ensure decisions, priorities and action items are properly
documented and communicated to the team members
9. Work with the City Contract Manager and the Avocette
Support Team to prioritize incident resolution and closure
10. Conduct regular team meetings involving release scope,
scheduling and status
75
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 48
Role Role Description
11. Reports regularly to the Avocette Account Manager
Subject Matter Experts /
Business Analyst
A primary and secondary Subject Matter Expert is assigned to
each ServicePlus client and is responsible for providing analysis
of and recommendations for resolving incidents and providing
analysis and design for service requests.
The Subject Matter Expert will:
1. Be responsible for understanding the business needs in
relation to the application
2. Gather requirements for enhancements or service requests
3. Document both “as is” and “to be” to enable technical team
members to effectively configure the application
4. Liaise with CLIENT staff to understand and document
reporting requirements
5. Work with CLIENT to understand business problems in
relation to the application
6. Works with the Avocette Service Delivery Manager to
effectively timetable and deliver business analysis tasks as
part of releases or service requests
Configuration Analyst A primary and secondary Configuration Analyst is assigned to
each ServicePlus client and is responsible for implementing
changes to address incidents or implementing solutions in
support of a service request.
The Configuration Analyst will:
1. Be responsible for the overall configuration of the CLIENT
supported application components including the quality of
migrations and adherence to best practice
2. Be responsible for triaging production issues relating to
configuration, assessing the impacts of the changes and
working with the technical team to resolve the issue
3. Assign work to other support team members if required and
ensures adherence to standards
4. Provide estimates and specifications for changes/fixes to the
Service Delivery Manager for approval prior to proceeding
with work
5. Responsible for updates to technical documentation
6. Prepares migration requests and provides necessary
technical documentation to the CLIENT technical teams
7. Supports components of the application including
development and unit testing of new component
configurations
8. Investigates and resolves production incidents, issues and
questions as directed by the Avocette Service Delivery
Manager
Integration analyst (Business
logic scripting and third party
integrations)
A primary and secondary Integration Analyst is assigned to each
ServicePlus client and is responsible for addressing incidents
involving scripted business logic and third party integrations.
76
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 49
Role Role Description
They are responsible for providing scripting and integration
services for service requests.
The Integration Analyst will:
1. Be responsible for the overall technical integrity of the City
supported application components including the quality of
migrations and adherence to technical standards and best
practice
2. Be responsible for any technical issues related to integration
and business logic of the City supported application
components
3. Be responsible for triaging production issues, assessing the
technical impacts of the changes and working with the
technical team to resolve the issue
4. Assign work to other support team members if required and
ensures adherence to standards
5. Provide estimates and specifications for changes/fixes to the
Service Delivery Manager for approval prior to proceeding
with work
6. Be responsible for updates to technical documentation
7. Prepare migration requests and provides necessary technical
documentation to the City technical teams
8. Supports components of the application including
development and unit testing of new components
9. Investigates and resolves production incidents, issues and
questions as directed by the Avocette Service Delivery
Manager
Report Analyst A primary and secondary Report Analyst is assigned to each
ServicePlus client and is responsible for addressing reporting
related incidents and service requests.
The Report Analyst Will:
1. Be responsible for the overall technical integrity of the City
supported report generation including the quality of
migrations and adherence to technical standards and best
practice
2. Be primary contact for any issues related to the City
supported reporting components
3. Be responsible for triaging production issues, assessing the
technical impacts of the changes and working with the
technical team to resolve the issue
4. Provide estimates and specifications for changes/fixes to the
Service Delivery Manager for approval prior to proceeding
with work
5. Be responsible for updates to technical documentation
6. Prepare migration requests and provides necessary technical
documentation to the City technical teams
7. Supports components of the application including
development and unit testing of new components
77
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 50
Role Role Description
8. Investigates and resolves production incidents, issues and
questions as directed by the Avocette Service Delivery
Manager
Technical Support Analyst A primary and secondary Technical Support Analyst is assigned
to each ServicePlus client and is responsible for resolving
technology related incidents and addressing the technical support
needs of service requests.
The Technical Support Analyst will:
1. Be responsible for the overall technical integrity of the City
supported application components including the quality of
migrations and adherence to technical standards and best
practice
2. Be primary contact for any technical issues related to the City
supported application components
3. Be responsible for triaging production issues, assessing the
technical impacts of the changes and working with the
technical team to resolve the issue
4. Assign work to other support team members if required and
ensures adherence to standards
5. Provide estimates and specifications for changes/fixes to the
Service Delivery Manager for approval prior to proceeding
with work
6. Be responsible for updates to technical documentation
7. Prepare migration requests and provides necessary technical
documentation to the City technical teams
8. Support components of the application including
development and unit testing of new components
9. Investigates and resolves production incidents, issues and
questions as directed by the Avocette Service Delivery
Manager
Database Administrator Avocette’s core team also includes a Database Administrator.
The Database Administrator is not assigned to the team but is
available as and when needed.
3.3.2 Priority 2: Lightning needs assessment
The analysis from Classic to Lightning may uncover areas within the City of Aspen’s solution that have
opportunity for optimization. We will capture these items in a “parking lot” list for the agency to evaluate
and prioritize. The reference to “parking lot” list will be generated if, during the assessment activities,
Avocette & Clariti identifies areas where the City’s solution can be optimized (references improvements to
their solution through use of Clariti product features not used in the solution or reduction of clicks based
on efficient use of the product). These “parking lot” items will not be addressed (configured,
implemented, or resolved) as part of this proposed level of effort.
78
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 51
3.3.2.1 Needs Assessment Timeline
To support the City of Aspen’s needs assessment for migrating from Salesforce Classic to Lightning,
Avocette & Clariti are proposing an 8-week project. In the following sections, Avocette & Clariti have
outlined the activities and assumptions to support this timeline. During the 8-week project, Avocette &
Clariti will conduct weekly status meetings with the City to review project status that will include past
accomplishments, upcoming activities, hours remaining, and issue/risk.
3.3.2.1.1 Week 1 - Assessment Preparation
In the first week of the project, we will conduct a kickoff meeting to set expectations and City’s
preparedness for the assessment. The kickoff meeting will include introductions, roles and
responsibilities, the activities to initiate the needs assessment, and an overview of the timeline. In
addition, the City and vendor will agree upon a format and data to be captured in the Migration Activity
Report. Once Avocette & Clariti have access to the City’s Community Development system, Avocette &
Clariti will execute the Salesforce reports to, Readiness Report and the Lightning Experience
Configuration Converter and any other reports the team feels will assist in the assessment to begin the
Gap Analysis.
3.3.2.1.2 Week 2 - 6 - Gap Analysis
Over weeks 2-6, Avocette & Clariti will perform a gap analysis based on the Readiness Report, the
Lightning Experience Configuration Converter, and any other report generated in preparation. The
approach for analysis includes review of specific features to determine if attention is required, level of
usage, and required activities for migration. These assessments will be performed on the features list
below as an example of what will be reviewed:
● Third-Party Integrations
● Salesforce Knowledge
● AppExchange Packages
● Salesforce Console
● Email Templates
● Lookup Fields
● Chat
● Omni-Channel
● Entitlements
● Mail Merge
● S-Controls
● My Domain
● Data.com
● Cases
During the gap analysis, Avocette & Clariti will evaluate usage by user profile to determine obstacles
users may have that impacts with the Lightning migration and to assist with the rollout plan to determine
the user profiles. The City will assist Avocette & Clariti in determining if the features are in use or dormant
and decide if the feature will be migrated. Avocette & Clariti will establish a migration activity report to
79
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 52
track the technical requirements for the migration. The report will include the feature, description of the
migration work to be performed, or the decision to not migrate the feature, and a level of effort.
The gap analysis will include features not currently supported in Lightning and how they will be addressed
for priority 4 migration activities, such as:
Documents – recommendation to convert to Salesforce Files
Attachments – recommendation to convert to Salesforce Files
Notes – recommendation to convert to enhance notes
Avocette & Clariti will determine the volume of these items within the City’s environment in the gap
analysis and establish a level of effort to convert these items for the Lightning migration as part of the
migration activity report. In addition, Avocette & Clariti will work with the City to determine user access to
these tabs, objects, and related lists as activities to be performed during the migration activities.
The Avocette & Clariti team has a breadth of knowledge of the features impacted in the migration such as
Clariti VF pages, actions, and custom buttons that may need to be revised to work in Lightning.
Knowledge of the latest Clariti Lightning components (e.g. CE 2.0) will allow the team to work with the
City to determine the best product path to meet their needs. Below highlights some additional areas the
gap analysis will cover:
Analysis Area Preliminary Action Plan
Custom Buttons and
Links – JavaScript
Determine the workaround in Lightning.
Custom Buttons and
Links – URLs or
internal URLs
Update the link based on the migration; if there are gaps, the City will assist in
determining if the link is required to be migrated based on user usage. These
decisions will be captured in the report to determine migration activities.
Home Page and
Sidebar
Components
Determine the workaround in Lightning.
Activities Setup
(including tasks,
events, emails, etc.)
Lightning has some limitations and major improvements in this area. Avocette &
Clariti will work with the City to determine the work around activities to support
the migration.
Actions and Buttons Identify impacts to the page layout impacted by the Lightning experience.
Report and
Dashboard Folder
Sharing
Determine the workaround in Lightning.
Report Builder Determine a workaround in Lightning or determine classic is only supported and
identify the users impacted.
Solutions Determine a workaround in Lightning.
Hard-coded URLs Determine a workaround in Lightning.
Visualforce pages Determine a workaround in Lightning.
Sharing Buttons Determine a workaround in Lightning.
80
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 53
To successfully conduct the assessment and identify the activities required to migrate from Salesforce
Classic to Lightning, we are recommending a blend of vendor and City staff. This team will work together
on the assessment to make recommendations on the use of features that may or may not need to be
migrated due to no or low usage. This team will also determine roles involved in the Priority 4 Migration
activities such as the “Lightning Experience Champion”.
Role Responsibilities Team
Solution Architect Lead the 8-week initiative,
ensure the gap analysis
activities are taking place and
responsible for the migration
activity report, escalation of any
issues/risks
Vendor (Clariti)
Business-line and Process
Improvement staff
Assist the Solution Architect with
feature usage and business
process within the system to
provide feedback and
concurrence on the determined
workaround solutions for
features
City of Aspen
Business Owner Decision maker on any features
for migration, participate in
weekly status meeting; approver
of the Migration Activity Report
and go/no go decision maker
City of Aspen
System Administrator Assist the Solution Architect on
access or open questions to
support the needs assessment
City of Aspen
3.3.2.1.3 Week 7 - 8 Migration Activity Report
Throughout the Gap Analysis, Avocette & Clariti will capture the work activities and effort to support the
migration in the Migration Activity Report. This report will include decisions the City made in the Gap
Analysis if a feature will be migrated from Classic to Lightning, the steps to migrate the feature, and the
estimated level of effort required. Avocette & Clariti will review the Migration Activity Report with the City
for completeness.
Upon acceptance of the Migration Activity Report, Avocette & Clariti will conduct a go/no go decision
meeting with the City to determine proceeding with the migration activities.
3.3.3 Priority 3: Customer portal improvements.
Avocette is proposing a staged implementation of the “out-of-the-box” or “standard” Clariti customer portal
as a replacement of the City’s current customer portal. The goal for this migration is to ensure the
following:
1. The City retains all existing functionality that is required to ensure no loss of features and
requirements
81
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 54
2. The City implements a standard community portal that is supported by Clariti software
development and has the ability to receive periodic software updates and feature enhancement
currently included in the annual software subscription
3. The City’s community portal adheres to Clariti and Salesforce best practices and thus can
operate at optimum speed and stability.
The process Avocette has identified to implement the standard community portal is as follows:
Phase Timeline Responsibilities Description
Phase 1: Product
stabilization
3 months Avocette Avocette is proposing to
implement a 3-month
stabilization process where by
all backlog of tickets and
outstanding issues are
addressed. The purpose of this
is to ensure the solution is
operating as expected and
underlying issues that may be
affecting the current portal are
addressed to ensure a
smoother transition to the new
community portal
Phase 2: Business
Analysis
10 Days Avocette/City of Aspen Avocette will conduct a series of
business analysis sessions with
City staff to identify and
document key features and
requirements for the community
portal.
Phase 3: Build 30 Days Avocette Based on documented business
requirements identified in
Phase 2 of the project, the
Avocette team will build the new
community portal based on the
out-of-the-box Clariti community
portal solution.
Phase 4: Quality
Assurance
10 Days Avocette Upon completion of the build of
the new community portal, the
Avocette quality assurance
team will conduct thorough
quality assurance testing of the
portal to ensure that the build
meets the documents
requirements from Phase 2.
Phase 5: User
Acceptance Testing
5 Days City of Aspen The User Acceptance Testing
(UAT) phase will require the
City’s staff to conduct complete
end to end testing of the
community portal to ensure it
meets the requirements that
82
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 55
Phase Timeline Responsibilities Description
were communicated and
documented in Phase 2 of the
project.
Phase 6: Go Live N/A Avocette Go Live refers to switching the
City’s current community portal
and turning on the newly built
community portal.
Phase 7: Stabilization 5 Days Avocette / City of Aspen A one-week stabilization period
is scheduled to address and
resolve any outstanding issues
that may arise upon go live.
3.3.4 Priority 4: Additional Lightning migration tasks.
3.3.4.1 Roles and Responsibilities for Additional Lightning migration tasks
The following table represents the roles and responsibilities for successfully rolling out the Lightning
interface.
Role Responsibilities Team
Solution Architect Lead the 6-week Lightning migration tasks, ensure the
migration activity report activities are performed in the
sandbox environment, supporting the Champion testing,
developing the rollout plan and execution of the plan by
addressing severity 1 & 2 issues raised, and escalation of
any issues/risks
Vendor (Clariti)
Business-line and
Process
Improvement staff
Assuming this individual will be the Lightning Experience
Champion(s) and will be responsible for testing the system
based on daily operations in the sandbox, support training
the end-users to support the rollout plan and test issues to
determine bug or solution improvements
City of Aspen
Business Owner Decision maker on the rollout plan schedule, participate in
the weekly status meetings
City of Aspen
System
Administrator
Provide a sandbox environment with production setup to
support testing, assist with any triage of issues, and
address any questions regarding the migration activities,
responsible for rollout plan activities assignment
City of Aspen
83
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 56
3.3.4.2 Additional Lightning Migration Timeline
The outcome of the Priority 2 Migration from Salesforce Classic to Lightning Needs Assessment go/no go
decision Avocette & Clariti will initiate the tasks to complete the migration from Salesforce Classic to
Lightning in six weeks. Avocette & Clariti will conduct a weekly status meeting with the City to provide
status updates that will include past accomplishments, upcoming activities, hours remaining, and
issue/risk.
3.3.4.2.1 Week 1 - 4 Prepare Environment
The execution of the migration activities will be based upon the Migration Activities Report and decisions
made during the Classic to Lightning assessment. Once the assessment has been completed, the scope
for the migration activities will be better defined to determine a level of effort. The Migration Activity
Report from Priority (2) and the Readiness checklist will be the primary document used in the execution of
the migration activities. The City will provide Avocette & Clariti with a sandbox environment to support
this work. The team will spin up a new sandbox environment from production to ensure the latest
packages are installed and then begin the migration activities. Once the mitigation activities have been
deployed to the sandbox the team will transition the environment to Lightning and perform QA activities to
ensure the workarounds are supported.
3.3.4.2.2 Week 5 Rollout Plan Completed
The designated “Lightning Experience Champion(s)” identified by the City and vendor will begin testing in
the sandbox. Avocette & Clariti will support the champion during the first day of testing, by walking them
through some key changes of the interface and allow the champion to perform some day-to-day activities
in the system where Avocette & Clariti will address any questions they may have for the continued
testing. In addition, Avocette & Clariti will provide direction on how to identify issues with the user
experience. During this week of testing, the Champion will then continue testing in the sandbox where
Avocette & Clariti will hold a daily standup (30 minutes) to address any questions and collect any issues
the champion is experiencing.
If there are more than one champion, the City will be responsible for consolidating the feedback from the
champion(s) into one list. The City will review each item to determine if the issue is related to Lightning
migration or the same experience is occurring in the Classic environment. If the experience is the same
in Classic, these Champions are identifying areas of solution improvement, these items will be added to
the “parking lot” list and will not be acted upon by Avocette & Clariti under this contract. If the issue is not
the same in Classic, Avocette & Clariti will triage the issue in the Lightning sandbox environment.
As the testing is taking place Avocette & Clariti will begin creating the rollout plan. This rollout plan will
include the migration activities (include any issues captured during the champion testing) required to be
performed on the production environment, the same steps performed in the sandbox environment and will
make the necessary updates based on the triage of severity 1 and 2 issues. The rollout plan should
include the initial user group who will have lightning available in production, the City will take on the
responsibility of training the end-users on the new interface and how they will report issues. This group
will be the change agents for the remaining groups rollout to assist when questions are raised in the new
interface and how training will take place.
84
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 57
3.3.4.2.3 Week 6 Rollout Plan Executed
The execution of the rollout plan will take place based on the schedule defined in the plan and owners of
each activity. Once the initial release has been executed, Avocette & Clariti will support one week post
the initial rollout for any issues identified by the group to determine if it is an issue requiring triage versus
request to improve the solution. Avocette & Clariti will address the severity 1 and 2 issues within the
week. The team will continue with the rollout plan by executing the remaining user group rollout on the
Lightning interface.
3.3.5 Warranty of Work
Avocette warrants the delivered and signed off configuration as accepted into production. This warranty
covers defects from the design artifacts as delivered and signed off during the project.
Configuration warranty items will be those defects identified after implementation and not identified during
the user acceptance test prior to go-live.
The warranty period will start on the 1st day of use in production and will run for 30 calendar days.
A defect can be identified any time during the warranty period and must be logged by the ServicePlus
team.
Avocette’s ServicePlus service levels will apply during the warranty period.
Clariti product warranty is defined in the Clariti Product Licensing Agreement.
85
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 58
4.0 PROPPOSED SERVICE SUMMARY AND FEE PROPOSAL
Avocette is pleased to propose a detailed pricing breakdown for each priority identified by the City. The
pricing schedule proposed is based on a time and materials offer and not a fixed price implementation.
Avocette will utilize semi monthly status meetings for each priority to communicate the burn rate of the
hours against each task, the percentage completed and remaining percentage to be completed.
Milestone/Deliverable Estimated
LOE
(Hours)
Estimated Duration Price
Engagement Kickoff 15 5 days (one business week) $2,625
Priority 1: Day-to-Day Assistance with Bug Fixes and Enhancements
Stabilization 175 3 months $24,500
Service Plus Support (40 hours/month) 360 9 months $50,400
Subtotal 577 12 months $74,900
Priority 2: Migration from Salesforce Classic to Lightning Needs Assessment
Kickoff Meeting Completed 20 5 days (one business week) $4,000
Gap Analysis Completed 149 26 days (five business weeks) $29,800
Migration Activity Report 24 10 days (two business weeks) $4,800
Subtotal 193 1.5 months $38,600
Priority 3: Customer Portal Improvements
Kickoff Meeting 20 5 days (one business week) $3,500
Business Analysis 40 10 days (two business weeks) $7,000
Build 80 1 month $14,000
Quality Assurance 10 5 days (one business week) $1,750
User Acceptance Testing Support 5 5 days (one business week) $875
Go Live 5 1 day $875
Stabilization 10 5 days (one business week) $1,750
Project Management 15 2.5 months $2,625
Subtotal 185 2.5 months $32,375
86
Avocette’s Response to City of Aspen RFP 2020-106 – Salesforce – Community Development
System Assistance
Page 59
Milestone/Deliverable Estimated
LOE
(Hours)
Estimated Duration Price
Priority 4: Additional Lightning Migration Tasks
Prepare Test Environment 110 20 days (four business weeks) $22,000
Rollout Plan Completed 20 5 days (one business week) $4,000
Rollout Plan Executed 20 5 days (one business week) $4,000
Subtotal 150 1.5 months $30,000
Grand Total $178,500
Should the number of hours required exceed the estimated hours quoted in the table above, the following
rates apply:
Resource Hourly Rate
Clariti Blended Rate $200/hr
Avocette Blended Rate $140/hr
87
1
EXHIBIT B: FEE SCHEDULE
This exhibit contains the agreed upon fee schedule and the hours of commitment and price for each
task. These same tables are also present in the proposal in Exhibit A.
88
2
Hours worked will be invoiced upon delivery signoff by the City for each deliverable; except for Priority 1
(all deliverables) & Priority 3 (Project Management) which be invoiced monthly at the end of each
month.
89
EXHIBIT C: AVOCETTE ANNUAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
90
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
ii | Page
Deliver to:
Client Name: City of Aspen
Attn: Karen Harrington
Phone: 970.429.2856
E-mail: karen.harrington@cityofaspen.com
Response Contact:
Darrel Drab
Avocette Technologies Inc.
Phone: (250) 389-2993 (X229)
E-mail: Darrel.drab@avocette.com
2nd Floor – 422 Sixth Ave. New Westminster, BC V3L 3B2
(604) 395-6000
(604) 395-6004
1-866-285-8885
GST # 889977195-RT0001
Head Office:
Phone:
Fax:
Toll Free:
City of Aspen
ServicePlus
Time and Materials Support Services Contract for Salesforce and Clariti
91
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
1 | Page
Service + Vendor Services Agreement
Between Avocette Technologies Inc. (the VENDOR)
at the following address:
2nd Floor – 422 Sixth Ave.
New Westminster, BC
V3L 3B2
Phone: 604 395 6000
Phone Toll Free: 1 866 285 8885
City of Aspen
(the CLIENT)
at the following address:
130 South Galena St.
Aspen, CO
81611
Phone: 970.429.2856
CLIENT AND THE VENDOR AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS DOCUMENT AS DEFINED BELOW.
SERVICES
Support services based on the Clients request.
HOURLY RATE: $140.00 USD
MAXIMUM HOURS: 577
EXPENSES: at cost
TERM:
From: Project Start Date for a 12-month period, renewable at the City’s discretion for up to an additional two years
READ TERMS ON THE FOLLOWING PAGES
TERMS OF CONTRACT
VENDOR’S OBLIGATIONS
1. The VENDOR will:
a) notwithstanding the date of execution and delivery of this agreement, provide the services (The “Services”) during the term
(The “Term”) at the contract price established above in accordance with this agreement;
b) supply all labour resources necessary to provide the Service requested by the CLIENT
c) upon request of CLIENT, fully inform CLIENT of the work done by the VENDOR nominee in connection with the provision of
the Services and permit CLIENT at all reasonable times to inspect, review and copy all accounting records, findings, data,
specifications, drawings, working papers, reports, documents and material (collectively called the “Material) whether
complete or otherwise that have been produced received or acquired by the VENDOR nominee as a result of this agreement;
d) ensure that the VENDOR complies with the CLIENT’s request that all time spent must be detailed in the ServicePlus IT Service
Management System;
92
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
2 | Page
e) comply with all applicable municipal, provincial/State and federal laws;
f) at all times maintain a standard of care, skill and diligence in performance of the Services exercised and observed by persons
engaged in the provision of services similar to the Services;
g) at all times treat as confidential all information or material supplied to or obtained by the VENDOR and its nominees as a
result of this agreement and will not permit the publication, release or disclosure of the same without the prior written
consent of CLIENT;
h) be an independent Contractor and not be the servant, employee or agent of CLIENT
i) ensure that all persons employed by it in connection with the provision of the Services are competent to perform them,
adequately trained, fully instructed and supervised;
j) ensure that all personnel hired by the VENDOR to provide the Services will be the employees or subcontractors of the
VENDOR and not of CLIENT.
CLIENT OBLIGATIONS
2. CLIENT will:
a) make available to the VENDOR all available information considered by CLIENT to be pertinent to the Services;
b) make available to the VENDOR such staff and subject matter experts for consultation as required to ensure the VENDOR can
meet their obligation to the CLIENT;
c) ensure that the Client Point-of-Contact is available to review and approve the completion of incident resolution in a timely
manner;
d) ensure that the Client Contract Manager is available to approve such Service Requests as may be necessary for the VENDOR
to fulfill its obligations under the contract;
e) ensure that staff are available to review and approve Service Requests in a timely manner;
THE CONTRACT PRICE and PAYMENT TERMS
3. Contract Price and Payment Terms
a) Subject to the terms of this agreement the VENDOR will invoice the CLIENT for approved services as defined above in
Services. Fees will be calculated on the Rate on an hourly basis;
b) The VENDOR will submit monthly written statements of account to CLIENT;
c) All pricing is in the currency of the CLIENT;
d) Preapproved expenses for travel and living if required will be invoiced at cost;
e) All invoices are payable net 30 days.
TERMINATION
4. In the event of a substantial failure of a party to comply with the provisions of this agreement, it may be terminated by the
other party on ten (10) days written notice.
5. CLIENT may, in its sole discretion, terminate this agreement on 10 days written notice and the payment of funds required to
be made pursuant to Section 8, will discharge CLIENT of all its liability to the VENDOR under this agreement.
93
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
3 | Page
6. Where this agreement is terminated before 100% completion of the Services, CLIENT will, subject to Section 7, pay to the
VENDOR that portion of the Contract Price which is equal to the portion of the Services completed.
NON HIRE
7. Agree that during the term of this Agreement, and for the non-solicitation period of six months thereafter, shall not, without
the prior written consent of VENDOR, induce or attempt to influence, directly or indirectly, an employee or subcontractor
of VENDOR to leave the employ of VENDOR;
GENERAL
8. This agreement will be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado.
9. Time will be of the essence of this agreement.
10. Any notice required to be given hereunder will be delivered by hand or mailed by prepaid registered mail to the address on
this agreement or at such other address as either party may from time to time designate by notice in writing to the other,
and any such notice mailed will be deemed to be received 48 hours after mailing.
11. This agreement will be binding upon CLIENT and its assigns and the VENDOR, its successors and permitted assigns.
12. A waiver of any provision or breach by the VENDOR of this agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by
CLIENT and will not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision of this
agreement.
13. All materials provided to the VENDOR are to be treated confidentially.
14. The copyright for independent work produced prior to the start of this project and brought into this project remains
exclusively the copyright of the producing party, all other copyright in the Material will belong to CLIENT.
15. No amendment or modification to this agreement will become effective unless the same will have been reduced to writing
and duly executed by the parties hereto.
16. This agreement, and any amendment made pursuant to Section 17, constitute the entire agreement between the parties.
17. Sections 1(b), (c), and (e) of this Agreement will notwithstanding the expiration or earlier determination of the Term, remain
and continue in full force and effect.
SIGNATURES
Avocette Technologies Inc.
City of Aspen
Name: Name:
Signed: Signed:
Title: Title:
Date: Date:
Darrel Drab
VP, Product Integration
Feb 11, 2021
94
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
4 | Page
Schedule “A”
1 ServicePlus™ Basic Service
Avocette’s ServicePlus Basic service provides defined on-going support services aimed at maintaining a
stable Clariti environment.
ServicePlus Basic 24/7 Service Desk hours: 24 hours a day, 7 days a week excluding statutory holidays.
Service requests outside of standard business hours of 8:00-17:00 Pacific Standard Time may be made
using the ServicePlus support phone line (email and portal requests made outside of standard business
hours will not be answered until the following business day)
Terms:
ServicePlus level of Service selected: Basic
Average Monthly Service Fee:
Month Hours Fee
1-3 175 $24,500 (avg. $8,667 per
month)
4-12 360 $50,400 (avg. $5,600 per
month)
Included Service Hours:
Included service hours roll over from month- to-month and can be banked.
Additional Hourly Service Rate: $140/Hour for hours that exceed the total hours (535 annually) in the
table in this section. No additional hours may be charged without prior written consent from the City.
1.1 Service Levels
The following service levels are included with ServicePlus Basic service in order to achieve the level of
support required for CLIENT’s environment.
Service levels are divided into five priority levels and are monitored and measured against the service
level commitment as shown below. Avocette uses the following definitions to measure service levels:
• Acknowledge Request is an email from an Avocette representative that confirms that the
request has been received and a ticket number has been assigned in our service request
management system (defined in section 2.1);
95
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
5 | Page
• Incident Resolution Time is the time from when the incident is reported to the time a work
around or temporary solution has been implemented to address the specific incident;
• Incident Closure is the time from when the incident was reported to the time to hand over for
production deployment with a permanent correction for the incident. If the incident closure
requires a Clariti fix, the Incident Closure times will not apply and will require direct participation
of Clariti which Avocette will assist with.
96
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
6 | Page
ServicePlus ™ Basic service levels
Priority Definition Acknowledgment Resolution Time Closure Priority 1 Service Disruption for major
applications/systems and/or has major
impact on business operations and/or
impacts external customers
Guideline – has significant business impact.
Exclusive of CLIENT network or system
issues not covered.
Exclusive of external disaster or disruption.
< 30 minutes
Phone call
Acknowledgement is
required
< 4 Hours
Phone call to
Clariti
Customer
Support
Center every
60 minutes
with updates
(if required)
< 1Business
day
Priority 2 Partial service disruption for major
application/system and/or service
disruption for minor system and/or has
moderate impact on business operations
Guideline – affects business operation for at
least one department.
< 1 Hour
< 4 Hours < 3 Business
days
Priority 3 Minor service disruption impacting 1-2 users
significantly and/or has minimal impact on
business operations. Does not affect service
delivery to external clients.
Service Request may be raised for incident
remediation and resolution (refer section
2.1 for Service Request process).
< 1 Business day
< 3 Business
days
< 30
Business days
Priority 4 Minor Service disruption with insignificant
or no impact on business operations
Workaround available
Guideline – Affects < 5people
Service Request may be raised for incident
remediation and resolution (refer section
2.1 for Service Request process).
< 1 Business day
< 15
Business
days
< 90
Business days
97
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
7 | Page
Priority Definition Acknowledgment Resolution Time Closure Priority 5 Causes no service disruption with no impact
on business operations and does impact
service delivery to clients. Additional work
needed to perform some functions.
Service Request may be raised for incident
remediation and resolution (refer section
2.1 for Service Request process).
< 5 Business days
< 30
Business
days
< 120
Business days
The above service levels are maintained providing there are hours remaining in the average monthly
budget. If no hours remain in the average budget service levels will only be maintained with Client
authorization for additional expenditures and are dependant on Avocette resource availability.
The following are required in order for Avocette to meet the above service levels:
CLIENT will provide all required subscription, software and/or hardware licenses required to
support the application.
The support team will not be on-site at CLIENT’s location and Avocette’s support team will be
able to access the CLIENT network remotely using an SSTP VPN connection to access the
necessary application environments, if necessary. For this engagement, no access to the City of
Aspen network is anticipated to be needed. However, access to the City’s cloud-based
Salesforce system for permits and related business functions will be provided remotely
1.2 Service Level Reporting
Service level reporting is a key means of communication between CLIENT and Avocette. It is a forum to
discuss the performance with respect to service levels, the accomplishments and challenges, and to
have open honest dialog about the service delivery and relationship. It also allows potential risks to be
discussed and addressed proactively. Service level reporting is provided through the Avocette service
manager and as agreed to by the CLIENT. Service level meetings are recommended to review the report
and to have dialog around the service delivery and support relationship.
1.2.1 Service Level Meetings
The following service level meetings will be conducted:
• Weekly Prioritization meeting to review and rank incidents in priority.
98
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
8 | Page
• Monthly Planning meeting to assess service request planning, status, priority and actions.
• Quarterly Performance Review meetings to review service level report and address
performance, if needed
• Annual Service Delivery review meeting to review the previous year and determine what
adjustments are required for the next year.
Attendees will include at least:
• Avocette Service Delivery Manager
• CLIENT Contract Manager
Note: Actual time spent conducting and documenting service level meetings will be charged at
the contract rate of $140 per hour.
Note: Avocette Weekly, Monthly, Quarterly and Annual meetings will occur via conference
call unless otherwise requested.
1.2.2 Service Level Report
The service level report is prepared weekly and monthly and will include the following information:
• An itemized list of all active requests/incidents annotated by Avocette ticket number in
the current month and previous month
• Priority 1 & 2 Incident Summary (with an Executive Level explanation of the incident and
root cause)
• Hourly usage for each ticket in the current month, the previous month and overall.
• The status of each ticket as of the end of the period as well as any information that will
assist both CLIENT and VENDOR in resolving the ticket
• An overall status section (noting any potential risks to achieving Service Levels, soft
measure feedback, as well as any information that will assist bo th the CLIENT and
Avocette in planning for the next period)
2 Service Delivery
Service delivery is oriented around two specific processes:
1) Incident Management
a. The handling of Break Fix situations. In CLIENT terminology this is the ‘support’ type of
requests that involve software fixes.
b. In the event of a Priority 1 or 2 incident, Avocette resources will be required to attend
the Incident Report Meeting that will be scheduled by CLIENT within 48 hours of the
incident.
2) Service Request Management
99
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
9 | Page
a. The handling of any request that is not expected to result in a software fix. This includes
Maintenance, Enhancement and Operational (non-software related) requests.
The following sections will outline all the elements involved in Service Delivery and also walk through
the expected workflow for both Incident Management and Request Management.
2.1 Request Management
Avocette uses a Service Management system to record and track all incidents and service requests
under this contract. Once submitted online by the CLIENT, the service request management application
is used to support incidents and requests, assign tasks to internal team members and track time spent
on specific requests, as well as provide the CLIENT with access to requests, dashboards and reports. The
features offered are:
• Application Change Management by logging and tracking requests, bugs, and enhancements by
application and client
• Automatic email notifications within Avocette Systems for: new incidents; closed incidents;
Escalations; Priority changes; Remediation, Resolution or Recovery; and Task Assignments
• Cross-referencing of incident reports
• Time recording for activities and reporting on effort
• Root Cause capture
• Control of user access to ensure security and privacy
The service request management application is configured for each client and can be modified to
accommodate business related requirements for reporting. CLIENT will be defined along with the
details necessary to provide the reporting and incident management required to meet CLIENT Service
Level reporting needs.
2.2 Incident Management
The incident management process occurs when CLIENT has a request to fix a production problem with
the CLIENT’S Salesforce and/or Clariti managed package environments.
The goal of incident management is to:
• Maintain service level objectives; and
• Return to the normal service level as soon as possible with the smallest impact on the business
and user.
The process is triggered when the authorized CLIENT representative makes the request through one of
the following methods
• Entry into the Cherwell Service Request Management System
• E-mail to Avocette (for non-emergency items only)
100
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
10 | Page
• Phone call to Avocette (for emergency and high priority issues, phone is mandatory)
2.2.1 Incident Management Process
The following describes how Avocette will respond to an incident request. This process can be reviewed
and adjusted if necessary to meet CLIENT’s specific needs. As noted previously, some incidents may
require a Clariti fix and in those cases Avocette will support the reporting and communication with
Clariti.
Avocette Application Management
CLIENTAvocette1.1
Request Support
1.2
Acknowledge
Request
1.3
Create Incident
Receive
Acknowledge-
ment
Update
Request
1.5
Resolve issue
within SLA
1.4
Assign Team
Resources
1.7
Recover
Application
1.6b
Approve Closure
Phone/Email
Priority 1 or 2?Warm HandoffYes
No
Email /Phone Acknowledgement
Application
Recovered?
Yes
No
1.6a
Request Closure
Figure 1: Procedure for Incident Management.
Task # Task Actor(s)
1.1 The CLIENT point-of-contact or Customer Service Center contacts the Avocette
Service Desk via toll-free telephone number or email address.
CLIENT
application
point-of-
contact
1.2 All contacts are acknowledged upon receipt. Acknowledgement can be through
email or by phone. In the event an incident is submitted which in the
judgement of the service desk should be a level 1 or 2 incident the service desk
will acknowledge by phone and recommend an upgrade of the incident
priority.
Avocette
Service Desk
1.3 Avocette Service Desk creates a ticket in Cherwell for the request, assigning the
request to Avocette’s primary support person and Service Delivery Manager.
Automatic email notifications are generated and sent to the Avocette Service
Manager.
Avocette
Service Desk
101
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
11 | Page
Task # Task Actor(s)
1.4 If the request is a priority 1 or 2, the Avocette Service Desk speaks to the
support resource and Service Delivery Manager directly to ensure the request
is received in a timely manner (i.e., warm handover). CLIENT and Avocette’s
managers are informed of priority 1 and priority 2 requests.
The Service Delivery Manager liaises with the primary resource to coordinate a
solution, and may approach service manager to assign additional support team
resources to recover and resolve the issue.
Avocette
Support Team
1.5 The support team works to recover the issue within the service levels. This
may involve working directly with CLIENT staff to provide access to data,
database logs, performance data, etc., in order to resolve the incident.
The support team promotes the fix to the CLIENT environment and completes
the necessary requests to migrate to production.
Avocette
Support Team
1.6a If resolution of the issue provides recovery of the application, the Service
Delivery Manager will seek approval from CLIENT to close the request.
CLIENT point-
of-contact
1.7 If resolution of the issue does not also provide recovery of the application, the
support team will work to complete the long-term solution to the issue.
Avocette
Application
Support Team
1.6b Avocette obtains approval from the CLIENT point-of-contact to close the
request. The incident is only considered closed once it is successfully deployed
to production and verified as being resolved by the CLIENT point-of-contact.
CLIENT point-
of-contact
2.3 Service Request Management
Avocette’s request management services support the management of service requests. This includes
requests for maintenance, enhancements or other operational (non-software) requests. The goal of
Service Request Management is to keep track of all requests, allow prioritization of the requests, track
time spent, and report on the status of each request. Service request may be raised to address all
Priority 3, 4 and 5 incident remediation and resolutions.
2.3.1 Service Request Management Process
The following describes how Avocette will respond to a service request.
102
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
12 | Page
Figure 2: Procedure for Maintenance, Enhancement and Operational Requests
Task # Task Actor(s)
1.1 The CLIENT point-of-contact creates the initial service request by documenting
the specific request and sending this to the Avocette’s Service Desk by sending
an email or entering the request into the Cherwell System. A template is used
to document the Service Request.
This will be logged if not already initiated as a service request and assigned to
the service delivery manager to assess.
CLIENT
application
point-of-
contact
1.2 The Service Delivery Manager will coordinate the team to assess the Service
Request, complete the request with impacts and estimates, and return the
service request to CLIENT for approval. The development of the service request
may involve collaboration between CLIENT and Avocette to ensure the
requirements are understood and impacts accurately accounted for.
Avocette
Support Team
CLIENT will review and approve the Service Request. CLIENT
1.3 The service delivery manager will then schedule the work to be completed
based on the agreed timeline expectations in the service request.
Avocette
Support Team
1.4 The service request is executed and the deliverables provided to CLIENT. Avocette
Support Team
1.5 CLIENT will review the deliverables and complete any necessary user
acceptance testing before giving the approval to proceed to production or
accept the deliverable.
CLIENT
Service Requests must be approved and signed by the CLIENT Contract Manager and Avocette’s Client
Manager before any work proceeds.
103
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
13 | Page
2.4 Approach to Maintain Service Levels
Avocette will assign qualified and cross trained resources to the support of the Supported Application
Components. The support team will include a primary and backup resource fully trained in the
application as well as the support procedures necessary to adhere to CLIENT standards. The Service
Delivery Manager will ensure that the backup resource is ready in the event that the primary resource is
unavailable for any reason. The primary goal is to ensure that service levels are maintained regardless
of the individual schedules of the support team.
In addition, the Avocette Service Desk is provided with primary and backup resource contact
information and will be kept informed when the primary resource is unavailable.
Cross training of the backup resources will be provided as part of initial transition to support and will
occur annually thereafter as a refresher.
Avocette will maintain a repository for information, materials and details pertaining to support of the
Supported Application Components (Knowledge Management). This will also include details on the
specific CLIENT policies and procedures that will apply to this support service.
The Service Delivery Manager will ensure that there is adequate coverage during any absences or
traditional vacation periods (Christmas Holidays) and will also communicate any upcoming absences to
CLIENT during the service level report meetings.
In the event of a disaster in the Avocette Offices, CLIENT will be notified immediately, provided direct
contact phone numbers for the support team, and support resources will work from home.
2.5 Facilities and Equipment Requirements
CLIENT is not required to provide any permanent desk or office space. However, Avocette may require
access to a drop in station at CLIENT from time to time if onsite visits are added as amendments to this
contract. Avocette resources will require remote access into the CLIENT environment using a secure VPN
or similar connection.
3 Support Team
Avocette’s support team is comprised of the following roles and provides on-going operation support for
CLIENT’s Clariti environment as follows:
104
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
14 | Page
Role Role Description
City Contract Manager The City will assign a City Contract Manager to be the primary
contact for the Avocette Service Delivery Manager. (Note that
other roles may be assigned as required) The City Contract
manager will:
1. Facilitate communications between Avocette and the
City to clarify incident/service request particulars (as
needed)
2. Facilitate communications between Avocette and other
City departments or technical areas in order to
diagnose and resolve the request
3. Arrange for User Acceptance Testing as required
4. Provide priorities and guidance to the Avocette support
team for outstanding issues
5. Complete resolution details in the support tracking
system and closing the ticket
6. Attend monthly service level meetings
7. The following additional responsibilities are primarily
related to Service Request Management:
8. Facilitate Authorization of work to proceed.
9. Manage communication with other application
stakeholders on implementation or significant changes
10. Facilitate approval of requirements and functional
specifications
Avocette Service Desk Support
Analyst
Avocette’s Service Desk is staffed with Service Desk Support
Analysts who are responsible for receiving and acting upon
incidents reported by ServicePlus Clients.
The Avocette Service Desk Support Analyst:
1. Responds to incidents from ServicePlus clients
submitted by email, phone or through the support
portal.
2. Provides basic user support as required such as
password resets and other user support issues.
3. Based on the priority of the incident takes appropriate
action to respond to the incident by performing a warm
handoff.
4. Provides regular updates for high priority incidents.
Avocette Account Manager An Avocette Account Manager is assigned to each ServicePlus
client and will be the person responsible for ensuring Avocette
meets its commitments under this contract. The Client Account
Manager is also responsible for approving service requests on
behalf of Avocette.
The Avocette Account Manager will:
105
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
15 | Page
Role Role Description
1. Be responsible for Avocette’s commitments under the
contract.
2. Be available when necessary to meet with the client to
address issues and concerns.
3. Approve Service Requests in a timely manner.
Service Delivery Manager A Service Delivery Manager is assigned to each ServicePlus
client and will be the primary contact for managing incident
resolution and service requests. Avocette always assigns a
backup Service Delivery Manager, typically the Subject Matter
Expert, to each account so that service disruptions are avoided in
the case of the primary service delivery manager not being
available.
The Service Delivery Manager will:
1. Be responsible for ensuring service levels are met for
all reporting incidents and communicating status of
incident resolution processes to stakeholders
2. Manage the delivery team and ensures support
coverage is in place to meet or exceed all service levels
3. Ensure proper communication to the City regarding
release scope and expected delivery schedule and
status during the implementation process
4. Provide estimates for Service Requests and work with
the City Contract Manager to set priorities
5. Work with the City Contract Manager to develop release
plans for Service Requests
6. Ensure all required authorizations have been provided
prior to initiating work or conducting migrations
7. Be responsible for adjusting the release processes if
necessary in order to improve quality, reliability,
timeliness or overall customer satisfaction with the
releases and documenting the revised processes
8. Ensure decisions, priorities and action items are
properly documented and communicated to the team
members
9. Work with the City Contract Manager and the Avocette
Support Team to prioritize incident resolution and
closure
10. Conduct regular team meetings involving release
scope, scheduling and status
11. Reports regularly to the Avocette Account Manager
Subject Matter Experts /
Business Analyst
A primary and secondary Subject Matter Expert is assigned to
each ServicePlus client and is responsible for providing analysis
of and recommendations for resolving incidents and providing
analysis and design for service requests.
The Subject Matter Expert will:
106
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
16 | Page
Role Role Description
1. Be responsible for understanding the business needs in
relation to the application
2. Gather requirements for enhancements or service
requests
3. Document both “as is” and “to be” to enable technical
team members to effectively configure the application
4. Liaise with CLIENT staff to understand and document
reporting requirements
5. Work with CLIENT to understand business problems in
relation to the application
6. Works with the Avocette Service Delivery Manager to
effectively timetable and deliver business analysis tasks
as part of releases or service requests
Configuration Analyst A primary and secondary Configuration Analyst is assigned to
each ServicePlus client and is responsible for implementing
changes to address incidents or implementing solutions in
support of a service request.
The Configuration Analyst will:
1. Be responsible for the overall configuration of the
CLIENT supported application components including
the quality of migrations and adherence to best practice
2. Be responsible for triaging production issues relating to
configuration, assessing the impacts of the changes
and working with the technical team to resolve the issue
3. Assign work to other support team members if required
and ensures adherence to standards
4. Provide estimates and specifications for changes/fixes
to the Service Delivery Manager for approval prior to
proceeding with work
5. Responsible for updates to technical documentation
6. Prepares migration requests and provides necessary
technical documentation to the CLIENT technical teams
7. Supports components of the application including
development and unit testing of new component
configurations
8. Investigates and resolves production incidents, issues
and questions as directed by the Avocette Service
Delivery Manager
Integration analyst (Business
logic scripting and third party
integrations)
A primary and secondary Integration Analyst is assigned to each
ServicePlus client and is responsible for addressing incidents
involving scripted business logic and third party integrations.
They are responsible for providing scripting and integration
services for service requests.
The Integration Analyst will:
1. Be responsible for the overall technical integrity of the
City supported application components including the
107
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
17 | Page
Role Role Description
quality of migrations and adherence to technical
standards and best practice
2. Be responsible for any technical issues related to
integration and business logic of the City supported
application components
3. Be responsible for triaging production issues, assessing
the technical impacts of the changes and working with
the technical team to resolve the issue
4. Assign work to other support team members if required
and ensures adherence to standards
5. Provide estimates and specifications for changes/fixes
to the Service Delivery Manager for approval prior to
proceeding with work
6. Be responsible for updates to technical documentation
7. Prepare migration requests and provides necessary
technical documentation to the City technical teams
8. Supports components of the application including
development and unit testing of new components
9. Investigates and resolves production incidents, issues
and questions as directed by the Avocette Service
Delivery Manager
Report Analyst A primary and secondary Report Analyst is assigned to each
ServicePlus client and is responsible for addressing reporting
related incidents and service requests.
The Report Analyst Will:
1. Be responsible for the overall technical integrity of the
City supported report generation including the quality of
migrations and adherence to technical standards and
best practice
2. Be primary contact for any issues related to the City
supported reporting components
3. Be responsible for triaging production issues, assessing
the technical impacts of the changes and working with
the technical team to resolve the issue
4. Provide estimates and specifications for changes/fixes
to the Service Delivery Manager for approval prior to
proceeding with work
5. Be responsible for updates to technical documentation
6. Prepare migration requests and provides necessary
technical documentation to the City technical teams
7. Supports components of the application including
development and unit testing of new components
8. Investigates and resolves production incidents, issues
and questions as directed by the Avocette Service
Delivery Manager
108
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
18 | Page
Role Role Description
Technical Support Analyst A primary and secondary Technical Support Analyst is assigned
to each ServicePlus client and is responsible for resolving
technology related incidents and addressing the technical support
needs of service requests.
The Technical Support Analyst will:
1. Be responsible for the overall technical integrity of the
City supported application components including the
quality of migrations and adherence to technical
standards and best practice
2. Be primary contact for any technical issues related to
the City supported application components
3. Be responsible for triaging production issues, assessing
the technical impacts of the changes and working with
the technical team to resolve the issue
4. Assign work to other support team members if required
and ensures adherence to standards
5. Provide estimates and specifications for changes/fixes
to the Service Delivery Manager for approval prior to
proceeding with work
6. Be responsible for updates to technical documentation
7. Prepare migration requests and provides necessary
technical documentation to the City technical teams
8. Support components of the application including
development and unit testing of new components
9. Investigates and resolves production incidents, issues
and questions as directed by the Avocette Service
Delivery Manager
Database Administrator Avocette’s core team also includes a Database Administrator.
The Database Administrator is not assigned to the team but is
available as and when needed.
Assigned resources may hold one or more roles described above.
109
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
A-1
Appendix A: Definitions
The following definitions are used throughout this proposal:
“Acknowledge Request” means an email from an Avocette representative that confirms that a request
has been received.
“Additional Support Services” means any additional work requested by CLIENT beyond the Base
Support Services.
“Additional Support Services Fees” means the monthly fee paid to the VENDOR for the delivery of
Additional Support Services.
“Approved Service Request” means a Service Request or a VENDOR Service Proposal for which the
proposal and budget estimate provided by VENDOR has been approved by CLIENT and VENDOR has
been instructed to proceed with delivery of the subject matter.
“Base Support Services Fee” means the monthly fee paid to the VENDOR for the delivery of Base
Support Services.
“CLIENT Point of Contact” means the person in CLIENT responsible for managing the contract and
approving all expenditures. This person is also the CLIENT reference of all administrative matters
associated with this contract.
“Contract Manager” means the Avocette Manager responsible for the delivery of Managed Services
across multiple clients. The Service Delivery Manager reports to the Contract Manager. The Contract
Manager is present at Monthly, Quarterly and Annual Service Level Review meetings with CLIENT.
“Customer Support Center (CSC)” means CLIENT’s first level helpdesk service if used. The Customer
Support Center is responsible for declaring the initial priority of an Incident.
“Incident” means an event that degrades or disrupts the normal operation of the application that is
reported to the Service Desk and given a unique tracking number.
“Incident Resolution Time” means the time to complete the permanent corrective solution (resolve the
root cause).
“On-call Hours” means those hours beyond the Standard Business Day. On-call services are available on
request by CLIENT with one day’s notice.
“Preapproved Expenses” means those expenses incurred by the VENDOR in the execution of this
contract including travel and living expenses as preapproved by the CLIENT.
“Priority” means the degree of impact that an incident has on CLIENT business areas and clients. The
priorities are graded from 1 through 5 and agreed response and resolution times are based on these
priorities in the form of a Service Level Agreement. The Priority definitions can be found in Section 2
Service Levels.
110
ServicePlus Support Services Agreement
A-2
“Services” means Base Support Services and Additional Support Services.
“Service Desk” means the service desk operated by the VENDOR providing a single point of contact and
2nd level support for all Services Incidents, and 1st level support for all Service Requests and Approved
Service Requests for In-Scope Servers and In-Scope Applications.
“Service Delivery Manager” means the Avocette resource responsible for ensuring CLIENT service levels
are met and that CLIENT remains satisfied with the service being provided. The Service Delivery
Manager manages the support team, ensures adequate coverage is in place, provides communication to
CLIENT during incident recovery periods, and prepares the Service Level Reports. The Service Delivery
Manager is present at Monthly, Quarterly and Annual Service Level review meetings at CLIENT.
“Service Levels” means the operational performance required of, and guaranteed by, the VENDOR in
the delivery of the Services, as set out in Section 2.
“Service Management Reporting” means the design, generation and delivery by the VENDOR of reports
and reporting sufficient to meet CLIENT’s operational management requirements for the Services.
“Service Request” means a formal request issued by CLIENT for maintenance (upgrades, preventative
maintenance) and enhancements.
Service Requests are developed by CLIENT and typically include the description of the requested service,
scope, expected deliverables and timeline expectations. Avocette will provide estimates for Service
Requests within 5 business days. All service requests are sent to the Avocette Service Desk and given a
unique tracking number.
“Standard Business Day” will be 8:00-17:00 hours EST Monday to Friday, not including Statutory
Holidays.
“Statutory Holidays” – In the United States means New Year’s day, Martin Luther King day, Presidents
Day, Memorial day, Independence day, Columbus Day, Veteran’s day, Thanksgiving day, Christmas day,
Christmas day holiday and in Canada means New Year’s Day, Family Day (including Islander day, Louis
Riel day, Viola Desmond day), Good Friday, Easter Monday, Victoria Day, Canada Day, Civic holiday
(including AB, BC, SK, ON, NB, NU), Labour Day, Thanksgiving Day, Remembrance Day, Christmas Day,
and Boxing Day.
“Support Team” means the Avocette resources that are involved in the day to day support of the
Supported Application Components.
“Ticket” is a generic term for a unique tracking number that is generated by the Customer Service
Centre or Avocette’s service request management application.
111
MEMORANDUM
TO:Aspen City Council
FROM:Robert Schober, Capital Asset Project Manager
THROUGH:Scott Miller, Public Works Director
MEMO DATE:February 17, 2021
MEETING DATE:February 23, 2021
RE:New City Hall – Audio Video Contract
REQUEST OF COUNCIL:
Request approval of a contract change order in the amount of $125,612.23 with Audio
Video Experts to install the audio-video (AV) infrastructure & backbone for the new City
Hall. AV Experts has previously completed the AV design work for the new building and
this consent item is a change order to their existing contract with the City (current contract
value is $12,800).
SUMMARY AND BACKGROUND:
The new City Hall AV design is complete, and the contract change order approval will
allow AV Experts to start the installation of the backbone infrastructure for the audio-visual
components of the new building. This infrastructure will support the monitors,
microphones, speakers, connectivity, and broadcast capabilities of the equipment
package which will be discussed with Council at an update at the March 16, 2021 work
session. City Council will be asked at the work session about different levels of audio-
visual support for the new building, depending upon the objectives of the Council for
accessibility for the public and staff, convenience, and remote council
member/commission member participation. City Council should expect a request for new
appropriations to match the level of AV support the Council desires for the building.
DISCUSSION:
AV Experts was selected through an invitation to quote process for design. AV Experts
experience and qualifications with GrassRoots, current City Council chambers, and the
Pitkin County Administration building were compelling reasons to advance design with
the company. Further AV Experts is a Western Slope company for warranty and support
services – one of the closest companies to Aspen.
Staff is requesting approval of the attached contractual change order to AV Experts initial
design contract to now include installation of the backbone infrastructure. A copy of the
112
contractual change is included as Exhibit A. This contract is stand alone from City Hall
general contractor to save overhead costs and to delineate clear accountability for future
warranty period on the AV infrastructure.
FINANCIAL IMPACTS:
This request is funded through capital project #51112 City Offices – 425 Rio Grande. The
project budget includes a $155,000 line item for this scope of work.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS:
City Council may wish to consider environmental impact through reduced transportation
impacts and its greenhouse gas reduction benefits.
ALTERNATIVES:
We could not perform the work; however, staff believes that this work is required to
maintain the overall functionality for the usage of the new City Hall.
RECOMMENDATIONS:
Council to approve a contract change to AV Experts for the new City Hall Audio-Video
backbone infrastructure.
CITY MANAGER COMMENTS:
113
RESOLUTION #22
(Series of 2021)
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO,
DIRECTING THE CITY MANAGER TO TAKE SUCH ACTION NECESSARY TO
EXECUTE A CONTRACT CHANGE ORDER.
WHEREAS,pursuant to Resolution #22, Series of 2021, City Council approves the
contract change order in the amount of $125,612.23 a true and accurate copy attached as
Exhibit A,between Audio Video Experts and the City of Aspen; and
WHEREAS, the City Council has determined that it is in the best interest of the
City of Aspen to approve the contract pursuant to the terms thereof.
NOW,THEREFORE,BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE
CITY OF ASPEN,COLORADO,
That the City Council of the City of Aspen hereby directs the City Manager take any
and all action necessary to approve the contract change order, pursuant to the terms thereof.
INTRODUCED,READ AND ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Aspen on
the 23rd, day of February,2021.
Torre,Mayor
I,Nicole Henning,duly appointed and acting City Clerk do certify that the foregoing
is a true and accurate copy of that resolution adopted by the City Council of the City of
Aspen,Colorado,at a meeting held,February 23,2021.
Nicole Henning,City Clerk
114
Agreement Professional Services Page 0
CITY OF ASPEN STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
City of Aspen Contract No.: 2020-086.
AGREEMENT made as of 19 day of November, in the year 2020.
BETWEEN the City:
Contract Amount:
The City of Aspen
c/o Sara Ott
130 South Galena Street
Aspen, Colorado 81611
Phone: (970) 920-5079
And the Professional:
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road Suite 106
Grand Junction CO 81505
970-242-3900
jhines@myavexpert.com
For the Following Project:
Galena City Offices: COA Capital Project #51112
Exhibits appended and made a part of this Agreement:
The City and Professional agree as set forth below.
If this Agreement requires the City to pay an
amount of money in excess of
$50,000.00 it shall not be deemed valid
until it has been approved by the City
Council of the City of Aspen.
City Council Approval:
Date: ___________________________
Resolution No.:___________________
Exhibit A: Scope of Work.
Exhibit B: Fee Schedule.
Total: $12,800
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
115
Agreement Professional Services Page 1
1. Scope of Work. Professional shall perform in a competent and professional manner the
Scope of Work as set forth at Exhibit A – Scope of Services & Fee’s attached hereto and by this
reference incorporated herein.
2. Completion. Professional shall commence Work immediately upon receipt of a written Notice
to Proceed from the City and complete all phases of the Scope of Work as expeditiously as is
consistent with professional skill and care and the orderly progress of the Work in a timely manner.
The parties anticipate that all Work pursuant to this Agreement shall be completed no later than
January 15, 2021. Upon request of the City, Professional shall submit, for the City's approval, a
schedule for the performance of Professional's services which shall be adjusted as required as the
project proceeds, and which shall include allowances for periods of time required by the City's
project engineer for review and approval of submissions and for approvals of authorities having
jurisdiction over the project. This schedule, when approved by the City, shall not, except for
reasonable cause, be exceeded by the Professional.
3. Payment. In consideration of the work performed, City shall pay Professional on a time and
expense basis for all work performed. The hourly rates for work performed by Professional shall not
exceed those hourly rates set forth at Exhibit A- Scope of Services & Fee’s appended hereto.
Except as otherwise mutually agreed to by the parties the payments made to Professional shall not
initially exceed the amount set forth above. Professional shall submit, in timely fashion, invoices for
work performed. The City shall review such invoices and, if they are considered incorrect or
untimely, the City shall review the matter with Professional within ten days from receipt of the
Professional's bill.
4. Non-Assignability. Both parties recognize that this Agreement is one for personal services
and cannot be transferred, assigned, or sublet by either party without prior written consent of the
other. Sub-Contracting, if authorized, shall not relieve the Professional of any of the responsibilities
or obligations under this Agreement. Professional shall be and remain solely responsible to the City
for the acts, errors, omissions or neglect of any subcontractors’ officers, agents and employees, each
of whom shall, for this purpose be deemed to be an agent or employee of the Professional to the
extent of the subcontract. The City shall not be obligated to pay or be liable for payment of any
sums due which may be due to any sub-contractor.
5. Termination of Procurement. The sale contemplated by this Agreement may be
canceled by the City prior to acceptance by the City whenever for any reason and in its sole
discretion the City shall determine that such cancellation is in its best interests and convenience.
6. Termination of Professional Services. The Professional or the City may terminate the
Professional Services component of this Agreement, without specifying the reason therefor, by
giving notice, in writing, addressed to the other party, specifying the effective date of the
termination. No fees shall be earned after the effective date of the termination. Upon any
termination, all finished or unfinished documents, data, studies, surveys, drawings, maps, models,
photographs, reports or other material prepared by the Professional pursuant to this Agreement
shall become the property of the City. Notwithstanding the above, Professional shall not be
relieved of any liability to the City for damages sustained by the City by virtue of any breach of
this Agreement by the Professional, and the City may withhold any payments to the Professional
for the purposes of set-off until such time as the exact amount of damages due the City from the
Professional may be determined.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
116
Agreement Professional Services Page 2
7. Independent Contractor Status. It is expressly acknowledged and understood by the parties
that nothing contained in this agreement shall result in or be construed as establishing an
employment relationship. Professional shall be, and shall perform as, an independent Contractor
who agrees to use his or her best efforts to provide the said services on behalf of the City. No agent,
employee, or servant of Professional shall be, or shall be deemed to be, the employee, agent or
servant of the City. City is interested only in the results obtained under this contract. The manner
and means of conducting the work are under the sole control of Professional. None of the benefits
provided by City to its employees including, but not limited to, workers' compensation insurance
and unemployment insurance, are available from City to the employees, agents or servants of
Professional. Professional shall be solely and entirely responsible for its acts and for the acts of
Professional's agents, employees, servants and subcontractors during the performance of this
contract. Professional shall indemnify City against all liability and loss in connection with, and
shall assume full responsibility for payment of all federal, state and local taxes or contributions
imposed or required under unemployment insurance, social security and income tax law, with
respect to Professional and/or Professional's employees engaged in the performance of the services
agreed to herein.
8. Indemnification. Professional agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the City, its officers,
employees, insurers, and self-insurance pool, from and against all liability, claims, and demands, on
account of injury, loss, or damage, including without limitation claims arising from bodily injury,
personal injury, sickness, disease, death, property loss or damage, or any other loss of any kind
whatsoever, which arise out of or are in any manner connected with this contract, to the extent and
for an amount represented by the degree or percentage such injury, loss, or damage is caused in
whole or in part by, or is claimed to be caused in whole or in part by, the wrongful act, omission,
error, professional error, mistake, negligence, or other fault of the Professional, any subcontractor of
the Professional, or any officer, employee, representative, or agent of the Professional or of any
subcontractor of the Professional, or which arises out of any workmen's compensation claim of any
employee of the Professional or of any employee of any subcontractor of the Professional. The
Professional agrees to investigate, handle, respond to, and to provide defense for and defend against,
any such liability, claims or demands at the sole expense of the Professional, or at the option of the
City, agrees to pay the City or reimburse the City for the defense costs incurred by the City in
connection with, any such liability, claims, or demands. If it is determined by the final judgment of
a court of competent jurisdiction that such injury, loss, or damage was caused in whole or in part by
the act, omission, or other fault of the City, its officers, or its employees, the City shall reimburse
the Professional for the portion of the judgment attributable to such act, omission, or other fault of
the City, its officers, or employees.
9. Professional's Insurance.
(a) Professional agrees to procure and maintain, at its own expense, a policy or policies
of insurance sufficient to insure against all liability, claims, demands, and other obligations
assumed by the Professional pursuant to Section 8 above. Such insurance shall be in
addition to any other insurance requirements imposed by this contract or by law. The
Professional shall not be relieved of any liability, claims, demands, or other obligations
assumed pursuant to Section 8 above by reason of its failure to procure or maintain
insurance, or by reason of its failure to procure or maintain insurance in sufficient amounts,
duration, or types.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
117
Agreement Professional Services Page 3
(b) Professional shall procure and maintain, and shall cause any subcontractor of the
Professional to procure and maintain, the minimum insurance coverages listed below. Such
coverages shall be procured and maintained with forms and insurance acceptable to the City.
All coverages shall be continuously maintained to cover all liability, claims, demands, and
other obligations assumed by the Professional pursuant to Section 8 above. In the case of
any claims-made policy, the necessary retroactive dates and extended reporting periods shall
be procured to maintain such continuous coverage.
(i) Workers’ Compensation insurance to cover obligations imposed by
applicable laws for any employee engaged in the performance of work under this
contract, and Employers' Liability insurance with minimum limits of ONE
MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) for each accident, ONE MILLION
DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) disease - policy limit, and TWO MILLION DOLLARS
($2,000,000.00) disease - each employee. Evidence of qualified self-insured status
may be substituted for the Workers' Compensation requirements of this paragraph.
(ii) Commercial General Liability insurance with minimum combined single
limits of ONE MILLION DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) each occurrence and TWO
MILLION DOLLARS ($2,000,000.00) aggregate. The policy shall be applicable to
all premises and operations. The policy shall include coverage for bodily injury,
broad form property damage (including completed operations), personal injury
(including coverage for contractual and employee acts), blanket contractual,
independent contractors, products, and completed operations. The policy shall
contain a severability of interests provision.
(iii) Comprehensive Automobile Liability insurance with minimum combined
single limits for bodily injury and property damage of not less than ONE MILLION
DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) each occurrence and TWO MILLION DOLLARS
($2,000,000.00) aggregate with respect to each Professional's owned, hired and non-
owned vehicles assigned to or used in performance of the Scope of Work. The
policy shall contain a severability of interests provision. If the Professional has no
owned automobiles, the requirements of this Section shall be met by each employee
of the Professional providing services to the City under this contract.
(iv) Professional Liability insurance with the minimum limits of ONE MILLION
DOLLARS ($1,000,000) each claim and TWO MILLION DOLLARS ($2,000,000)
aggregate.
(c) The policy or policies required above shall be endorsed to include the City and the City's
officers and employees as additional insureds. Every policy required above shall be primary
insurance, and any insurance carried by the City, its officers or employees, or carried by or
provided through any insurance pool of the City, shall be excess and not contributory
insurance to that provided by Professional. No additional insured endorsement to the policy
required above shall contain any exclusion for bodily injury or property damage arising
from completed operations. The Professional shall be solely responsible for any deductible
losses under any policy required above.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
118
Agreement Professional Services Page 4
(d) The certificate of insurance provided to the City shall be completed by the Professional's
insurance agent as evidence that policies providing the required coverages, conditions, and
minimum limits are in full force and effect, and shall be reviewed and approved by the City
prior to commencement of the contract. No other form of certificate shall be used. The
certificate shall identify this contract and shall provide that the coverages afforded under the
policies shall not be canceled, terminated or materially changed until at least thirty (30) days
prior written notice has been given to the City.
(e) Failure on the part of the Professional to procure or maintain policies providing the
required coverages, conditions, and minimum limits shall constitute a material breach of
contract upon which City may immediately terminate this contract, or at its discretion City
may procure or renew any such policy or any extended reporting period thereto and may pay
any and all premiums in connection therewith, and all monies so paid by City shall be repaid
by Professional to City upon demand, or City may offset the cost of the premiums against
monies due to Professional from City.
(f) City reserves the right to request and receive a certified copy of any policy and any
endorsement thereto.
(g) The parties hereto understand and agree that City is relying on, and does not waive or
intend to waive by any provision of this contract, the monetary limitations (presently
$350,000.00 per person and $990,000 per occurrence) or any other rights, immunities, and
protections provided by the Colorado Governmental Immunity Act, Section 24-10-101 et
seq., C.R.S., as from time to time amended, or otherwise available to City, its officers, or its
employees.
10. City's Insurance. The parties hereto understand that the City is a member of the Colorado
Intergovernmental Risk Sharing Agency (CIRSA) and as such participates in the CIRSA Proper-
ty/Casualty Pool. Copies of the CIRSA policies and manual are kept at the City of Aspen Risk
Management Department and are available to Professional for inspection during normal business
hours. City makes no representations whatsoever with respect to specific coverages offered by
CIRSA. City shall provide Professional reasonable notice of any changes in its membership or
participation in CIRSA.
11. Completeness of Agreement. It is expressly agreed that this agreement contains the entire
undertaking of the parties relevant to the subject matter thereof and there are no verbal or written
representations, agreements, warranties or promises pertaining to the project matter thereof not
expressly incorporated in this writing.
12. Notice. Any written notices as called for herein may be hand delivered or mailed by
certified mail return receipt requested to the respective persons and/or addresses listed above.
13. Non-Discrimination. No discrimination because of race, color, creed, sex, marital status,
affectional or sexual orientation, family responsibility, national origin, ancestry, handicap, or
religion shall be made in the employment of persons to perform services under this contract.
Professional agrees to meet all of the requirements of City's municipal code, Section 15.04.570,
pertaining to non-discrimination in employment.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
119
Agreement Professional Services Page 5
14. Waiver. The waiver by the City of any term, covenant, or condition hereof shall not operate
as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term. No term, covenant, or condition
of this Agreement can be waived except by the written consent of the City, and forbearance or
indulgence by the City in any regard whatsoever shall not constitute a waiver of any term, covenant,
or condition to be performed by Professional to which the same may apply and, until complete
performance by Professional of said term, covenant or condition, the City shall be entitled to invoke
any remedy available to it under this Agreement or by law despite any such forbearance or
indulgence.
15. Execution of Agreement by City. This Agreement shall be binding upon all parties hereto
and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, this Agreement shall not be binding upon the City unless
duly executed by the Mayor of the City of Aspen (or a duly authorized official in his absence)
following a Motion or Resolution of the Council of the City of Aspen authorizing the Mayor (or a
duly authorized official in his absence) to execute the same.
16. Illegal Aliens – CRS 8-17.5-101 & 24-76.5-101.
(a) Purpose. During the 2006 Colorado legislative session, the Legislature passed
House Bills 06-1343 (subsequently amended by HB 07-1073) and 06-1023 that added
new statutes relating to the employment of and contracting with illegal aliens. These new
laws prohibit all state agencies and political subdivisions, including the City of Aspen,
from knowingly hiring an illegal alien to perform work under a contract, or to knowingly
contract with a subcontractor who knowingly hires with an illegal alien to perform work
under the contract. The new laws also require that all contracts for services include
certain specific language as set forth in the statutes. The following terms and conditions
have been designed to comply with the requirements of this new law.
(b) Definitions. The following terms are defined in the new law and by this reference
are incorporated herein and in any contract for services entered into with the City of
Aspen.
“Basic Pilot Program” means the basic pilot employment verification program
created in Public Law 208, 104th Congress, as amended, and expanded in Public
Law 156, 108th Congress, as amended, that is administered by the United States
Department of Homeland Security.
“Public Contract for Services” means this Agreement.
“Services” means the furnishing of labor, time, or effort by a Contractor or a
subcontractor not involving the delivery of a specific end product other than
reports that are merely incidental to the required performance.
(c) By signing this document, Professional certifies and represents that at this time:
(i) Professional shall confirm the employment eligibility of all employees who
are newly hired for employment in the United States; and
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
120
Agreement Professional Services Page 6
(ii) Professional has participated or attempted to participate in the Basic Pilot
Program in order to verify that new employees are not illegal aliens.
(d) Professional hereby confirms that:
(i) Professional shall not knowingly employ or contract new employees
without confirming the employment eligibility of all such employees hired for
employment in the United States under the Public Contract for Services.
(ii) Professional shall not enter into a contract with a subcontractor that fails to
confirm to the Professional that the subcontractor shall not knowingly hire new
employees without confirming their employment eligibility for employment in the
United States under the Public Contract for Services.
(iii) Professional has verified or has attempted to verify through participation
in the Federal Basic Pilot Program that Professional does not employ any new
employees who are not eligible for employment in the United States; and if
Professional has not been accepted into the Federal Basic Pilot Program prior to
entering into the Public Contract for Services, Professional shall forthwith apply
to participate in the Federal Basic Pilot Program and shall in writing verify such
application within five (5) days of the date of the Public Contract. Professional
shall continue to apply to participate in the Federal Basic Pilot Program and shall
in writing verify same every three (3) calendar months thereafter, until
Professional is accepted or the public contract for services has been completed,
whichever is earlier. The requirements of this section shall not be required or
effective if the Federal Basic Pilot Program is discontinued.
(iv) Professional shall not use the Basic Pilot Program procedures to undertake
pre-employment screening of job applicants while the Public Contract for
Services is being performed.
(v) If Professional obtains actual knowledge that a subcontractor performing
work under the Public Contract for Services knowingly employs or contracts with
a new employee who is an illegal alien, Professional shall:
(1) Notify such subcontractor and the City of Aspen within three days
that Professional has actual knowledge that the subcontractor has newly
employed or contracted with an illegal alien; and
(2) Terminate the subcontract with the subcontractor if within three
days of receiving the notice required pursuant to this section the
subcontractor does not cease employing or contracting with the new
employee who is an illegal alien; except that Professional shall not
terminate the Public Contract for Services with the subcontractor if during
such three days the subcontractor provides information to establish that the
subcontractor has not knowingly employed or contracted with an illegal
alien.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
121
Agreement Professional Services Page 7
(vi) Professional shall comply with any reasonable request by the Colorado
Department of Labor and Employment made in the course of an investigation that
the Colorado Department of Labor and Employment undertakes or is undertaking
pursuant to the authority established in Subsection 8-17.5-102 (5), C.R.S.
(vii) If Professional violates any provision of the Public Contract for Services
pertaining to the duties imposed by Subsection 8-17.5-102, C.R.S. the City of
Aspen may terminate the Public Contract for Services. If the Public Contract for
Services is so terminated, Contractor shall be liable for actual and consequential
damages to the City of Aspen arising out of Professional’s violation of Subsection
8-17.5-102, C.R.S.
(viii) If Professional operates as a sole proprietor, Professional hereby swears or
affirms under penalty of perjury that the Professional (1) is a citizen of the United
States or otherwise lawfully present in the United States pursuant to federal law,
(2) shall comply with the provisions of CRS 24-76.5-101 et seq., and (3) shall
produce one of the forms of identification required by CRS 24-76.5-103 prior to
the effective date of this Agreement.
17. Warranties Against Contingent Fees, Gratuities, Kickbacks and Conflicts of Interest.
(a) Professional warrants that no person or selling agency has been employed or
retained to solicit or secure this Contract upon an agreement or understanding for a
commission, percentage, brokerage, or contingent fee, excepting bona fide employees or
bona fide established commercial or selling agencies maintained by the Professional for
the purpose of securing business.
(b) Professional agrees not to give any employee of the City a gratuity or any offer of
employment in connection with any decision, approval, disapproval, recommendation,
preparation of any part of a program requirement or a purchase request, influencing the
content of any specification or procurement standard, rendering advice, investigation,
auditing, or in any other advisory capacity in any proceeding or application, request for
ruling, determination, claim or controversy, or other particular matter, pertaining to this
Agreement, or to any solicitation or proposal therefore.
(c) Professional represents that no official, officer, employee or representative of the
City during the term of this Agreement has or one (1) year thereafter shall have any
interest, direct or indirect, in this Agreement or the proceeds thereof, except those that
may have been disclosed at the time City Council approved the execution of this
Agreement.
(d) In addition to other remedies it may have for breach of the prohibitions against
contingent fees, gratuities, kickbacks and conflict of interest, the City shall have the right
to:
1. Cancel this Purchase Agreement without any liability by the City;
2. Debar or suspend the offending parties from being a Professional, contractor or
subcontractor under City contracts;
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
122
Agreement Professional Services Page 8
3. Deduct from the contract price or consideration, or otherwise recover, the value of
anything transferred or received by the Professional; and
4. Recover such value from the offending parties.
18. Fund Availability. Financial obligations of the City payable after the current fiscal year
are contingent upon funds for that purpose being appropriated, budgeted and otherwise made
available. If this Agreement contemplates the City utilizing state or federal funds to meet its
obligations herein, this Agreement shall be contingent upon the availability of those funds for
payment pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
19. General Terms.
(a) It is agreed that neither this Agreement nor any of its terms, provisions, conditions,
representations or covenants can be modified, changed, terminated or amended, waived,
superseded or extended except by appropriate written instrument fully executed by the
parties.
(b) If any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be held invalid, illegal or
unenforceable it shall not affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of any other
provision.
(c) The parties acknowledge and understand that there are no conditions or limitations
to this understanding except those as contained herein at the time of the execution hereof
and that after execution no alteration, change or modification shall be made except upon a
writing signed by the parties.
(d) This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Colorado as from time
to time in effect. Venue is agreed to be exclusively in the courts of Pitkin County,
Colorado.
20. Electronic Signatures and Electronic Records This Agreement and any
amendments hereto may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original, and all of which together shall constitute one agreement binding on the Parties,
notwithstanding the possible event that all Parties may not have signed the same counterpart.
Furthermore, each Party consents to the use of electronic signatures by either Party. The Scope
of Work, and any other documents requiring a signature hereunder, may be signed electronically
in the manner agreed to by the Parties. The Parties agree not to deny the legal effect or
enforceability of the Agreement solely because it is in electronic form or because an electronic
record was used in its formation. The Parties agree not to object to the admissibility of the
Agreement in the form of an electronic record, or a paper copy of an electronic documents, or a
paper copy of a document bearing an electronic signature, on the grounds that it is an electronic
record or electronic signature or that it is not in its original form or is not an original.
20. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and all of the covenants hereof shall inure to
the benefit of and be binding upon the City and the Professional respectively and their agents,
representatives, employee, successors, assigns and legal representatives. Neither the City nor the
Professional shall have the right to assign, transfer or sublet its interest or obligations hereunder
without the written consent of the other party.
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
123
Agreement Professional Services Page 9
21. Third Parties. This Agreement does not and shall not be deemed or construed to confer
upon or grant to any third party or parties, except to parties to whom Professional or City may
assign this Agreement in accordance with the specific written permission, any right to claim
damages or to bring any suit, action or other proceeding against either the City or Professional
because of any breach hereof or because of any of the terms, covenants, agreements or
conditions herein contained.
22. Attorney’s Fees. In the event that legal action is necessary to enforce any of the
provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to its costs and reasonable
attorney’s fees.
23. Waiver of Presumption. This Agreement was negotiated and reviewed through the
mutual efforts of the parties hereto and the parties agree that no construction shall be made or
presumption shall arise for or against either party based on any alleged unequal status of the
parties in the negotiation, review or drafting of the Agreement.
24. Certification Regarding Debarment, Suspension, Ineligibility, and Voluntary Exclusion.
Professional certifies, by acceptance of this Agreement, that neither it nor its principals is
presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible or voluntarily
excluded from participation in any transaction with a Federal or State department or agency. It
further certifies that prior to submitting its Bid that it did include this clause without modification
in all lower tier transactions, solicitations, proposals, contracts and subcontracts. In the event
that Professional or any lower tier participant was unable to certify to the statement, an
explanation was attached to the Bid and was determined by the City to be satisfactory to the City.
25. Integration and Modification. This written Agreement along with all Contract
Documents shall constitute the contract between the parties and supersedes or incorporates any
prior written and oral agreements of the parties. In addition, Professional understands that no
City official or employee, other than the Mayor and City Council acting as a body at a council
meeting, has authority to enter into an Agreement or to modify the terms of the Agreement on
behalf of the City. Any such Agreement or modification to this Agreement must be in writing
and be executed by the parties hereto.
26. Authorized Representative. The undersigned representative of Professional, as an
inducement to the City to execute this Agreement, represents that he/she is an authorized
representative of Professional for the purposes of executing this Agreement and that he/she has
full and complete authority to enter into this Agreement for the terms and conditions specified
herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, or caused to be executed by their duly
authorized officials, this Agreement of which shall be deemed an original on the date first written
above.
CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO: PROFESSIONAL:
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
124
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48Project Manager12/1/2020 | 10:41:24 AM PSTRobert Schober125
Agreement Professional Services Page 11
EXHIBIT A PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
126
Exhibit A - Scope of Services & Fee'sDocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
127
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
128
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
129
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
130
Engineering Services Selection Agreement
Engineering Design Activity Hours
Estimated
Completion Date
Interview-Define Project Scope: Interview client or
group to define list of features needed as a baseline.
Additionally create list of Additional alternate work to be
priced by bidders. 2 10/7/2020
General Description of Work: Work with client, builder and architect to define all technical power and raceway requirement.
Create one line schematics. Standardize equipment specifications. Create Budget range. Below is a list of systems and
subsystems that will be included.
Sound Systems:
Control System:
Feeds to broadcast: Displays
Rack equipment:
Fixed Rate for this engineering will be
$5,000 dollars, this includes interview
time, site visits, and engineering time up
to 40 total hours. 100% Credit of
Engineering fees will apply with purchased
system over 200,000 dollars.
Project Name: Aspen City Technology Systems Design
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
131
Engineering Design Activity Hours
Estimated
Completion Date
Engineer Basic System: Define a group of component
types that will best fit the needs of the project. Develop
product standards by which the project will be bid. 16 10/7/2020
Engineer Add Alternates: Define a group of component
types that will work with the basic system that will
enhance features. Develop product standards by which
the project will be bid. 0
Furnish PDF Technical Power Plan: Consult and mark-
up technical power and raceway/conduit requirements.
This service does not include cad generated documents.
Drawings will be turned in via PDF(Non Cad). It is the
responsibility of the owner or contractor to get these mark-
ups translated on to the cad shop drawings for the project
record. 2 10/7/2020
Furnish Equipment List/Equipment Submittals:
Provide Equipment list and or alternates that may be used
to bid the project, all data is based on the basic system
engineering. 4 10/7/2020
Furnish PDF One Line Diagram: Create a 1 line
diagram, which will serve as a basic schematic on how the
systems should be layed out. This is a guidline only to
assist in the bid process. This service does not include cad
generated documents. Drawings will be turned in via
PDF(Non Cad). It is the responsibility of the owner or
contractor to get these mark-ups translated on to the cad
shop drawings for the project record. 4 10/7/2020
Furnish PDF Rack Elevations: Create PDF of rack
elevations to define space required for basic or basic and
add alternate components to have proper ventallation and
cable management. This service does not include cad
generated documents. Drawings will be turned in via PDF.
It is the responsibility of the owner or contractor to get
these mark-ups translated on to the cad shop drawings
for the project record. N/A
Furnish PDF Rack Power Schematic: Create a 1 line
diagram indicating power outlet requirement, inclusive of
sequencers, surge protection, and power conditioning.
This service does not include cad generated documents.
Drawings will be turned in via PDF. It is the responsibility
of the owner or contractor to get these mark-ups
translated on to the cad shop drawings for the project
record. N/A
Furnish PDF Screen or Display Elevations: Develop
Screen/Display height elevation drawing in PDF. This
service does not include cad generated documents.
Drawings will be turned in via PDF. It is the responsibility
of the owner or contractor to get these mark-ups
translated on to the cad shop drawings for the project
record. 2 10/7/2020
Page 2 of 3
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
132
Engineering Design Activity Hours
Estimated
Completion Date
Furnish Site Lines for Speakers, Displays, Camera's:
Create a drawing which indicates the site lines for
displays, coverage paterns for speakers, or viewing area
of broadcast or surveillance camera's. This service does
not include cad generated documents. Drawings will be
turned in via PDF. It is the responsibility of the owner or
contractor to get these mark-ups translated on to the cad
shop drawings for the project record. N/A
Furnish IP range list, port requirements, bandwidth
requirement, vlan detail: Outline the requirements of
the data network and how it will be connected to the
technology systems. Supply bandwidth study, and or IP
list of requirements. N/A
Services Total Estimate
Signature:Date:
Not to exceed 40 hours or 5000 dollars
Page 3 of 3
DocuSign Envelope ID: 5FD7327D-4B8D-47E1-A14E-6CCE626E0C48
133
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road Suite 106
Grand Junction CO 81505
Phone 970-242-3900
Fax 970-797-1470
www.myavexpert.com
Original contract #2020-086
Change Order #1
Rough in and installation for AV systems City of Aspen
Galena City Offices: COA Capital Project #51112
Amount $125,612.23
Jeremiah Hines
Owner: Audio Video Experts
970-242-3900
jhines@myavexpert.com
134
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Cover Page
AV 1
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
Aspen City – Council Chambers AV System
Shop Drawings 2/1/21
+ - D + -
Standard Wire Pinouts
XLR FEMALE
T568 B
BALANCED INPUT/
OUTPUT
BALANCED INPUT/
OUTPUT
UNBALANCED INPUT
UNBALANCED
OUTPUT
DA-LITE
SCREEN CONTROL
UNBALANCED INPUT
UNBALANCED
OUTPUT
XLR MALE
U D C
2 1 G
12
3
1 2
3
+ - D
+ - D
+ - D + -
+ - D
+ - D + -
TX RX GND
2 3 5
RJ45 TO RS-232
ADAPTER
SCREEN
INNOVATIONS
SCREEN CONTROLU C D
2 G 1
RG6
SPK 12-2
SPK 14-2
SPK 14-4
SPK 16-2
SPK 16-4
Cat5
Cat5 SH
Cat6
Cat6 SH
Mic 1PR
Mic 2PR
HDMI
Antenna
SDI
Cresnet
VGA
Name
Phone Number
Email
Physical Address
Contact Name
Contact Number
Contact Email
Site Address
135
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Symbol Legend
AV 2
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
FP
PJ
DM
TP
SC
S
CAM
KP
MIC
CC
AT
VC
AV
WAP
MED
Screen
ALS
TP
FB
DTA
AV
DM
MIC
POD
NVX
PH
CM
S
CAM
PJ
SM
CB
FP
WAP
ALS
AT
DM
NVX
Screen
USB
USB
WALL MOUNTED DEVICES Project LegendCEILING MOUNTED DEVICES FLOOR/TABLE MOUNTED DEVICES
WALL MOUNTED FLAT PANEL
WALL MOUNTED PROJECTOR
DIGITAL MEDIA INPUT DEVICE
TYPICALLY HDMI AND VGA CONNECTIVITY
WALL MOUNTED TOUCH SCREEN INTERFACE
WALL MOUNTED SCREEN CONTROLLER
WALL MOUNTED LOUD SPEAKER
WALL MOUNTED CAMERA
WALL MOUNTED HARD BUTTON KEYPAD CONTROLLER
WALL MOUNTED MICROPHONE INPUT PLATE
WALL MOUNTED MICROPHONE ANTENNA
WALL MOUNTED VOLUME CONTROLLER
WALL MOUNTED AV INPUT PLATE
WALL MOUNTED WIRELESS ACCESS POINT
WALL MOUNTED MEDIA PLATE
WALL MOUNTED ASSISTED LISTEN ANTENNA
WALL MOUNTED USB DEVICE
WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT RACK
WALL MOUNTED PJECTION SCREEN
CAN BE FIXED OR MOTORIZED
CEILING MOUNTED RECESSED PROJECTOR SCREEN
CEILING MOUNTED SPEAKER
CEILING MOUNTED CAMERA
CEILING MOUNTED PROJECTOR. POLE MOUNT
STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING
CEILING MOUNTED SOUND MASKING SPEAKER
CEILING MOUNTED CONNECTIVITY BOX
CEILING MOUNTED FLAT PANEL DISPLAY. POLE MOUNT
STRUCTURE ABOVE CEILING
CEILING MOUNTED WIRELESS ACCESS POINT
CEILING MOUNTED ASSISTED LISTEN ANTENNA
CEILING MOUNTED MICROPHONE
CEILING MOUNTED MICROPHONE ANTENNA
CEILING MOUNTED DIGITAL MEDIA DEVICE
CEILING MOUNTED AV OVER IP DEVICE
TABLE MOUNTED CABLE CUBBY
TABLE MOUNTED TOUCH PANEL INTERFACE
FLOOR BOX
FLOOR/TABLE MOUNTED DATA DROP
FLOOR/TABLE MOUNTED AV INPUT CONNECTIVITY
FLOOR/TABLE MOUNTED DIGITAL MEDIA DEVICE
FLOOR/TABLE MICROPHONE INPUT DEVICE
FLOOR STANDING PODIUM
FLOOR/TABLE MOUNTED AV OVER IP DEVICE
FLOOR/TABLE MOUNTED USB CONNECTIVITY DEVICE
CONFERENCE PHONE
FLOOR STANDING AV RACK
136
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Overall Floor Plan -
Main Level
AV 3
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
SOW
CONFERENCE
2002
137
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Overall Floor Plan -
Upper Level
AV 4
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
SOW
PRE-FUNCTION
3002
SOW
COUNCIL CHAMBERS
3020
SOW
MULTI PURPOSE
3003
138
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Multi-Purpose Room
Floor Plan
AV 5
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
S S
SS
CMCM
CC
CC
FP
S
S S
S
FP
NVX-MPR-5
1 – CAT6
CAM-MPR-7
USB-MPR-1
1 – CAT6
1-65' USB
SPK-MPR-1
1 – 16/2
NVX-MPR-4
1 – CAT6
DTA-MPR-1
NVX-MPR-3
2 – CAT6
PLINK-MPR-1
1 – CAT6 TO HE
PLINK-MPR-2
PLINK-MPR-2
1 – CAT6 MIC1
SPK-PRE-2
1-16/2
NVX-PRE-12
1 – CAT6
BLUE TEXT – DEVICE
WIRED TO HEAD END
RED TEXT – DEVICE
WIRED BETWEEN
DEVICES
PRE FUNCTION TO BE WIRED TO MULTI-PURPOSE RACK
CAM
Conduit Notes:
1.) Speakers to have 1" Conduit connected to single gang ceiling boxes, all should be connected with a 1" pipe going to AV Headend, wires can run free
where necessary, it is expected that the council chambers will look better with all finished pipe to speaker locations.
2.) Ceilng Mics to have 1 inch conduit connected to single gang box, wires may run free in hallway. AVExperts to mount adjustable post for mics and
complete wiring.
3.) FP boxes in room 3003 to have 1" Conduit to local head end
4.)Pre-function back box to have 1" conduit to Council Chambers head end.
TP
FP
NVX-MPR-6
1 – CAT6
139
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Council Chambers Floor
Plan
AV 6
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
SPK-CNCL-1
1 – 16/2
SPK-CNCL-2
1 – 16/2
SPK-CNCL-3
1 – 16/2
SPK-CNCL-4
1 – 16/2
FP
FP
FP
SP
SEAT 1
SEAT
11
PRESENT
1
PRESENT
2
PRESENT
3
DTA-MIC-1
1 CAT5 TO HE
DTA-MIC-2
DTA-MIC-2
CAT5 TO MIC 1
FB
FB
FB
TP
PRESENT
TV
AUDIENCE
TV2
AUDIENCE
TV 1
SEAT 3 SEAT 2
SEAT
10
SEAT
9
SEAT
6
NVX-CNCL-3
MIC-POD-1
MIC-POD-2
1 CAT, 2 MIC
MIC-POD-3
1 MIC
NVX-CNCL-4
DTA-CNCL-2
2 CAT
1 CUSTOM
SNAKES
DTA-CNCL-1
1 CAT
NVX-BCST-11
DAN-BCST-12
DAN-BCST-13
DAN-BCST-14
MIC-BCST-1
MIC-BCST-2
4 CAT
2 MIC
NVX-CNCL-6
1 CAT
NVX-CNCL-7
1 CAT
NVX-CNCL-8
1 CAT
BLUE TEXT – DEVICE
WIRED TO AV HEAD END
RED TEXT – DEVICE
WIRED BETWEEN
DEVICES
PURPLE TEXT -
BROADCAST DEVICE TO
BROADCAST CLOSET
TVNVX-CNCL-9
1 CAT
FB SPK-LOOP-1
1 16/2
CM CM
Conduit Notes:
1.) Speakers to have 1" Conduit connected to single gang ceiling boxes, all should be connected with a 1" pipe going to AV Headend, wires can run free
where necessary, it is expected that the council chambers will look better with all finished pipe to speaker locations.
2.) Ceilng Mics to have 1 inch conduit connected to single gang box, wires may run free in hallway. AVExperts to mount adjustable post for mics and
complete wiring.
3.) Cabling for microphones to come through existing floor boxes. This is a microphone snake so this will be run through a grommet plate, but will not have
a connection point as they don’t make a connector for snakes in that floorbox type. Cable shall run in 1 ½” Conduit to core location at AV Headend
4.) 1" Conduit to headend from all FP locations to AV Headend
5.) 2 1" Conduits will need to run from AV Headend to Broadcast headend.
6.) VTC camera’s in Council Chambers will need a 1" Conduit to Broadcast headend.
NVX-CNCL-6
1 CAT
FB
NVX-CNCL-5
DTA-TP-FUT
2 CAT
1 CUSTOM
SNAKES
140
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Council Chambers
Listen Loop
AV 7
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
SOLDER 16/2 TO FLAT COPPER TAPE
CONNECTION MADE OUTSIDE LAST
FLOOR BOX COVERED BY TABLE
141
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Conference 2002 Floor
Plan
AV 8
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
NVX-CONF-18
1 CAT
NVX-CONF-21
1 CAT
FP
SPK-CONF-3
1 16/2
SPDTA-CONF-17
1 CAT
DTA-CONF-16
1 CAT
ROOM WIRED BACK TO MULTI PURPOSE 3003 RACK
CAM
DTA-CAM-22
1 CAT
CM
CM
PLINK-MPR-1
1 CAT5 TO HE
PLINK-MPR-2
PLINK-MPR-2
CAT5 TO MIC
1
S
S
S
S
S
S
142
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Rio Grande Floor Plan
AV 9
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
SS
SS
CM
Middle AtlanticRCS-1824RKS-2Rolling Floor
Rack
FP
CAM
75" Flat Panel
Television
TPCC SP
143
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Private Council
Chambers 2003
AV 10
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
S S
S S
CMCM
SP
75"
Display
CAM
TP
CC CC
144
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Multipurpose Room TV
Elevation
AV 11
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
60"35.415"84.585"3 2X6 BACKED ABOVE
AND BELOW 60". 4
BAYS EITHER SIDE
OF CENTERLINE
NOT TO SCALE
FOR REFERENCE
ONLY 60" AFFELEVATION OF BRACKET IS
NOT FINAL
FINAL HEIGHT TBD ON SITE
BASED ON DISPLAY
MOUNTING OPTIONS
86.37"
CHIEF PAC
BOXES BY
ELECTRICAL
CONTRACTOR49.17"145
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Council Chambers TV
Elevation
AV 12
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
84" AFF59.5"108.53 2X6 BACKED ABOVE
AND BELOW 84". 2
BAYS EITHER SIDE
OF CENTERLINE
NOT TO SCALE
FOR REFERENCE
ONLY
ELEVATION OF BRACKET IS
NOT FINAL
FINAL HEIGHT TBD ON SITE
BASED ON DISPLAY
MOUNTING OPTIONS 84" AFF84" AFF61.625"+106.375”49.17"86.37
43.2575.25"
PRESENTATION DISPLAY AUDIENCE DISPLAYS
FINISHED FLOOR
146
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Conference 2002 TV
Elevation
AV 13
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
3 2X6 BACKED ABOVE
AND BELOW 84". 2
BAYS EITHER SIDE
OF CENTERLINE
NOT TO SCALE
FOR REFERENCE
ONLY
ELEVATION OF BRACKET IS
NOT FINAL
FINAL HEIGHT TBD ON SITE
BASED ON DISPLAY
MOUNTING OPTIONS 60" AFF60" AFFOWNER FURNISHED DISPLAY DIMENSIONS TBD
FINISHED FLOOR
147
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
MPR / Pre-Function
Schematic
AV 14
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
Middle Atlantic ERK-4425-AV
IN OUTRKS-MUL-1
RG6
SPK 12-2
SPK 14-2
SPK 14-4
SPK 16-2
SPK 16-4
Cat5
Cat5 SH
Cat6
Cat6 SH
Mic 1PR
Mic 2PR
HDMI
Antenna
SDI
Cresnet
VGA
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-MUL-1
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTHDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
AUDIO +/- - AUD-RL/GND - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - CTRL/GND - IR
PHOENIX - CTRL - COM TX
PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 2 - DATA - RJ45
SERIAL - DATA - RJ45
USB B 1 - DATA - USB
IR - CTRL/GND - PHOENIX
COM RX - CTRL - PHOENIX
USB B 2 - DATA - USB
USB - DATA - USB
FIBER - DATA - SC
POWER - 24VDC - DC
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-MUL-2
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTHDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
AUDIO +/- - AUD-RL/GND - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - CTRL/GND - IR
PHOENIX - CTRL - COM TX
PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 2 - DATA - RJ45
SERIAL - DATA - RJ45
USB B 1 - DATA - USB
IR - CTRL/GND - PHOENIX
COM RX - CTRL - PHOENIX
USB B 2 - DATA - USB
USB - DATA - USB
FIBER - DATA - SC
POWER - 24VDC - DC
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-MUL-3
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTHDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
AUDIO +/- - AUD-RL/GND - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - CTRL/GND - IR
PHOENIX - CTRL - COM TX
PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 2 - DATA - RJ45
SERIAL - DATA - RJ45
USB B 1 - DATA - USB
IR - CTRL/GND - PHOENIX
COM RX - CTRL - PHOENIX
USB B 2 - DATA - USB
USB - DATA - USB
FIBER - DATA - SC
POWER - 24VDC - DC
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-MUL-5
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTHDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
AUDIO +/- - AUD-RL/GND - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - CTRL/GND - IR
PHOENIX - CTRL - COM TX
PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 2 - DATA - RJ45
SERIAL - DATA - RJ45
USB B 1 - DATA - USB
IR - CTRL/GND - PHOENIX
COM RX - CTRL - PHOENIX
USB B 2 - DATA - USB
USB - DATA - USB
FIBER - DATA - SC
POWER - 24VDC - DC
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
IN - PHOENIX - SPEAKER
Tannoy
OCV6WH
SPK-MUL-1
LEA Professional CONNECT 164D
IN OUTAMP-2
PHOENIX - AUD/GND - CHANNEL 1 +/-POWER - 100-240VAC - AC PLUG
CHANNEL 1 +/- - AUD/GND - PHOENIX
CHANNEL 2 +/- - AUD/GND - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - AUD/GND - CHANNEL 2 +/-
PHOENIX - AUD/GND - CHANNEL 3 +/-
PHOENIX - AUD/GND - CHANNEL 4 +/-
3-PIN AMPHENOL ANYTEK - CTRL/GND - REMOTE I/O
CHANNEL 3 +/- - AUD/GND - PHOENIX
CHANNEL 4 +/- - AUD/GND - PHOENIX
REMOTE I/O - CTRL/GND - 3-PIN AMPHENOL ANYTEK
CONTROL - DATA - RJ45
DANTE PRIMARY - DATA - RJ45
DANTE SECONDARY - DATA - RJ45
3-PIN AMPHENOL ANYTEK - CTRL/GND - FAULT STATUS
NEC Display Solutions C981Q
IN OUTDIS-MUL-4
POWER - 120VAC - ACPLUG DISPLAYPORT - DVID - DISPLAYPORT
HDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 3 - DVID - HDMI
DISPLAYPORT 1 - DVID - DISPLAYPORT
DISPLAYPORT 2 - DVID - DISPLAYPORT
MICRO SD - DATA - CARD SLOT
REMOTE - CTRL - 3.5MM.
AUDIO - AUD-RL - 3.5MM.
USB 2.0 A - DATA - USB
PUSHBUTTON - SPK-RL - SPEAKER +/-
USB B - DATA - USB
USB A - DATA - USB
LAN 1 - DATA - RJ45
LAN 2 - DATA - RJ45
RS-232C - CTRL - DB9
3.5MM. - AUD-RL - AUDIO
Vaddio IP Ecosystem Camera
IN OUTCAM-MUL-1
ClearOne POE Power Supply Kit
IN OUTPOW-MUL-1
RJ45 - P-LINK - POEIN - P-LINK - RJ45
CRESTRON TSS-770-B-S-LB KIT
IN OUTTOU-MUL-1
USB - HID - USBPOE - DATA - RJ45
ClearOne Converge Pro2 128VTD
IN OUTDA-MUL-2
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 1CH 1 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 2 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 3 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 2
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 3
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 4
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 5
CH 4 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 5 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 6 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 7 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 8 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 9 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 10 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 11 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 12 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
AUDIO - HID - USB B
VOIP - VOIP - RJ45
PRI - DANTE - RJ45
SEC - DANTE - RJ45
LAN - DATA - RJ45
TELCO - POTS - RJ12
POE - P-LINK - RJ45
CLINK IN - C-LINK - RJ45
RS-232 - RS-232 - DB9
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 6
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 7
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 8
RJ45 - P-LINK - OUT
RJ45 - C-LINK - OUT
OUT - P-LINK - RJ45
Netgear GSM4328PB-100NES
IN OUTNET-MUL-1
POE+ 1 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 2 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 3 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 1
POE+ 4 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 5 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 6 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 7 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 8 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 9 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 10 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 11 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 12 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 13 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 14 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 15 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 16 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 17 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 18 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 19 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 20 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 21 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 22 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 23 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 24 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
SFP 1 - DATA - SFP+
SFP 2 - DATA - SFP+
USB - DATA - USB
ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 2 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 3 - DATA - RJ45
CONSOLE - DATA - RJ45
POWER - 240VAC - AC PLUG
MINI USB - DATA - USB
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 2
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 3
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 4
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 5
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 6
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 7
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 8
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 9
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 10
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 11
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 12
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 13
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 14
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 15
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 16
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 17
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 18
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 19
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 20
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 21
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 22
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 23
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 24
SFP+ - DATA - SFP 1
SFP+ - DATA - SFP 2
USB - DATA - USB
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 3
RJ45 - DATA - CONSOLE
AC PLUG - 240VAC - POWER
USB - DATA - MINI USB
DTA-RET-1
DTA-RET-1
HDI-RET-1
HDI-RET-1
DTA-RET-2
DTA-RET-2
HDI-RET-2
HDI-RET-2
GENERIC OFE PC
IN OUTACC-MUL-5
HDMI - DVID - HDMIHID - USB - USB
HID - USB - USB
HID - USB - USB
DB15 - VGA - VGA
DISPLAY PORT - DVID - DPORT
DVI-I - DVID - DVI
USB - HID - USB
LAN - DATA - RJ45
USB - HID - USB
3.5MM. - AUDIO - OUT
SPK-MPR-1
SPK-MPR-1
Crestron Electronics FT2-500-ELEC-B
IN OUTSTR-MUL-1
HDMI - DVID - RETRACTOR
RJ45 - DATA - RETRACTOR
Crestron Electronics FT2-500-ELEC-B
IN OUTSTR-MUL-5
HDMI - DVID - RETRACTOR
RJ45 - DATA - RETRACTOR
OFE DATA CONNECTION
FLOORBOX
OFE DATA CONNECTION
FLOORBOX
IN - PHOENIX - SPEAKER
Tannoy
OCV6WH
SPK-300-1
SPK-PRE-2
SPK-PRE-2
OVERFLOW SPEAKERS
QTY 4 TAPPED AT 30 WATTS
PRE-FUNCTION SPEAKERS
QTY 4 TAPPED AT 30 WATTS
Sony XBR-75X850G
IN OUTDIS-300-1
ETHERNET - DATA - RJ45 TOSLINK - SPDIF - OPTICAL
ANTENNA - RF - F
COMPOSITE - CVID - RCA
COMPONENT - YPRPB - RCA
RS-232C - CTRL - 3.5MM.
HDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 3 (ARC) - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 4 - DVID - HDMI
3.5MM. - AUD-RL - HEADPHONE
USB 1 - DATA - USB
USB 2 - DATA - USB
USB 3 - DATA - USB
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-300-2
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTHDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
AUDIO +/- - AUD-RL/GND - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - CTRL/GND - IR
PHOENIX - CTRL - COM TX
PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 2 - DATA - RJ45
SERIAL - DATA - RJ45
USB B 1 - DATA - USB
IR - CTRL/GND - PHOENIX
COM RX - CTRL - PHOENIX
USB B 2 - DATA - USB
USB - DATA - USB
FIBER - DATA - SC
POWER - 24VDC - DC
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
PRE-FUNCTION 3002
NVX-PRE-12
NVX-PRE-12
NVX-MPR-3
NVX-MPR-3
NVX-MPR-4
NVX-MPR-4
NVX-MPR-5
NVX-MPR-5
CAM-MPR-7
CAM-MPR-7
DTA-MPR-1
DTA-MPR-2
PLINK-MPR-1
PLINK-MPR-2
PLINK-MPR-2
ClearOne BMA 360
IN OUTMIC-MUL-1
EUROBLOCK - AUD-RL - AUDIO 1POWER - 240VAC - AC PLUG
POE - POWER/DATA - RJ45
P-LINK BUS - DATA - RJ45
EUROBLOCK - AUD-RL - AUDIO 2
RJ45 - DATA - P-LINK BUS
ClearOne BMA 360
IN OUTMIC-MUL-2
EUROBLOCK - AUD-RL - AUDIO 1POWER - 240VAC - AC PLUG
POE - POWER/DATA - RJ45
P-LINK BUS - DATA - RJ45
EUROBLOCK - AUD-RL - AUDIO 2
RJ45 - DATA - P-LINK BUS
DTA-MPR-10
DTA-MPR-9
DAN-MPR-8
DAN-MPR-11
FIBER CONNECTION
TO COUNCIL
CHAMBERS RACK
CRESTRON TS-1070-B-S
IN OUTTOU-1
POE - DATA - RJ45 USB - HID - USB
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTNVX-PGM-MPR
PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTNVX-PGM-PRE
PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
NVX-MPR-14
NVX-PRE-13
NVX-MPR-12MIC-PRE-2
MIC-PRE-2
MIC-MPR-1
MIC-MPR-1
Chief PDRUB
IN OUTMNT-MUL-1
Chief PDRUB
IN OUTMNT-300-1
AUD-PRE-2
AUD-PRE-2
AUD-MPR-1
AUD-MPR-1
Chief CMS391
IN OUTMNT-MUL-2
Chief RLC1
IN OUTMNT-MUL-3
NEC P554
IN OUTDIS-MUL-6
DISPLAY PORT - DVID - DISPLAY PORTHDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
DVI-D - DVID - DVI-D
RJ45 - DATA - LAN
DISPLAY PORT 1 - DVID - DISPLAY PORT
DISPLAY PORT 2 - DVID - DISPLAY PORT
PC - VGA - DB15
AV - CMPST VID - RCA
LAN - DATA - RJ45
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-MUL-7
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTHDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
AUDIO +/- - AUD-RL/GND - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - CTRL/GND - IR
PHOENIX - CTRL - COM TX
PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 2 - DATA - RJ45
SERIAL - DATA - RJ45
USB B 1 - DATA - USB
IR - CTRL/GND - PHOENIX
COM RX - CTRL - PHOENIX
USB B 2 - DATA - USB
USB - DATA - USB
FIBER - DATA - SC
POWER - 24VDC - DC
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
NVX-MPR-6
NVX-MPR-6
Chief CMS0305
IN OUTRKS-MUL-2
148
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Council Chambers
Schematic
AV 15
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
BROADCAST CLOSET 3022
Middle Atlantic ERK-4425-AV
IN OUTRKS-1
RG6
SPK 12-2
SPK 14-2
SPK 14-4
SPK 16-2
SPK 16-4
Cat5
Cat5 SH
Cat6
Cat6 SH
Mic 1PR
Mic 2PR
HDMI
Antenna
SDI
Cresnet
VGA
IN - PHOENIX - SPEAKER
Tannoy
OCV6WH
SPK-1
IN - PHOENIX - SPEAKER
Tannoy
OCV6WH
SPK-3
IN - PHOENIX - SPEAKER
Tannoy
OCV6WH
SPK-5
IN - PHOENIX - SPEAKER
Tannoy
OCV6WH
SPK-7
CHAMBERS PRESENTER SPK
QTY 2 TAPPED AT 60 WATTS
CHAMBERS AUDIENCE 1
QTY 2 TAPPED AT 60 WATTS
CHAMBERS AUDIENCE 2
QTY 2 TAPPED AT 60 WATTS
CHAMBERS COUNCIL SPK
QTY 2 TAPPED AT 60 WATTS
SPK-CNCL-1
SPK-CNCL-1
SPK-CNCL-2
SPK-CNCL-2
SPK-CNCL-3 SPK-CNCL-3SPK-CNCL-4
SPK-CNCL-4
LEA Professional CONNECT 164D
IN OUTAMP-1
PHOENIX - AUD/GND - CHANNEL 1 +/-POWER - 100-240VAC - AC PLUG
CHANNEL 1 +/- - AUD/GND - PHOENIX
CHANNEL 2 +/- - AUD/GND - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - AUD/GND - CHANNEL 2 +/-
PHOENIX - AUD/GND - CHANNEL 3 +/-
PHOENIX - AUD/GND - CHANNEL 4 +/-
3-PIN AMPHENOL ANYTEK - CTRL/GND - REMOTE I/O
CHANNEL 3 +/- - AUD/GND - PHOENIX
CHANNEL 4 +/- - AUD/GND - PHOENIX
REMOTE I/O - CTRL/GND - 3-PIN AMPHENOL ANYTEK
CONTROL - DATA - RJ45
DANTE PRIMARY - DATA - RJ45
DANTE SECONDARY - DATA - RJ45
3-PIN AMPHENOL ANYTEK - CTRL/GND - FAULT STATUS
Sony XBR-85X850G
IN OUTDIS-COU-4
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
ETHERNET - DATA - RJ45
Sony XBR-85X850G
IN OUTDIS-COU-5
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
ETHERNET - DATA - RJ45
Sony XBR-75X850G
IN OUTDIS-COU-7
ETHERNET - DATA - RJ45
HDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-1
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-2
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-3
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
TV 1
PRESENTER
DISPLAY
TV 2
AUDIENCE 1
DISPLAY
TV 3
AUDIENCE 2
DISPLAY
ClearOne Converge Pro2 128VTD
IN OUTDA-1
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 1CH 1 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 2 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 3 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 2
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 3
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 4
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 5
CH 4 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 5 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 6 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 7 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 8 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 9 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 10 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 11 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 12 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
AUDIO - HID - USB B
VOIP - VOIP - RJ45
PRI - DANTE - RJ45
SEC - DANTE - RJ45
LAN - DATA - RJ45
TELCO - POTS - RJ12
OUT - P-LINK - RJ45
POE - P-LINK - RJ45
CLINK IN - C-LINK - RJ45
RS-232 - RS-232 - DB9
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 6
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 7
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 8
RJ45 - P-LINK - OUT
RJ45 - C-LINK - OUT
ClearOne Converge Pro2 128VTD
IN OUTDA-MUL-1
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 1CH 1 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 2 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 3 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 2
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 3
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 4
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 5
CH 4 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
PRI - DANTE - RJ45
LAN - DATA - RJ45
CLINK IN - C-LINK - RJ45
RJ45 - C-LINK - OUT
C-LINK-2
CLINK-1
CRESTRON DM-XIO-DIR-80
IN OUTDIS-10
LAN 1 - DATA - RJ45
MGMT - CTRL - RJ45
Denon Pro DN-700R
IN OUTREC-COU-1
XLR - ANALOG - BALANCED LMIC/LINE L - ANALOG - XLR
MIC/LINE R - ANALOG - XLR
UNBALANCED - ANALOG - RCA
XLR - ANALOG - BALANCED R
RCA - ANALOG - UNBALANCED
XLR - DIGITAL - AES/EBU
RCA - DIGITAL - COAXIAL
AES/EBU - DIGITAL - XLR
COAXIAL - DIGITAL - RCA
LAN - DATA - RJ45
RS-232 - CONTROL - DB9
Netgear GSM4328PB-100NES
IN OUTNET-COU-1
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 1POE+ 1 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 2 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 3 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 2
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 3
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 4
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 5
POE+ 4 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 5 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 6 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 7 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 8 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 9 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 10 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 11 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 12 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 13 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 14 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 15 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 16 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 17 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 18 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 19 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 20 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 21 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 22 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 23 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 24 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
SFP 1 - DATA - SFP+
SFP 2 - DATA - SFP+
USB - DATA - USB
ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 2 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 3 - DATA - RJ45
CONSOLE - DATA - RJ45
POWER - 240VAC - AC PLUG
MINI USB - DATA - USB
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 6
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 7
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 8
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 9
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 10
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 11
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 12
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 13
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 14
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 15
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 16
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 17
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 18
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 19
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 20
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 21
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 22
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 23
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 24
SFP+ - DATA - SFP 1
SFP+ - DATA - SFP 2
USB - DATA - USB
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 3
RJ45 - DATA - CONSOLE
AC PLUG - 240VAC - POWER
USB - DATA - MINI USB
Crestron Electronics CP4N
IN OUTCTL-COU-1
LAN - DATA - RJ45
CONTROL SUBNET - CTRL - RJ45
NEC NEC C981Q
IN OUTDIS-COU-1
IN 1 - DVID - HDMI
LAN 1 - DATA - RJ45
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-5
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
TV 4
COUNCIL
DISPLAY
Peerless ST680P
IN OUTMNT-5
Chief PDRUB
IN OUTMNT-COU-1
Chief PDRUB
IN OUTMNT-COU-2
CRESTRON TSS-770-B-S-LB KIT
IN OUTTOU-COU-1
USB - HID - USBPOE - DATA - RJ45
CRESTRON TS-1542-TILT-B-S
IN OUTCTL-COU-2
POWER - 24VDC - TERM BLK
USB - DATA - USB
USB B - DATA - USB
GND - GND - SCREW
LAN - DATA - RJ45
DTA-CNCL-1
DTA-CNCL-2
DTA-CNCL-24
DTA-CNCL-23
DAN-CNCL-22
DAN-CNCL-20
DAN-CNCL-17
DTA-CNCL-21
DTA-CNCL-19
DTA-CNCL-18
NVX-CNCL-7
NVX-CNCL-7
NVX-CNCL-8
NVX-CNCL-8
NVX-CNCL-9
NVX-CNCL-9
NVX-CNCL-10
NVX-CNCL-10
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-6
HDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-7
HDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-8
HDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
INPUT 1
PRESENTATION
INPUT 2
COUNCIL - NORTH
INPUT 3
COUNCIL - SOUTH
FIBER CONNECTION
TO MPR RACK
OFE DATA CONNECTION FLOORBOX
OFE DATA CONNECTION FLOORBOX
OFE DATA CONNECTION FLOORBOX
Crestron Electronics FT2-500-ELEC-B
IN OUTSTR-1
HDMI - DVID - RETRACTOR
RJ45 - DATA - RETRACTOR
Crestron Electronics FT2-500-ELEC-B
IN OUTSTR-2
HDMI - DVID - RETRACTOR
RJ45 - DATA - RETRACTOR
Crestron Electronics FT2-500-ELEC-B
IN OUTSTR-3
HDMI - DVID - RETRACTOR
RJ45 - DATA - RETRACTOR
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-9
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTHDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
AUDIO +/- - AUD-RL/GND - PHOENIX PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-COU-3
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
Shure SCM820-DAN
IN OUTSTA-3
TERM BLK - AUD - MIX A
1/4'' TRS - AUD-RL - HEADPHONE
PRIMARY - DANTE - RJ45
Shure SCM820-DAN
IN OUTSTA-COU-1
PRIMARY - DANTE - RJ45
Shure SCM820-DAN
IN OUTSTA-COU-2
PRIMARY - DANTE - RJ45
DAN-CNCL-12
DAN-CNCL-12
DAN-CNCL-13
DAN-CNCL-13
DAN-CNCL-14
DAN-CNCL-14
GRASS ROOTS
BROADCAST
EQUIPMENT
NVX-CNCL-11
NVX-CNCL-11
NVX-CNCL-5
NVX-CNCL-5
NVX-CNCL-4
NVX-CNCL-4
NVX-CNCL-3
NVX-CNCL-3
MINUTE RECORDER
MOUNTED AND CLERK
LOCATION
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTPRESNT 1
XLR - BALANCED - MICMIC - BALANCED - XLR
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTPRESNT 2
XLR - BALANCED - MICMIC - BALANCED - XLR
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTPRESNT 3
XLR - BALANCED - MICMIC - BALANCED - XLR
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTCOUNCIL 1
MIC - BALANCED - XLR XLR - BALANCED - MIC
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTCOUNCIL 2
MIC - BALANCED - XLR XLR - BALANCED - MIC
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTCOUNCIL 3
MIC - BALANCED - XLR XLR - BALANCED - MIC
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTCOUNCIL 4
MIC - BALANCED - XLR XLR - BALANCED - MIC
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTCOUNCIL 5
MIC - BALANCED - XLR XLR - BALANCED - MIC
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTCOUNCIL 6
MIC - BALANCED - XLR XLR - BALANCED - MIC
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTCOUNCIL 7
MIC - BALANCED - XLR XLR - BALANCED - MIC
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTCOUNCIL 8
MIC - BALANCED - XLR XLR - BALANCED - MIC
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTCOUNCIL 9
MIC - BALANCED - XLR XLR - BALANCED - MIC
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTCOUNCIL 10
MIC - BALANCED - XLR XLR - BALANCED - MIC
FSR T3-MJ+1BM-BLK
IN OUTCOUNCIL 11
MIC - BALANCED - XLR XLR - BALANCED - MIC
XLR OUTPUT 1
SNAKE CLOSER
TO CLERK
AUD-REC-1
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-16
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-17
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-18
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-19
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-20
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-21
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-22
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-23
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-24
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-25
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-26
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-27
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-28
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
Audix MGN20
IN OUTMIC-COU-29
XLR - MIC - XLR XLR - MIC - XLR
RapcoHorizon NSPL6X3-75FF
IN OUTSNAKE 1
Wire - MIC - WHIPCH 1 - MIC - XLR
CH 2 - MIC - XLR
CH 3 - MIC - XLR
CH 4 - MIC - XLR
CH 5 - MIC - XLR
CH 6 - MIC - XLR
RapcoHorizon NSPL6X3-75FF
IN OUTSNAKE 2
Wire - MIC - WHIPCH 1 - MIC - XLR
CH 2 - MIC - XLR
CH 3 - MIC - XLR
CH 4 - MIC - XLR
CH 5 - MIC - XLR
CH 6 - MIC - XLR
AUD-AMP-1
AUD-AMP-1
AUD-AMP-2
AUD-AMP-2
AUD-AMP-3
AUD-AMP-3
AUD-AMP-4
AUD-AMP-4
ClearOne BMA 360
IN OUTMIC-COU-1
EUROBLOCK - AUD-RL - AUDIO 1POWER - 240VAC - AC PLUG
POE - POWER/DATA - RJ45
P-LINK BUS - DATA - RJ45
EUROBLOCK - AUD-RL - AUDIO 2
RJ45 - DATA - P-LINK BUS
ClearOne BMA 360
IN OUTMIC-COU-2
EUROBLOCK - AUD-RL - AUDIO 1POWER - 240VAC - AC PLUG
POE - POWER/DATA - RJ45
P-LINK BUS - DATA - RJ45
EUROBLOCK - AUD-RL - AUDIO 2
RJ45 - DATA - P-LINK BUS
CELING MICS
DTA-MIC-1
DTA-MIC-1 DTA-MIC-2
GENERIC OFE PC
IN OUTACC-COU-1
HDMI - DVID - HDMI
3.5MM. - AUDIO - OUT
NVX-CNCL-15
HDI-PC-1MIC-POD-2
MIC-POD-2
MIC-POD-3
MIC-POD-3
MIC-POD-4
MIC-POD-4
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-COU-2
PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45 MIC-PGM-1
MIC-PGM-1
NVX-CNCL-16
MIC
SNAKE 1
MIC
SNAKE 2
MIC-CNCL-5
MIC-CNCL-6
MIC-CNCL-7
MIC-CNCL-13
MIC-CNCL-14
MIC-CNCL-15
MIC-CNCL-16
MIC-CNCL-8
MIC-CNCL-9
MIC-CNCL-10
MIC-CNCL-11
MIC-CNCL-12
Williams AV ILD1000GUS
IN OUTLIS-3
LOOP OUTPUT - Voltage-Signal - SPEAKONINPUT 1 - Line/Mic - XLR
INPUT 2 - Line/Mic - XLR
FLAT COPPER TAPE
HEARING ASSIST
SYSTEM START/FINISH
AT LAST CONDUIT
HIDDEN UNDER DESK
SPK-LOOP-1
Crestron Electronics FT2-500-ELEC-B
IN OUTSTR-COU-1
HDMI - DVID - RETRACTOR
RJ45 - DATA - RETRACTOR
INPUT 4
COUNCIL - MAYOR
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-COU-9
HDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
OFE DATA CONNECTION FLOORBOX
NVX-CNCL-6
NVX-CNCL-6
Shure ULXD8
IN OUTPODIUM
MIC - BALANCED - XLR WIRELESS - MIC - MIC
Shure MX415LPDF/C
IN OUTMIC-COU-3
XLR - BALANCED - MIC
Shure ULXD4
IN OUTDIS-17
XLR - AUDIO - MIC/LINEPOWER - 15VDC - DCPLUG
ETHERNET - DATA - RJ45 1/4'' TRS - AUDIO - AUX
BNC - RF - ANTENNA 1
BNC - RF - ANTENNA 2
MIC-WM-12
149
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Conference 2002
Schematic
AV 16
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
Middle Atlantic ERK-4425-AV
IN OUTRKS-MUL-1
IN - PHOENIX - SPEAKER
Tannoy
OCV6WH
SPK-200-5
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-200-1
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTHDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
AUDIO +/- - AUD-RL/GND - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - CTRL/GND - IR
PHOENIX - CTRL - COM TX
PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 2 - DATA - RJ45
SERIAL - DATA - RJ45
USB B 1 - DATA - USB
IR - CTRL/GND - PHOENIX
COM RX - CTRL - PHOENIX
USB B 2 - DATA - USB
USB - DATA - USB
FIBER - DATA - SC
POWER - 24VDC - DC
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
NVX-CONF-18
NVX-CONF-18
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-200-2
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTHDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
AUDIO +/- - AUD-RL/GND - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - CTRL/GND - IR
PHOENIX - CTRL - COM TX
PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 2 - DATA - RJ45
SERIAL - DATA - RJ45
USB B 1 - DATA - USB
IR - CTRL/GND - PHOENIX
COM RX - CTRL - PHOENIX
USB B 2 - DATA - USB
USB - DATA - USB
FIBER - DATA - SC
POWER - 24VDC - DC
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
Sony XBR-75X850G
IN OUTDIS-200-3
TOSLINK - SPDIF - OPTICALETHERNET - DATA - RJ45
ANTENNA - RF - F
COMPOSITE - CVID - RCA
3.5MM. - AUD-RL - HEADPHONE
COMPONENT - YPRPB - RCA
RS-232C - CTRL - 3.5MM.
HDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 3 (ARC) - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 4 - DVID - HDMI
USB 1 - DATA - USB
USB 2 - DATA - USB
USB 3 - DATA - USB
Crestron Electronics TSW-1070-W-S
IN OUTCTL-4
USB 1 - DATA - USB
USB 2 - DATA - USB
POE - DATA/POWER - RJ45
CRESTRON TSS-770-B-S-LB KIT
IN OUTTOU-200-1
USB - HID - USBPOE - DATA - RJ45
CRESTRON DM-NVX-350
IN OUTDIS-200-4
HDMI - DVID - OUTPUTHDMI 1 - DVID - HDMI
HDMI 2 - DVID - HDMI
AUDIO +/- - AUD-RL/GND - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - CTRL/GND - IR
PHOENIX - CTRL - COM TX
PHOENIX - AUD-RL/GND - AUDIO +/-
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 2 - DATA - RJ45
SERIAL - DATA - RJ45
USB B 1 - DATA - USB
IR - CTRL/GND - PHOENIX
COM RX - CTRL - PHOENIX
USB B 2 - DATA - USB
USB - DATA - USB
FIBER - DATA - SC
POWER - 24VDC - DC
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
ClearOne Converge Pro 2 48VTD
IN OUTAUD-200-1
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 1CH 1 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 2 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
CH 3 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 2
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 3
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 4
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 5
CH 4 - MIC/LINE - PHOENIX
IN 1 - GPIO - PHOENIX
IN 2 - GPIO - PHOENIX
IN 3 - GPIO - PHOENIX
IN 4 - GPIO - PHOENIX
IN 5 - GPIO - PHOENIX
RS-232 - RS-232 - DB9
ETHERNET - DATA - RJ45
P-LINK POE - P-LINK - RJ45
C-LINK IN - C-LINK - RJ45
VOIP - VOIP - RJ45
DANTE 1 - DANTE - RJ45
DANTE 2 - DANTE - RJ45
TELCO - POTS - RJ12
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 6
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 7
PHOENIX - MIC/LINE - CH 8
PHOENIX - GPIO - OUT 1
PHOENIX - GPIO - OUT 2
PHOENIX - GPIO - OUT 3
PHOENIX - GPIO - OUT 4
PHOENIX - GPIO - OUT 5
USB - AUDIO - AUDIO
RJ45 - P-LINK - P-LINK
RJ45 - C-LINK - C-LINK OUT
BINDING - SPK - SPK 1
BINDING - SPK - SPK 2
DTA-CONF-17
DTA-CONF-16
NVX-CONF-21
NVX-CONF-21
DTA-DSP-19
NVX-CONF-20 MIC-CONF-1
MIC-CONF-1 AUD-CONF-1
AUD-CONF-1
SPK-CONF-3 SPK-CONF-3 SPK QTY 4
TAPPED TO 15 WATTS
LEA Professional CONNECT 164D
IN OUTAMP-2
PHOENIX - AUD/GND - CHANNEL 1 +/-POWER - 100-240VAC - AC PLUG
CHANNEL 1 +/- - AUD/GND - PHOENIX
CHANNEL 2 +/- - AUD/GND - PHOENIX
PHOENIX - AUD/GND - CHANNEL 2 +/-
PHOENIX - AUD/GND - CHANNEL 3 +/-
PHOENIX - AUD/GND - CHANNEL 4 +/-
3-PIN AMPHENOL ANYTEK - CTRL/GND - REMOTE I/O
CHANNEL 3 +/- - AUD/GND - PHOENIX
CHANNEL 4 +/- - AUD/GND - PHOENIX
REMOTE I/O - CTRL/GND - 3-PIN AMPHENOL ANYTEK
CONTROL - DATA - RJ45
DANTE PRIMARY - DATA - RJ45
DANTE SECONDARY - DATA - RJ45
3-PIN AMPHENOL ANYTEK - CTRL/GND - FAULT STATUS
Netgear GSM4328PB-100NES
IN OUTNET-MUL-1
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 1POE+ 1 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 2 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 3 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 2
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 3
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 4
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 5
POE+ 4 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 5 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 6 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 7 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 8 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 9 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 10 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 11 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 12 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 13 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 14 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 15 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 16 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 17 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 18 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 19 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 20 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 21 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 22 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 23 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
POE+ 24 - DATA/POWER - RJ45
SFP 1 - DATA - SFP+
SFP 2 - DATA - SFP+
USB - DATA - USB
ETHERNET 1 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 2 - DATA - RJ45
ETHERNET 3 - DATA - RJ45
CONSOLE - DATA - RJ45
POWER - 240VAC - AC PLUG
MINI USB - DATA - USB
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 6
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 7
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 8
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 9
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 10
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 11
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 12
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 13
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 14
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 15
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 16
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 17
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 18
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 19
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 20
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 21
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 22
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 23
RJ45 - DATA/POWER - POE+ 24
SFP+ - DATA - SFP 1
SFP+ - DATA - SFP 2
USB - DATA - USB
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 1
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 2
RJ45 - DATA - ETHERNET 3
RJ45 - DATA - CONSOLE
AC PLUG - 240VAC - POWER
USB - DATA - MINI USB
DTA-MPR-9
DAN-MPR-8
Vaddio EasyIP 10 Camera
IN OUTCAM-200-2
RJ45 - LAN - POE+
Vaddio EasyIP Decoder
IN OUTCAM-200-3
PHOENIX - AUDIO - OUTPUTPOE+ - DATA - RJ45
MIC 1 - EASY MIC - RJ45
MIC 2 - EASY MIC - RJ45
USB 3.0 - HID - USB
ClearOne BMA 360
IN OUTMIC-200-1
EUROBLOCK - AUD-RL - AUDIO 1POWER - 240VAC - AC PLUG
POE - POWER/DATA - RJ45
P-LINK BUS - DATA - RJ45
EUROBLOCK - AUD-RL - AUDIO 2
RJ45 - DATA - P-LINK BUS
CAM-MPR-23
CAM-MPR-22
CAM-MPR-22
150
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Broadcast Schematic
AV 17
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
151
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Rack Elevation
AV 18
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
COUNCIL CHAMBERS RACK MULTI-PURPOSE ROOM RACK
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
16 16
17 17
18 18
19 19
20 20
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
26 26
27 27
28 28
29 29
30 30
31 31
32 32
33 33
34 34
35 35
36 36
37 37
38 38
39 39
40 40
41 41
42 42
43 43
44 44
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
13 13
14 14
15 15
16 16
17 17
18 18
19 19
20 20
21 21
22 22
23 23
24 24
25 25
26 26
27 27
28 28
29 29
30 30
31 31
32 32
33 33
34 34
35 35
36 36
37 37
38 38
39 39
40 40
41 41
42 42
43 43
44 44
LEA CONNECT 164D
CLEAR ONE CONVERGE PRO2 128VTD
PANAMAX M4315-PRO
NETGEAR GSM4328PB-100NES
SHELF FOR CRESTRON NVX
CLEARONE POE INJECTOR
SHELF FOR OFE PC
MULTIPURPOSE 3003
LEA CONNECT 164D
CLEAR ONE CONVERGE PRO2 128VTD
SHELF FOR CRESTRON NVX
CLEARONE POE INJECTOR
SHELF FOR OFE PC
CLEAR ONE CONVERGE PRO2 128VTD
PANAMAX M4315-PRO
NETGEAR GSM4328PB-100NES
CRESTRON DM-NVX-DIO-80
MIDDLE ATLANTIC BR-1 MIDDLE ATLANTIC BR-1
CRESTRON CP4N
970-242-3900
WWW.MYAVEXPERT.COM
970-242-3900
WWW.MYAVEXPERT.COM
SHELF FOR CRESTRON NVX
CONFERENCE 2002
CLEAR ONE CONVERGE PRO2 48VTD
SHELF FOR OFE PC
CONFERENCE 2002
DEVICES FOR
CONFERENCE 2002
152
Dates:
Created - 2/4/2021
Modified - 2/9/2021
Revision 2. 2-4-2021
CO 81601
Table Box Detail
AV 19
Audio Video Experts
565 25 Road
Suite 106
Grand Junction, CO 81505
(970) 242-3900
800-921-4627
FT2-500-
ELEC-B
6.91"7.59"CC TABLE MOUNTED CABLE CUBBY
(2) Located in Multi-purpose
Room 3003 Tables
(4) Located in council
chambers at presentation
desk
Found at all Council seat
locations in Council
Chambers
As well as presentation table
153
1
MEMORANDUM
TO: Mayor and City Council
FROM: Cory Vander Veen, Recreation Director
THROUGH: Austin Weiss, Director of Parks and Recreation
Diane Foster, Assistant City Manager
MEMO DATE: February 17, 2021
MEETING DATE: February 23rd, 2021
RE: Resolution # 23 Operating lease for Truscott Tennis facility
REQUEST OF COUNCIL: The Recreation Department is requesting approval of a new lease
agreement with ZG2ZG Tennis LLC to operate the tennis facility at the City of Aspen golf
course.
SUMMARY AND BACKGROUND: The City of Aspen Parks and Recreation Department
maintains and operates this tennis facility at the City of Aspen Golf Course. The Tennis Club is
home to six regulation clay courts. The City of Aspen Parks and Recreation Department
operates the Aspen Tennis Club, with the goals of providing high-quality tennis instruction,
growth of youth participation in the sport, growth of the tennis program, and providing an
accessible high-quality tennis club experience to the public.
The Aspen Recreation Department has operated the Aspen Tennis Club and has provided all
tennis programming within the City’s Recreation umbrella. The tennis programming has seen
significant growth over the past four years due to the increased popularity of the sport in the
Valley. This demand for high level tennis programming has required a dedicated seasonal
director, and the need for competitive wages for seasonal tennis professionals.
DISCUSSION: In 2020, The Recreation Department, along with the Finance Department and
Human Resources, evaluated the operations of the facility and determined the future success of
the facility would be best served by contracting with an outside operator.
0%
20%
40%
60%
0
2000
4000
2017 2018 2019 2020
Tennis facilty use
participation numbers percent growth
154
2
Multiple factors led to the decision to lease operations of the tennis facility. The first one is the
transition of staff such as the long-time seasonal tennis director and a tenured Recreation
manager retiring last year. The second, is that tennis wages have outgrown what is financially
equitable while under the City of Aspen compensation structure. Last, we are unable to support
a program that has this much rapid year-over-year growth with current available resources.
Aspen Recreation has put in key measures to assure that fees stay within acceptable growth,
ensure that the Aspen School District still has competitive use, and ensure that youth and adult
programming still stay a priority.
With these measures in place, Aspen Recreation completed a bid selection process in 2020 with
three operators submitting proposals. Based on an evaluation rubric, the proposal from ZG2ZG
tennis was selected. We selected ZG2ZG based on their references and operating proposal that
includes specific youth programming and an emphasis on community engagement. Staff feels
they are the best suited to provided high level tennis programming for the community moving
forward. The lease dates agreed upon are from May 31 to September 6 with extensions available
on either end depending on weather conditions. The proposed lease is for a one-year contract
with an option of an additional three years if performance measures are met. This contract is for
the sole use of the tennis facility at the golf course and does not include the multi-purpose public
tennis/pickleball courts that are operated by the Parks and Recreation Departments next to Iselin
field.
Financial impact: The Recreation Department has built into the 2021 operating budget a
reduction of these associated tennis expenses and revenues based on this lease contract. The
Department projects to see revenue of $10,000 in rent by this operator. The Parks Department
will continue annual upkeep and will oversee spring startup of the tennis facility courts which
equates to approximately $29,000 annually. The Recreation Department will manage this
contract and ensure all financial reports are submitted and all performance measures are
followed.
Recommendations: Staff recommends the approval of the new lease contract with ZG2ZG
Tennis LLC to operate the tennis facility at the Aspen Golf Course.
City Manager Comments:
Appendix A: Lease Contract
155
RESOLUTION # 23
(Series of 2021)
A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF ASPEN,
COLORADO, APPROVING A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE CITY OF ASPEN
AND ZG2ZG, LLC. AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO EXECUTE
SAID CONTRACT ON BEHALF OF THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO.
WHEREAS, there has been submitted to the City Council a contract for the
Lease of the Truscott Tennis facility, between the City of Aspen and ZG2ZG LLC,
a true and accurate copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A”.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF
THE CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADO,
That the City Council of the City of Aspen hereby approves that Contract
for lease of the Truscott Tennis facility building between the City of Aspen and
ZG2ZG, LLC., a copy of which is annexed hereto and incorporated herein, and
does hereby authorize the City Manager to execute said agreement on behalf of the
City of Aspen.
INTRODUCED, READ AND ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of
Aspen on the 23
rd day of February, 2021.
Torre, Mayor
I, Nicole Henning, duly appointed and acting City Clerk do certify that the
foregoing is a true and accurate copy of that resolution adopted by the City
Council of the City of Aspen, Colorado, at a meeting held, February 23rd, 2021.
Nicole Henning, City Clerk
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
1
REGULAR MEETING ASPEN CITY COUNCIL FEBRUARY 9TH, 2021
At 4:30 p.m. Mayor Torre called the regular meeting to order with Councilors Richards, Mullins and
Hauenstein joining via video conference. Councilor Mesirow was absent.
Mayor Torre said that Councilor Mesirow is absent due to a death in the family and that he sends his
apologies for missing tonight’s meeting.
PUBLIC COMMENT:
Will Hodges – Mr. Hodges said he is here to express his gratitude on behalf of the 300-400 supporters of
his petition and for council’s hard work last week, as well as to Finance Director, Pete Strecker. You all
are handling a lot right now and these investments are just one among many issues. He is encouraging
council to make this explicit and official. Aspen could make this policy formal and it’s a great step for the
climate. There are 44 cities in the USwho have made this commitment fossil fuel divestment
commitment, but Aspen is not currently counted in this tally.
Mayor Torre said they will be calling on him more as they will need help with this moving forward. Mr.
Strecker is bringing back the financial policy soon and will have this as an agenda item. The city is
dedicated to doing this right moving forward. He thanked Mr. Hodges.
Ben Anderson introduced Tessa Guilander who has a public comment.
Tessa Guilander – Ms. Guilander said she is a freshman at Aspen High School and is bringing forth an
idea for an event to bring awareness to light pollution and energy consumption here in Pitkin County.
We have a few dates in mind in April between the 16th to the 25th, because there are some astrological
events which could be an attraction. We will encourage everyone to turn their lights off for one hour
that night, which will reduce their energy consumption and CO2 from being omitted into the
atmosphere. We would like to set an example and we have support from David Cook of the Aspen Daily
News and Sam Barney who has volunteered to help. We are asking for your help and endorsement.
Councilor Mullins said she thinks this is a great idea. It’s great to coordinate with the city and she would
love to participate. She thanked Tessa for bringing this forward.
Councilor Hauenstein thanked Tessa. He is encouraging participation and supportive of the idea.
Councilor Richards said she is also supportive.
Mayor Torre said we will be in touch to move this forward. This is an opportunity for us to refresh on the
dark sky initiative that we’ve gotten away from a little bit.
COUNCIL COMMENTS:
Councilor Mullins congratulated the Transportation department on receiving 3 million dollars’ worth of
grants. Lynn Rumbaugh and her colleagues worked very hard to get this done.
Councilor Richards said she’s been reading a lot about the ongoing COVID situation and her concerns are
very real. This new variance may be overtaking the vaccination rate. This could lead to the quest for
herd immunity being futile. We aren’t even close to being at the end. If you look at the New York times
again, it’s the resort communities who are having the biggest struggles. This is no time to stop. Today
was also the first day of impeachment hearings and she realizes how fragile democracy is. Lastly, she
would like a report back on how COVID has affected our rental housing project and turnover of units.
167
2
REGULAR MEETING ASPEN CITY COUNCIL FEBRUARY 9TH, 2021
Councilor Hauenstein brought up the dark skies initiative and he said he’s been up at Maroon Lake
taking pictures of the stars and the moon and when you look down valley, you can see the glow of town.
He encourages everyone to find those dark spaces and reminded everyone of John Denver and his Rocky
Mountain High, who also encouraged dark skies. Speaking of COVID, our orange is fading to yellow and
it’s wonderful. The numbers are looking really good. He also wants to extend his condolences to Skippy
for his grandmother’s passing. Avalanche dangers are high, so please be careful out there. Now is not
the time to be in the back country. Ballots should be arriving in the mail soon for the upcoming election.
Please educate yourself on all the candidates. Engage in the process and make sure to vote.
Mayor Torre encouraged everyone to vote. Don’t be scared away from the poles. You can register online
for the March 2
nd election. Please participate. Do the Aspen thing and vote. He mentioned the YPN, and
the new Aspen cookbook for sale in stores and online. The proceeds are going to restaurant worker
relief and it’s a wonderful cause. Thank you to Mark and Jennifer Styslinger for making a sizable
contribution. Mayor Torre said thank you to community members for stepping up. Now is not a time to
get relaxed regarding COVID. We all need to do our piece and wear a mask and be conscientious. He
mentioned all boards that we are advertising for and asked people to please apply.
Mayor Torre said there are no agenda amendments.
CITY MANAGER COMMENTS:
Sara Ott mentioned the COVID dial 2.0. Themeasurements are now recorded using a 7-day rolling
average, instead of a 14-day rolling average. She introduced City Clerk, Nicole Henning to give an
election update.
Ms. Henning said ballots dropped in the mail on February 8th and to please contact the clerk’s office if
you do not see your ballot by February 16th. She said they are encouraging everyone to mail in their
ballot or to drop it in the new ballot box out front of City Hall. She said the handicap spot out front will
be marked for temporary ballot box drop off up until election day. If people wish to come into city hall
to vote, early voting begins on Friday the 12th and they will have one voting booth available for in person
voting. Council Chambers will be the vote center on election day which will be open from 7 a.m. to 7
p.m. and the county will be with new registrations as in years past.
Mayor Torre asked if more elections judges are needed and Ms. Henning said they are doing really well
with response from the public, but if people are still interested in helping to please contact the clerks
office.
BOARD REPORTS:
Councilor Hauenstein said he attended CCLC and they are fully involved in the Saturday Market vendor
evaluations. He is looking forward to a more expanded market this summer. There were some
interviews at the Wheeler Board for an executive director as well and some good options.
Councilor Richards said this Friday will be a CML policy committee meeting and a Club 20 executive
committee call. She and Ann will both be on the CML call.
Mayor Torre said he had CAST with a lot of conversation around housing. There will be a public health
meeting on Thursday, and he wants council to be thinking about Aspen being in yellow restrictions.
168
3
REGULAR MEETING ASPEN CITY COUNCIL FEBRUARY 9TH, 2021
We’ve been trying to be aligned with the state dial as much as we can. He wants council input before
Thursday on continuing alignment.
CONSENT CALENDAR:
Mayor Torre asked to pull the Wheeler Resolutions #017 and #018 and said he would like to make a
comment on the Board Appointments.
Councilor Mullins would like more information on Resolution #015 and would also like to comment on
the Board Appointments.
RESOLUTION #015, SERIES OF 2021 -REMP Allocation for CORE – Phillip Supino, Community
Development Director
Councilor Mullins said she’s interested in the process. She wants to know why this came back to council.
Mr. Supino said this has come to council because in order to transfer funds to CORE, it needs to be in the
form of a resolution. He said Mona Newton in on the line and can speak to this. Ms. Newton said this is
just to formalize the previous discussion that was had with council.
Councilor Hauenstein said his hat goes off to Mona for all she is doing.
RESOLUTION #017 & #018, SERIES OF 2021 – Robert Schober, Asset Project Manager
Mayor Torre said the magnitude of the change order gave him pause and asked Rob for some
explanation. Mr. Shober said there is a discovery process that has been on going. There are two change
orders, one for the stone mason and one for the painting. The depth of embedment of the stones is
much greater than anticipated so the scope has increased significantly. As for the paint, there are
multiple layers on the building that were not discovered until recently, so we must remove all of the
paint layers in order to move forward.
Councilor Richards is supporting the resolution going forward, although it’s never exciting to see cost
increases.
Councilor Hauenstein said he also hates to see change orders. The original scope should have
anticipated this. He said this feels like a bait and switch. He can understand stone, but not the paint. He
will support this, however.
Ms. Ott said that sometimes these aren’t things you can discover ahead of time on projects with a scope
of this size, and until you start doing the work and have onsite monitoring. It would have required a level
of investigation that we really couldn’t get into until now. The lesson learned is we should have asked
for a bigger contingency in the beginning. Mr. Schober said this was budgeted in the project
contingency, and we were expecting something like this along these lines. Councilor Hauenstein said this
makes him feel better.
Councilor Mullins thanked Rob for what they are doing and said it’s important work.
Mayor Torre said the paint change order is very striking to him because it’s more than the original
contract. He understands this is discovery as we go, but he has concerns. He has scheduled a tour to see
the work up close. He does support the work and protecting this beautiful asset. Ms. Ott said that during
his site visit, they will go over the broad scope of work with him.
169
4
REGULAR MEETING ASPEN CITY COUNCIL FEBRUARY 9TH, 2021
Mayor Torre thanked the two appointees for Next Gen and Kids First. Nicholas Byrne is returning to Next
Gen and Michaela Idhammer is being appointed to Kids First.
Councilor Mullins said congratulations and thanked you to the new board members.
Councilor Richards motioned to approve the consent calendar; Councilor Mullins seconded. Roll call
vote: Hauenstein, yes; Mullins, yes; Richards, yes; Torre, yes. 4-0, motion carried.
NOTICE OF CALL UP:HPC Approval of Resolution #27, Series of 2021 for 423 N. Second Street –
Conceptual Major Development, Relocation and Setback Variations – Amy Simon, Planning Director
Ms. Simon said this involves a Victorian home that was moved to it’s current site in the 1950’s and was
placed backwards on the property. The new owner would like to undertake a full restoration and
reposition the house on the site. HPC also approved an extension of this building.
The council asked some questions and Ms. Simon gave more detail.
Councilor Richards said she has no interest in calling this up.
Councilor Mullins said this is a great project and she does not want to call it up.
Councilor Hauenstein said he is not interested in calling this up.
Mayor Torre said he wants to use these beautiful old structures to educate the public and hopes there
could be a plaque to read someday.
PUBLIC HEARINGS – Ordinance #02, Series of 2021 – Wheeler Opera House Board of Advisors – Jim
True, City Attorney.
Mr. True said this is designed to clean up a few items and is change the Board of Directors to Board of
Advisors. This is addressing the new mission statement the board created and allows them to give
direction.
Mayor Torre opened the public hearing.
Mayor Torre closed the public hearing.
Councilor Mullins motioned to approve Ordinance #02, Series of 2021; Councilor Richards seconded.
Mayor Torre received an email earlier today from a board member asking about adding a council
member as ex-officio to the board. He said he isn’t interested in that at the moment as we do have a
non-voting role at this time. If we feel it needs to change in the future, we can address it at that time.
Roll call vote: Hauenstein, yes; Mullins, yes; Richards, yes; Torre, yes. 4-0, motion carried.
ACTION ITEMS:- Resolution #016, Series of 2021 – Council Authorization to Submit Code Amendment
by Private Party – Ben Anderson, City Planner.
Mr. Anderson said this isn’t about approving an amendment. This resolution would give us the
opportunity to receive such an application. It would give direction to pursuing a public outreach
campaign and would require a deposit on the application.
170
5
REGULAR MEETING ASPEN CITY COUNCIL FEBRUARY 9TH, 2021
Councilor Richards said she is familiar with this coming forward from private parties. She understands
the process, but she’s wondering if it will later come to P&Z or council as a thumbs up or down. Ben said
it would go through P&Z first and then end up in front of council for review and make any modifications.
Chris Bendon of Bendon Adams said they have an applicant who has the ability to build on a multifamily
lot. There are conflicting sections in the multifamily district. We think this is something worth talking
about, so ultimately this would be an ordinance to amend your code.
Mayor Torre asked various questions of Mr. Bendon, which he elaborated on. He asked Ben what the
timeline is and he said things are slower right now due to COVID, but if this is approved tonight, he and
Chris will sit down and come up with a plan and timeline. They would discuss public outreach, get in
front of P&Z and coordinate the required policy resolution with first and second reading. A lot of the
heavy lifting will be carried by Chris and his team. This doesn’t have to be a super complicated change.
Most likely late spring to early summer before you see this again.
Mayor Torre said he has concerns, but this does work into other things he would like to be discussing. It
would really come down to housing mitigation for him. Although he’s not against the proposal, he’s not
against someone pursuing an application. He’s on the fence.
Councilor Hauenstein said he has his reservations, and he is also concerned about housing mitigation.
He’s supportive of residential to match that of commercial. He doesn’t want to support it, but there may
be some benefits to the community.
Councilor Richards said we are all speculating right now, but it’s a balancing act and she doesn’t have
hard facts in front of her. We have asked our staff to line up our code in every area to promote the
creation of affordable housing, so we can look at this as a small feat of the larger package of what our
code should be looking like. She’s willing to vote yes on this.
Councilor Mullins said this goes along with many other things they’ve been discussing. Her reservation is
passing a new part of our land use code which has just been prompted by a current application. She
assumed this would not apply to any pending application.
Mayor Torre clarified that if this moves forward, it will not have any effect on a current project on
Cooper Avenue. Mr. Anderson agreed.
Councilor Mullins motioned to approve Resolution #016, Series of 2021; Councilor Hauenstein
seconded.
Mayor Torre said he will support this based on staff comments.
Roll call vote: Hauenstein, yes; Mullins, yes; Richards, yes; Torre, yes. 4-0, motion carried.
Councilor Richards motioned to adjourn; Councilor Mullins seconded.
Mayor Torre said in closing, that he can’t help but notice how many people out there are having a tough
time. Things are difficult for people right now personally, with financial business, employment, kids.
Please seek help and this community is supportive of each other. He wishes everyone well. This
community is coming together for mental support.
Roll call vote: Hauenstein, yes; Mullins, yes; Richards, Torre, yes. 4-0, motion carried.
171
6
REGULAR MEETING ASPEN CITY COUNCIL FEBRUARY 9TH, 2021
_______________________________
City Clerk, Nicole Henning
172
MEMORANDUM
TO: Mayor Torre and Aspen City Council
THROUGH: Phillip Supino, Community Development Director
FROM: Sarah Yoon, Preservation Planner; Community Development
MEMO DATE: February 16, 2021
MEETING DATE: February 23, 2021
RE: Call Up Notice, HPC approval for 925 King Street – Demolition and
Recommendation on the adjustment of the Boundaries of the Historic Designation
and Establishment of TDRs
APPLICANT:
King Street Com LLC, c/o John
Belkin
REPRESENTATIVE:
BendonAdams, LLC
LOCATION:
Street Address:
925 King Street
Legal Description:
Parcel 2 of the Boundary Agreement
Plat recorded April 29, 1983 in Plat
Book 13 at Page 35 as Reception
No. 240935, City and Townsite of
Aspen, Colorado
Parcel Identification:
PID# 2737-074-00-022
CURRENT ZONING & USE:
R-15A (Moderate-Density
Residential); Multiple residential
structures and accessory buildings,
some viewed to be illegally
established residential units
PROPOSED USE:
No change to zoning. One newly
created lot will be vacant and the
other will contain two detached
residential units.
PROCESS SUMMARY: Certain land use approvals granted by
HPC or P&Z require that Council be notified of the decision
through a brief staff summary. The notification is not a public
hearing and no applicant presentation or public comment has
been accepted in the past. During the Call Up Notice, City
Council may uphold the HPC or P&Z decision. Alternatively,
Council may request more detailed information be provided
through a presentation by staff and the applicant at a future
meeting. After hearing the additional project description, Council
may uphold the boards’ decision or may remand it to require
reconsideration of specific issues at a new public hearing. HPC’s
or P&Z’s decision on remand shall be final.
BACKGROUND: 925 King Street is a historically designated
landmark property that contains a total of eight detached
structures including a Victorian era miner’s cabin. Records
indicate an older log cabin was relocated to the site in the 1960s.
The lot is approximately 34,547 sf and in the R-15A zone district.
The 1896 Willit’s Map shows the footprint of a miner’s cabin that
closely resembles the location of the existing miner’s cabin.
Site Locator Map – 925 King Street
925
173
STAFF RECOMMENDATION: HPC approved the request to
demolish six detached structures that do not contribute to the
historical significance of the property. This action is subject to
City Council Call-up. In addition, HPC provided
recommendations supporting the request to establish TDRs
and adjust the boundaries for the historic designation. At a
later date, an application requesting a Subdivision Lot Split
and the establishment of TDRs from the historic lot will be
submitted to City Council for approval. This notice of Call-up
only addresses the approval for demolition. Staff recommends
City Council uphold HPC’s unanimous decision.
Project Details:
The applicant’s proposal for demolition originally included five detached non-historic structures on the
property. The historic miner’s cabin was to remain in its current location and the log cabin identified as
Building #8 was to remain. The historic significance of Building #5 was unclear and was proposed to stay,
which ultimately determined the lot split configuration as seen in Figure 2. Staff supported the proposal
with a request to HPC to further discuss the proposed lot configurations and if it provided an adequate
buffer of space between the two lots.
During the hearing, HPC questioned the historic integrity of Building #5 and found this structure also met
the criteria for demolition. The applicant agreed with this finding and presented an alternative lot split
configuration which complied with underlying zoning and addressed staff’s comments regarding an
adequate buffer between the two lots (Figure 3).
HPC is the final review authority for the request for demolition and a recommending body to Aspen City
Council for the request to adjust the boundaries of the historic designation and for the request to establish
TDRs. Of the five HPC members, two members had to recuse from the discussion due to a conflict of
interest. On January 27th HPC approved the amended request for demolition and recommended Council
support the adjustment to the historic designation boundary and the establishment of two TDRs from the
historic lot by a unanimous vote of 3-0.
Figure 1 – 925 King Street, 2020
Figure 2 – Lot Split Configuration
presented in Application Figure 3 – Revised Lot Split Configuration
Approved during the HPC Hearing
174
FINANCIAL IMPACTS: N/A
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS: N/A
ALTERNATIVES: N/A
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends Council uphold HPC’s decision.
Recommended Motion for Call-up
“I move to call-up HPC’s approval for 925 King Street – Demolition and recommendation to City Council
on the adjustment of the boundaries of the historic designation and the establishment of TDRs.”
CITY MANAGER COMMENTS:
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________.
EXHIBITS:
A – HPC Memo, January 27, 2021
B – HPC Approved Plans
C – HPC Meeting Minutes, January 27, 2021 (draft)
D – HPC Resolution #02, Series of 2021 (draft)
175
Page 1 of 4
130 South Galena Street Aspen, CO 81611-1975 | P: 970.920.5197 | cityofaspen.com
Memorandum
TO: Aspen Historic Preservation Commission
FROM: Sarah Yoon, Historic Preservation Planner
THROUGH: Amy Simon, Planning Director
MEETING DATE: January 27, 2021
RE: 925 King Street – Demolition and recommendation on the adjustment of
the boundaries of the Historic Designation and the Establishment of TDRs,
PUBLIC HEARING
APPLICANT /OWNER:
King Street Com LLC, c/o John
Belkin
REPRESENTATIVE:
BendonAdams LLC
LOCATION:
Street Address:
925 King Street
Legal Description:
Parcel 2 of the Boundary
Agreement Plat recorded April 29,
1983 in Plat Book 13 at Page 35
as Reception No. 240935, City
and Townsite of Aspen, Colorado
Parcel Identification Number:
PID# 2737-074-00-022
CURRENT ZONING & USE
R-15A (Moderate-Density
Residential); Multiple residential
structures and accessory
buildings, some viewed to be
illegally established residential
units.
PROPOSED ZONING & USE:
No change to zoning. One newly
created lot will be vacant and the
other will contain two detached
residential units.
SUMMARY: The applicant requests a Minor Subdivision – Lot Split
approval by City Council to create two separate fee simple lots
where one lot would contain historic structures and be historically
designated and the other lot will be vacant and not designated.
While HPC has no formal role in the Subdivision review, the
applicant requests the following: approval to demolish existing non-
historic structures, a recommendation to Council to amend the
historic designation boundary to exclude the newly created vacant
lot, and a recommendation to Council to establish two TDRs from
the historic lot.
STAFF RECOMMENDATION: Staff supports the application in general
but recommends discussion of the size of the lot containing the
historic resources to ensure adequate room for appropriate
expansion of the resources when proposed at a future date.
Site Locator Map – 925 King Street
925
176
Page 2 of 4
130 South Galena Street Aspen, CO 81611-1975 | P: 970.920.5197 | cityofaspen.com
BACKGROUND:
925 King Street, historically known as 935 King Street, is approximately 34,547 sf in size and
located in the R-15A zone district. The lot contains a Victorian era miner’s cabin and several other
structures, two of which appear to be Victorian era historic resources, although further analysis of
their history and architectural integrity is needed. The entire property is historically designated via
Ordinance #34, Series of 1992.
Over the years, the Victorian miner’s cabin on the site has been covered with contemporary
building materials, but it appears to roughly occupy the same location as depicted in the 1896
Willit’s Map. According to a written account from a previous owner, alterations to the historic
resource and construction/alteration of other buildings on the property occurred in the late 1960s.
Building permits can be found for the following addresses but fail to provide significant clarity: 925
King Street, 935 King Street, and 932 Queen Street.
REQUEST OF HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION (HPC)
The Applicant is requesting the following land use approvals:
•Demolition (Section 26.415.080) for the demolition of existing structures dispersed across
the entire parcel which all fall within the current boundaries of the historic designation. The
historic miner’s cabin (building #7) and two outbuildings identified as buildings #5 and #8
are not part of the demolition request.
•Amendment to the boundaries of the Historic Designation (Section 26.415.030) if Minor
Subdivision – Lot Split is granted by City Council the historic designation boundary line is
requested to be amended to include only the upper lot containing the historically significant
structures.
•Transferable Development Rights TDRs (Section 26.415.110.L) to establish two TDRs by
removing development rights in increments of 250 sf from the proposed newly defined
historic landmark property identified as the upper lot.
The Historic Preservation Commission (HPC) is the final review authority for granting demolition.
This determination is subject to City Council Call-up Notice.
The commission will provide recommendations to City Council for the request to amend the
designation boundary and to establish two TDRs. Final determination on these topics will be by
City Council, in addition to Minor Subdivision – Lot Split.
PROJECT SUMMARY:
The applicant proposes to maintain the historic miner’s cabin (building #7 in the application), along
with buildings #8 and #5 in their current location, while the remaining five detached structures are
proposed to be demolished. A Minor Subdivision – Lot Split is requested from City Council to
create two separate lots. The lot containing the historic structures will be the lot accessed from
King Street and the newly created lot along Queen Street will be vacant. If the Lot Split request is
granted, the applicant requests the historic designation boundary line be adjusted to include just
the lot containing the historic structures. No new development is proposed on either lot at this
time. The applicant requests approval to remove 500 sf of developable floor area from the historic
lot through the establishment of two Transferable Development Rights (TDRs).
177
Page 3 of 4
130 South Galena Street Aspen, CO 81611-1975 | P: 970.920.5197 | cityofaspen.com
STAFF COMMENTS:
1.Historic Designation Boundary Line Adjustment:
City Council will be the review authority for the Minor
Subdivision – Lot Split request where Parcel 2B has
a gross lot area of 15,001 sf and retains three existing
structures while Parcel 2A has a gross lot area of
21,045 sf and is vacant. The proposed location of the
boundary line bisecting the property was drawn to
keep buildings #5, #7 and #8 on the historic lot and
maintain the existing spatial relationships between
structures that may have historical significance. The
proposed parcels are compliant with underlying
zoning.
The applicant requests approval to amend the
boundary lines of the designation following the lot
split. Unlike the neighboring historic lots to the west,
this property is an interior lot where there is limited
public benefit to retain HPC development review over
the bench below the historic structures. The topography of the property prevents the
development on the upper and lower lots from having a strong visual relationship to each other.
For these reasons, staff supports the request for the historic designation to remain only around
the lot containing the resources following the lot split. However, staff does recommend
discussion to ensure that the historic resources are adequately buffered from the future
downhill development and that the newly defined historic lot provides an appropriate envelope
for the approximately 3-4,000 square feet of development likely to be proposed there in the
future, while simultaneously preserving up to three historic resources.
2.Demolition of Existing Structures: There are a total of eight individual structures that have
been identified on the current “fathering” lot. Of the eight structures, the miner’s cabin is clearly
Victorian era construction and buildings #5 and #8 may have historic integrity worth preserving.
It is difficult to fully evaluate the latter two structures at this time due to the incomplete nature
of the historic records, however, the applicant proposes to retain them until further review by
HPC, and to design the upper lot to accommodate the buildings in their current locations. Both
the applicant and staff have examined permit files, maps, aerial photos, letters to the City
written by previous property owners and undertaken physical inspection of the property to
reach the recommended conclusions as to which buildings are appropriate for demolition
within this application.
Staff supports the applicant’s request to demolish the remaining five detached structures
because they were constructed after the period of significance.
Figure 1 – Proposed Lot Split
178
Page 4 of 4
130 South Galena Street Aspen, CO 81611-1975 | P: 970.920.5197 | cityofaspen.com
3.Transferable Development Rights (TDRs): The proposed lot split configuration provides the
historic lot a net size of 13,712 sf. According to the floor area calculations in the application,
the allowable floor area for this lot would be approximately 4,830 sf. If buildings #5, #7, and #8
stay on the historic lot, the remaining allowable floor area is approximately 3,087.50 sf. The
applicant requests 500 sf of developable floor area be removed from the historic lot by
establishing two TDRs. Staff supports the removal of developable floor area from the historic
lot to reduce future development pressure.
REFERRAL COMMENTS:
The application was referred out to other City departments who have requirements that will
significantly affect the permit review. Please see Exhibit B for full comments. The comments are
all applicable to the subdivision review and plat development and are not pertinent to HPC’s
discussion.
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends the Historic Preservation Commission (HPC) approve the requested demolition
and recommend Council support the adjustment to the historic designation boundary and the
establishment of two TDRs after further discussion of the dimensions of the upper lot to ensure
adequate room for appropriate future development on the site. In addition to this evaluation, staff
recommends a condition of approval that Floor Area calculations for the TDR request must be
verified by the Zoning Department prior to the City Council review.
ATTACHMENTS:
Resolution # __, Series of 2021
Exhibit A.1 – Historic Designation / Staff Findings
Exhibit A.2 – Demolition / Staff Findings
Exhibit A.3 – Transferable Development Rights (TDR) / Staff Findings
Exhibit B – Referral Comments
Exhibit C – Letters regarding the history of the property written by past owners
Exhibit D – Application
179
Page 1 of 2
Exhibit A.1
Historic Designation – Boundary Line Amendment
Staff Findings
Section 26.415.030 – Designation of Historic Properties:
The designation of properties to an official list, that is known as the Aspen Inventory of Historic
Landmark Sites and Structures which is maintained by the City, is intended to provide a systematic
public process to determine what buildings, areas and features of the historic built environment
are of value to the community. Designation provides a means of deciding and communicating, in
advance of specific issues or conflicts, what properties are in the public interest to protect.
B. Aspen Victorian:
1. Criteria. To be eligible for designation on the Aspen Inventory of Historic Landmark
Sites and Structures as an example of Aspen Victorian, an individual building, site,
structure or object or a collection of buildings, sites, structures or objects must have a
demonstrated quality of significance. The quality of significance of properties shall be
evaluated according to the criteria described below. When designating a historic district,
the majority of the contributing resources in the district shall meet the criteria described
below:
a) The property or district is deemed significant for its antiquity, in that it contains
structures which can be documented as built during the 19th century, and
b) The property or district possesses an appropriate degree of integrity of location,
setting, design, materials, workmanship and association, given its age. The City
Council shall adopt and make available to the public score sheets and other devices
which shall be used by the Council and Historic Preservation Commission to apply
this criterion.
26.415.030 - Designation of Historic Properties - Aspen Victorian: To be eligible for
designation on the Aspen Inventory of Historic Landmark Sites and Structures as an example of
Aspen Victorian, an individual building, site, structure or object or a collection of buildings, sites,
structures or objects must have a demonstrated quality of significance. The quality of significance
of properties shall be evaluated according to the criteria described below. When designating a
historic district, the majority of the contributing resources in the district shall meet the criteria
described below:
MET NOT MET DOES NOT
APPLY
a. The property or district is deemed significant for its antiquity, in that it contains structures which
can be documented as built during the 19th century, and
b. The property or district possesses an appropriate degree of integrity of location, setting, design,
materials, workmanship and association, given its age. The City Council shall adopt and make
available to the public score sheets and other devices which shall be used by the Council and
Historic Preservation Commission to apply this criterion.
.N/A
MET
Review Criteria for 925 King Street
Following the approval of a subdivision-lot split, an amendment to the
historic designation boundary is requested. Integrity scoring is not
necessary because this is not a request for a new designation.
Summary of Review Criteria for Historic Designation (Amend Boundary)
180
Page 2 of 2
Staff Findings: The property was designated in 1992 due to the presence of development
associated with the Victorian era. Constructed during the period of significance, the historic
miner’s cabin is a contributing landmark that embodies the mining era of Aspen. Although exterior
alterations have been made, the overall form and significant architectural features remain intact.
Two other structures on the site may have been constructed in a similar time period.
The subject property is large and has a significant grade change from north to south. As part of
this application, the applicant requests to amend the designation boundary to be limited to a
proposed newly defined upper lot that contains the historically significant structures. If the lot split
request is approved by City Council, the second lot will not contain any resources nor have a
spatial relationship with the lot that contains the landmarks because of the grade change on the
property. This property is also an interior lot that offers no views of how the lots relate visually.
Staff finds the request to amend the boundary lines of the designation is generally
appropriate but recommends discussion to ensure the lot layout supports future
development in a manner that is sympathetic to the historic resources.
181
Page 1 of 3
Exhibit A.2
Demolition Criteria
Staff Findings
Section 26.415.080 – Demolition of Designated Historic Properties:
It is the intent of this Chapter to preserve the historic and architectural resources that have
demonstrated significance to the community. Consequently, no demolition of properties
designated on the Aspen Inventory of Historic Landmark Site and Structures or properties within
a Historic District will be allowed unless approved by the HPC in accordance with the standards
set forth in this Section.
4) The HPC shall review the application, the staff report and hear evidence presented by
the property owners, parties of interest and members of the general public to determine
if the standards for demolition approval have been met. Demolition shall be approved if
it is demonstrated that the application meets any one of the following criteria:
a) The property has been determined by the City to be an imminent hazard to public
safety and the owner/applicant is unable to make the needed repairs in a timely
manner;
b) The structure is not structurally sound despite evidence of the owner's efforts to
properly maintain the structure;
c) The structure cannot practically be moved to another appropriate location in Aspen;
or
d) No documentation exists to support or demonstrate that the property has historic,
architectural, archaeological, engineering or cultural significance; and
Additionally, for approval to demolish, all of the following criteria must be met:
a) The structure does not contribute to the significance of the parcel or Historic District
in which it is located:
b) The loss of the building, structure or object would not adversely affect the integrity of
the Historic District or its historic, architectural or aesthetic relationship to adjacent
designated properties; and
c) Demolition of the structure will be inconsequential to the historic preservation needs
of the area.
182
Page 2 of 3
Staff Findings: A total of eight structures are located on this lot. As documented in the application,
building #7 is the Victorian era historic miner’s cabin that has been altered over time but was built
in the period of significance and must remain. Two additional structures (building #8 and #5)
appear to be Victorian era structures that are also proposed to remain at this time.
Building # 8 is a one-story cabin facing King Street. According to a written account provided by a
previous owner, a log cabin was moved to this site around the mid-1960s. The photographs in the
application show architectural detailing that is a mixture of modern cladding and exposed wooden
logs. When on site, staff observed exterior alterations to the structure, however, it was unclear
how much original material remains behind the exterior cladding. The applicant is currently
investigating the structure by removing exterior siding to expose the existing conditions. For this
application the applicant proposes to keep this building in its current location.
Building #5 has a rectangular footprint that was documented in earlier surveys of the property.
The exact history of this structure is unclear, but the applicant believes that this may have been
where the historic chicken coop was located. The structure has been altered over time with add-
ons and new materials, but staff finds that there may be a level of material integrity worth
preserving. The applicant proposes to keep this structure in its current location and maintain the
relationship it currently has with the Victorian home. With the available information, staff is in
support of keeping this structure.
26.415.080 - Demolition. It is the intent of this Chapter to preserve the historic and architectural
resources that have demonstrated significance to the community. Consequently, no demolition of
properties designated on the Aspen Inventory of Historic Landmark Site and Structures or
properties within a Historic District will be allowed unless approved by the HPC in accordance with
the standards set forth in this Section. Demolition shall be approved if it is demonstrated that the
application meets any one of the following criteria:
MET NOT MET DOES NOT
APPLY
a. The property has been determined by the City to be an imminent hazard to public safety and the
owner/applicant is unable to make the needed repairs in a timely manner;N/A
b. The structure is not structurally sound despite evidence of the owner's efforts to properly
maintain the structure;.N/A
c. The structure cannot practically be moved to another appropriate location in Aspen; or N/A
d. No documentation exists to support or demonstrate that the property has historic, architectural,
archaeological, engineering or cultural significance; and
Additionally, for approval to demolish, all of the following criteria must be met:MET NOT MET DOES NOT
APPLY
a. The structure does not contribute to the significance of the parcel or Historic District in which it is
located:
b. The loss of the building, structure or object would not adversely affect the integrity of the Historic
District or its historic, architectural or aesthetic relationship to adjacent designated properties; and
c. Demolition of the structure will be inconsequential to the historic preservation needs of the area.MET
MET
MET
Review Criteria for 925 King Street
The applicant proposes to demolish five structures with the exception
of the Victorian miner's cabin, building #8 and building #5.
Summary of Review Criteria for Demolition Request
MET
183
Page 3 of 3
Building #4 is a one-story outbuilding that has a simple gable roof but an irregular footprint. This
structure was not represented in the older property survey and the origins of this structure is also
unknown. The existing structure is a combination of historic building materials and modern
materials, but the use and construction techniques of this structure is confusing. Since this
structure has no clear correlation of being built during the period of significance, the applicant
proposes to demolish this structure and staff is in support.
Buildings #1, 2, 3, and 6 are clearly constructed with modern building materials and do not
demonstrate historical significance of the Victorian era or the Modern Movement. These structures
do not contribute to the historic inventory and are considered bandit units constructed without a
permit.
Staff finds all criteria are met to demolish the five structures on the property constructed
outside of the period of significance.
184
Page 1 of 3
Exhibit A.3
Transferable Development Rights Criteria
Staff Findings
Section 26.535.070
A historic TDR certificate may be established by the Mayor if the City Council, pursuant to adoption
of an ordinance, finds all the following standards met:
A. The sending site is a historic landmark on which the development of a single-family or
duplex residence is a permitted use, pursuant to Chapter 26.710, Zone Districts. Properties
on which such development is a conditional use shall not be eligible.
Staff Findings: 925 King Street is a designated historic landmark that is an eligible
sending site that can establish and sever transferable development rights (TDRs).
Single-family residential and duplex development are permitted uses in the R-15A
zone district.
B. It is demonstrated that the sending site has permitted unbuilt development rights, for either
a single-family or duplex home, equaling or exceeding two hundred and fifty (250) square
feet of floor area multiplied by the number of historic TDR certificates requested.
Staff Findings: Floor area calculations have been provided using the proposed lot
configurations. According to the applicant’s calculations, the historic lot has an
allowable floor area of 3,087 sf after subtracting the floor area of the three structures
that are proposed to remain. Two TDRs equaling 250 sf each may be established,
and final floor area calculations will be verified by the Zoning Department prior to
the issuance of a TDR. If the lot configuration is to change, new floor area
calculations will need to be provided and verified.
C. It is demonstrated that the establishment of TDR certificates will not create a
nonconformity. In cases where a nonconformity already exists, the action shall not increase
the specific nonconformity.
Staff Findings: The creation of a TDR will not create or increase a nonconformity.
D. The analysis of unbuilt development right shall only include the actual built development,
any approved development order, the allowable development right prescribed by zoning
for a single-family or duplex residence, and shall not include the potential of the sending
site to gain floor area bonuses, exemptions or similar potential development incentives.
Properties in the MU Zone District which do not currently contain a single-family home or
duplex established prior to the adoption of Ordinance #7, Series of 2005, shall be permitted
to base the calculation of TDRs on 100% of the allowable floor area on an equivalent-sized
lot in the R-6 zone district. This is only for the purpose of creating TDRs and does not
185
Page 2 of 3
permit the on-site development of 100% of the allowable floor area on an equivalent-sized
lot in the R-6 zone district. If the additional 20% of allowable floor area exceeds 500 square
feet, the applicant may not request a floor area bonus from HPC at any time in the future.
Any development order to develop floor area, beyond that remaining legally connected to
the property after establishment of TDR Certificates, shall be considered null and void.
Staff Findings: The allowable floor area for a detached single-family residence on a
13,712 sf lot in the R-15A zone district is approximately 4,830 sf. Unbuilt floor area
is available to convert to TDRs.
E. The proposed deed restriction permanently restricts the maximum development of the
property (the sending site) to an allowable floor area not exceeding the allowance for a
single-family or duplex residence minus two hundred and fifty (250) square feet of floor
area multiplied by the number of historic TDR certificates established.
For properties with multiple or unlimited floor areas for certain types of allowed uses,
the maximum development of the property, independent of the established property
use, shall be the floor area of a single-family or duplex residence (whichever is
permitted) minus two hundred fifty (250) square feet of floor area multiplies by the
number of historic TDR certificates established.
The deed restriction shall not stipulate an absolute floor area, but shall stipulate a
square footage reduction from the allowable floor area for a single-family or duplex
residence, as may be amended from time to time. The sending site shall remain eligible
for certain floor area incentives and/or exemptions as may be authorized by the City
Land Use Code, as may be amended from time to time. The form of the deed restriction
shall be acceptable to the City Attorney.
Staff Findings: At the point of issuing a TDR certificate, the applicant will be required
to file a deed restriction that will permanently reduce the allowable floor area by 250
sf. All documents shall be reviewed by the City Attorney prior to execution.
F. A real estate closing has been scheduled at which, upon satisfaction of all relevant
requirements, the City shall execute and deliver the applicable number of historic TDR
certificates to the sending site property owner and that property owner shall execute and
deliver a deed restriction lessening the available development right of the subject property
together with the appropriate fee for recording the deed restriction with the County Clerk
and Recorder's office.
Staff Findings: This is a mandatory process that the applicant must pursue.
186
Page 3 of 3
G. It shall be the responsibility of the sending site property owner to provide building plans
and a zoning analysis of the sending site to the satisfaction of the Community Development
Director. Certain review fees may be required for the confirmation of built floor area.
Staff Findings: The applicant has provided detailed floor area calculations as part of
the proposal. Final calculations shall be reviewed by The City prior to the issuance
of the TDR certificate.
H. The sale, assignment, conveyance or other transfer or change in ownership of transferable
development rights certificates shall be recorded in the real estate records of the Pitkin
County Clerk and Recorder and must be reported by the grantor to the City of Aspen
Community Development Department within five (5) days of such transfer. The report of
such transfer shall disclose the certificate number, the grantor, the grantee and the total
value of the consideration paid for the certificate. Failure to timely or accurately report such
transfer shall not render the transferable development right certificate void.
Staff Findings: This is a mandatory process that the applicant must pursue.
I. TDR certificates may be issued at the pace preferred by the property owner.
Staff Findings: N/A
J. City Council may find that the creation of TDRs is not the best preservation solution for the
affected historic resource and deny the application to create TDRs. HPC shall provide
Council with a recommendation.
Staff Findings: The applicant is requesting HPC recommend in favor of establishing
two (2) TDRs with this application. HPC is a recommending body and City Council
is the final authority for granting the TDR request.
187
It should be noted that SectionT-7o9 of the Aspen Municipal Code, "Establishment of
inventory of historic sites and structures," says, "It is not the intention of the HPC to
include insigniftcant structures or sites," "HPC will focus on those which are unique or
have some special value. . . " and the list includes all structures over 50 years of age
" and which have historic value. "
The data form for 925 KingStreet describes the building as being of "questionable datel
period" and having "little historical significance." That sounds like the definition of an
;,insignificant structure" that, according to code, should not be on the HPC inventory.
935 King Street, according to its data form, says, "The significance of this residential
structure is not of those who owned it or lived in it, nor of its architecture, although this
structure is representative of Aspen's Mining Era. This structure is of historical impor-
tance by illustrating the family/home environment and lifestyle of the average citizen in
Aspen which was then dominated by the silver mining industry."
This does not sound like the definition of a structure which is "unique" or has "some
special value" if the architecture nor anything else about it is significant nor unique. Part
og *rr building may be over 50 years of age, but the historical information on the data
form seems to admit there is little, if any, historical value'
The municipal code also says structures would be evaluated "by the HPC as to their
current architectural integnty, historic significance and community and neighborhood
influence . . ." Again, thcdata form admits there is no significance in the architecture and
what the data form says makes it important cannot be considered according to the
municpal code. Its significance as being "illustrative" or "representative of a lifestyle" is
not a consideration under municipal code. As it is not architecturally significant nor
historically significant nor of any influence to the community, it, too, should not be on the
HPC list.
/4,, a-,.- L Ln- Svantvrc'
Br{ fitt ZZ c4o;) z 7A -1O (3 4
Ail/l,rf , ,{'{T 5?/05
EXHIBIT C - LETTERS REGARDING THE HISTORY
OF THE PROPERTY WRITTEN BY PAST OWNERS
188
BARN (Laundry room and storage)
Part of the tool room of the old sawmill in Lenado and part cabin that was
sitting below the #1 lift of Aspen Mountain.
Junior Flogus, former owner of the sawmill, still lives in the area.
Calvin, backhoe operator for Gerbaz, backed it in for me on one of their
flatbed ffailers. The barn is still sitting on the beams on which I raised it
and moved it.
Fothergill was living in Isaac's house when I moved it in, and Isaac was
living there when I put the roof on a few years later.
The south and north walls were out. I covered the north wall with metal
and the south with a salvaged window, wood, and metal door.
LITTLE SHED
Was part chicken coop and coal storage for the Sparovic house.
935 KING STREET
No question about it, part of it was here in the last century. A Victorian it
isn'iinspite of I turned posts that partly hold up the porch. It doesn't have
wooden siding-it is metal siding and has been ever since I remember
(over 30 years).
The back part was open porch at one time, later closed in for bathroom
and storage setup. The kitchen part of the house was also added on in later
years as well as the front porch to original two-room cabin'
The light casement windows in back (south) I salvaged from around town
and put them in for a double up of what was there. (We couldn't afford to
buy new stuff, believe me, otherwise that house wouldn't be there as is for
many years.)
If I ever can afford to build, I don't want to live in old trash. I'm tired of it
for too many years. It will be modern-period. It doesn't show how
people usedtolive, it's an example of how poor folks have to live in this
town.
By the way, my mother was born in the last century and is still walking the
streets of Aspen. Nobody seems to want to consider her historic
189
To Whom It May Concern:
We, Louis and Minnie Sparovic, sold the property containing the cabin now
known as9?5 King Street. The cabin was moved onto the propefby us in the year
1965 or L966.At the time of sale, the cabin was sitting on a foundation of rocks on the
south side and logs on the north side. The other structures erected by * in the mid-
sixties were 905 King Street and 932 Queen Street which were included in the sale to
Ernst Kappeli in the fall of L967.
I
Dated / h Lsss.
Notary
IWIABY Pt BLIC &r tt. Etatc oftffi
Besidiry at Bllhg,,WU,
190
To Whom It May Concern:
We, Louis and Minnie Sparovic, sold the property containing the house now
known as 935 King Street. This house, the Sparovic residence, was altered and changed
over the years and added on to. The metal siding was installed in the mid'sixties before
the sale to Emst Kappeli nL967. The only structure on that property before the mid-
sixties in addition to the 935 King Street residence, was one old small chicken cooP
along the east property line. The other structures erected by us in the mid-sixties were
905 King Street andgS2Queen Street which were included in the sale to Ernst Kappeli
in the fall of L967.
I
Dated tflo ,-h /C, Lsss.
\
O2-?4t9,
Sparovic
usJl* &-Notary l/
$OIARYPUBIXC tuOD Etato of MonEr
Beddbg &Bufu5lrf,q.gl',
191
.ilJ.i r, '
STATE OF COI,ORADO
COUNTY OF FITKIN
upon
:..'
AFFIDAVIT))ss
)
1.
2.
IIANS R, GRAIIIGER, of lawful fl9€r being firEt duly sworn' .
oath dePosee and EaYE that :
I regide at ?6? WeEt Hopkins Avenue adjacent to the
cttyandTowngiteofAe-penandthq!_mymailingaddressi;-i,olsoi # 67, AEpen, cororado. 81612-0o57i
x first moved to Aspen in the year of Lg57 and on 'septetnber
Z3rdn 1gS7, i p"""r.iEea roii n- ana I ' in Block !20 , 1n and
to the cttv ""[ r"i*ii[" of Aspent-lg evidenced fY-the re-
;d;d ;;;a iii-eooi Lsl, ar_pale ??9, neception * 105637'
recorded on October 3f tgit, Ln the'recorfis for PitkLn
CountYr Coloradoi
r,purchasedanold-rggcabininoctober.orNovemberof
L957 from rr"r*-ina-if,ri"itne sparovicr $tltl.water Eaet
"i-espen on nigtrii + 8? and moved it to the lots on
Wateri Avenqe i.in Aspen;
r .reetored the floor of the. cabin ylriqtt.had fallen out
during the m'o'iri6-.ngiltl;;, insdal_led electrlc service
and plurnb.fng-and-initattea it** roofing consistLng of
iipr,lri- shiigleg;
on october 21, 1958r r.sold the above referred propeqty
inctuding tfrE'fog-c;bil to George Vagneur as per deed
recorded, on tlot"f,u"r L7, igser- it go6k 186r at-Page 56'
i;;6ti""-* lotiis,- of itre pitkin cor:nty Records;
3.
'4.
5.
6.Ito the best of ny recoltect'ion ltr'
ueri"g of 1959, sold the log cabin
iiorn fh" p"operty to tttake room for
George Vagneur in thein oider I'o be removed
a spec-home;
The log cabin was bought by-Louie end Minnie Lee (nspankyn)
;;;;;i"-r"fro r"rra it-to iiS-ffng qtreet, AsPen, Colorado',lt
8.ieii=ii'"E*i[tI"t (srnati ]and ti1'ga. Titp?lil-YlE^: ::flT:"tI hane been. contacted by the present owners/occupants of
i3:alliifr";;-H; irrlJ""r"gi;"r historl- of this los cabin
r-- i- -€ &ha#" fi lJ*#e-nil-6ilril1:ti -*"
TYY : "il:"::l v-. !?,, o f ^ :l:;;i;i;; frrat thiE los'cabin ,s
Aspen rColorado
Octobar .3lr 1995'
IBSD AND SNPRN TO BE 'ORE
Commiselon exPiresl
:'
azizl 965T/TAlTT
l-***1h
TB IgVd
My
VSN03 NSdSV H39IhIVH9
ME
LgZL946EL6
192
(S16°58'23"W 4.40')
S65°31'54"E 42.31'
S35°34'09"W 94.17'
(S34°45'00"W 93.75')
N53°
3
2'
2
1"
E
E
D
E
OE
OE
OE
OE
D
SS
HYD
D
E
G
G
G
E
N16°39'30"E 96.88'S23°25'57"W 68.39'S64°20'43"W 84.26'
N84°24'49"W
1
2
1
.
3
1
'
S6
4
°
3
0
'
5
3
"
E
1
6
3
.
0
3
'
S17°48'05"W 4.49'
(S6
5
°
2
1
'
0
0
"
E
1
6
3
.
2
8
'
)
(S66°21'00"E 42.12')
(S63°18'30"W 83.92')
(N85°22'00"W 1
2
1
.
3
6
'
)
(N30°17'00"E 132.20')
(N15°24'00"E 96.70')(S22°46'00"W 68.06')BASIS OF BEARINGSS6
4
°
3
0
'
5
3
"
E
1
6
3
.
0
3
'
N30°52'01"E 132.20'
12.5' ACCESS
EASEMENTS
REC. NO.240935
(EXCEPTION # 18)
REC. NO.113866
(EXCEPTION # 14)
REC.NO. 125845
(EXCEPTION #16)
Refer to
Detail (A)18"
CMP
(N02°37'05"W 49.64')
N01°25'15"W 49.69'
1 ST. FRAME
CABIN
1 STORY DUPLEX
CABIN POSTED: 932
W
O
O
D
E
N
SH
E
D
1 STORY
CABIN
22.1'
41.6'
18.3'
56.8'
27.3'
52.3'
E
CONCRETE
FOOT BRIDGE
CPP
10" (IN)DECKOED
G
38.1'
39.6'
9.8'
12.0'
29.8'
19.2'
POSTED: 905
0.7'NEIGHBOR'SDECK1.7'
5.4'
5.5'
5.4'
1 STO
R
Y
WOOD
E
N
SHED
POND S17°48'05"W 4.49'
BAY
WINDOW
1 STORY
FRAME
BUILDING
13.8'
4.1'
8.4'
POSTED: 925
121 STORY CABIN
PLAN
T
E
R
ASPEN DITCHOE
GMGM
E
E
OE
OE
OE
E
LEA
N
T
O
POSTED: 935
POR
C
H
E
1 STORY
CABINPOSTED:
925
E
SHED
3.6'X4.0'
EDG
E
O
F
P
A
V
E
M
E
N
T
TBC
CPP
10" (OUT)
G
EDGE OF
WATER
S6
4
°
3
0
'
5
3
"
E
5
4
.
3
3
'
(S6
5
°
2
1
'
0
0
"
E
5
4
.
5
1
'
)
A
B
LOT AREA
36,046 SQ. FT. +/-
0.82 ACRES LINE REPRESENTSHISTORIC DESIGNATIONBOUNDARYLINE REPRESENTSHISTORIC DESIGNATIONBOUNDARYLINE REPRESENTSHISTORIC DESIGNATIONBOUNDARYLINE REPRESENTSHISTORIC DESIGNATIONBOUNDARYPROPERTY USE LICENSE
(REVOCABLE)
RECEPTION NO. 498801
EXCEPTION # 24
ACCESS EASEMENT
BOOK 13, PAGE 35
(4.37')
1 ST1.0' WIDE
CONCTRETE
WALL
M.
S
.
5
3
1
0
S
U
N
S
E
T
L
O
D
E
N16°39'30"E 96.88'
(N15°24'00"E 96.70') 320.
8
2'
12.5' WATERLINE
EASEMENT
BOOK 425, PAGE 759
BOOK 204, PAGE 291
(EXCEPTION # 19)
5 FT UTILITY
EASEMENT
BOOK 425, PAGE 774
BOOK 204, PAGE 291
(EXCEPTION # 20)
(NOMINAL) QUEEN ST
R
E
E
T
RIGHT-OF-WAY &
UTILITY
EASEMENT
(EXCEPTION #21)
20.0'(EXCEPTION #23)(EXCEPTION #22)Corner No. 11 - Tract 40
Aspen Townsite
ANNEX
A
TI
O
N
B
O
U
N
D
A
R
Y
(EXCEP
TI
O
N
#
1
7)
KIN
G
S
T
R
E
E
T
N30°52'01"E 132.20'N16°39'30"E 96.88'(N15°24'00"E 96.70')(N30°17'00"E 132.20')1 inch = ft.
(IN U.S. SURVEY FEET)
GRAPHIC SCALE
0020 10 20 40 80
20 BYNO.DATEBYPROJECT NO.REVISIONHIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING, INC.PHONE (970) 945-8676 - FAX (970) 945-2555www.hceng.comdrawn by:checked by:date:file:1517 BLAKE AVENUE, STE 101, GLENWOOD SPRINGS, CO 81601SHEET NUMBERS -T -R-C-2201683
1 of 3ROCKY MOUNTAIN PROPERTY II, LLCPITKIN COUNTYIMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT925 KING STREETASPEN, COLORADO 81611DMCBB09/15/20201 90.10.2020See Note #9BWAB29.14.2020Updated Title CommitmentBWAB710S84WPitkinNOTES
1. DATE OF FIELD SURVEY: SEPTEMBER 03, 2020,
2. ALL BEARINGS ARE GRID BEARINGS OF THE COLORADO STATE PLANE COORDINATE SYSTEM, CENTRAL ZONE,
NORTH AMERICAN DATUM 1983. THE REFERENCE BEARING BETWEEN "A" (A FOUND #5 REBAR WITH 1.25"
YELLOW PLASTIC CAP L.S. NO. 2376) AND "B" (A FOUND #5 REBAR WITH RED PLASTIC CAP L.S. NO. 16129)
WITH A BEARING OF S23°25'57"W. ALL DISTANCES ARE GROUND DISTANCES BASED ON A COMBINED SCALE
FACTOR.
3. THIS SURVEY DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A TITLE SEARCH BY THIS SURVEYOR OF THE BOUNDARY SHOWN AND
DESCRIBED HEREON TO DETERMINE:
A) OWNERSHIP OF THE TRACT OF LAND
B) COMPATIBILITY OF THIS DESCRIPTION WITH THOSE OF ADJOINERS
C) RIGHTS-OF-WAY, EASEMENTS AND ENCUMBRANCES OF RECORD AFFECTING THIS PARCEL.
4. FOR ALL INFORMATION REGARDING EASEMENT, RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND/OR TITLE OF RECORD, HIGH COUNTRY
ENGINEERING, INC. RELIED UPON TITLE COMMITMENT NO. 20004521 ISSUED BY FIRST AMERICAN TITLE
INSURANCE COMPANY, EFFECTIVE DATE: AUGUST 13, 2020. THIS PROPERTY IS SUBJECT TO ALL CONDITIONS
AND RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED THEREIN.
5. THE CLIENT DID NOT REQUEST ANY ADDITIONAL EASEMENTS, RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND/OR IMPROVEMENTS BE
RESEARCHED OR SHOWN ON THIS PLAT.
6. ALL DIMENSIONS AND COURSES ARE AS MEASURED IN THE FIELD UNLESS DENOTED IN PARENTHESES, WHICH
DENOTE THE BOUNDARIES OF RECORD ON THE ORIGINAL PLAT OF LOT 2 OF THE BOUNDARY AGREEMENT PLAT
RECORDED APRIL 29, 1983 IN THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF PITKIN COUNTY, STATE OF COLORADO.
7. BUILDING MEASUREMENTS ARE AT LOWEST PRACTICABLE POINT ON VENEER.
8. ACCESS EASEMENT PER PLAT BOOK 13, PAGE 35 AS SHOWN HEREON.
9. THE PLATTED LOTS, BLOCKS AND STREETS RECORDED AS THE HUGHES ADDITION TO THE ASPEN TOWNSITE,
RECORDED UNDER RECEPTION NUMBER 108453 IN THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF PITKIN COUNTY, COLORADO, AS
SHOWN HEREON, APPEAR TO HAVE BEEN EXTINGUISHED BY THAT INSTRUMENT RECORDED UNDER RECEPTION
NUMBER 113059 (BOOK 197 - PAGE 170) AND THAT QUIT CLAIM DEED RECORDED UNDER RECEPTION NUMBER
240949 IN THE PUBLIC RECORDS OF THE SAID COUNTY, AND ARE SHOWN HEREON FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
10. NOTICE: ACCORDING TO COLORADO LAW YOU MUST COMMENCE ANY LEGAL ACTION BASED ON ANY DEFECT IN
THIS SURVEY WITHIN THREE YEARS AFTER YOU FIRST DISCOVER SUCH DEFECT. IN NO EVENT, MAY ANY ACTION
BASED ON ANY DEFECT IN THIS SURVEY BE COMMENCED MORE THAN TEN YEARS FROM THE DATE OF
CERTIFICATION SHOWN HEREON.
11. NOTICE: THIS PLAT AND THE INFORMATION SHOWN HEREON MAY NOT BE USED FOR ANY ADDITIONAL OR
EXTENDED PURPOSE BEYOND THAT FOR WHICH IT WAS INTENDED AND MAY NOT BE USED BY ANY PARTIES
OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH IT IS CERTIFIED. THIS DOCUMENT AND THE WORK IT REPRESENTS IS THE
PROPERTY OF HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING, INC. NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE STORED,
REPRODUCED, DISTRIBUTED OR USED TO PREPARE DERIVATIVE PRODUCTS WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN
PERMISSION. AN ORIGINAL SEAL AND ORIGINAL SIGNATURE IS REQUIRED TO VALIDATE THIS DOCUMENT AND IS
EXCLUSIVE TO HIGH COUNTRY ENGINEERING, INC. AND THE OWNER(S) OF RECORD AS OF THIS DATE, OF THE
BOUNDARY DELINEATED HEREON AND THE SUBJECT OF THE SURVEY. THIS PLAT IS RESTRICTED TO THE INTENT
OF TITLE 38, ARTICLE 50, §101, 5 (a) AND (b) C.R.S.
IMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT
A TRACT OF LAND SITUATED IN
SECTION 7, TOWNSHIP 10 SOUTH, RANGE 84 WEST OF THE 6TH P.M.
TOWN OF ASPEN, COUNTY OF PITKIN, STATE OF COLORADO
CHAIN LINK FENCE LINE
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION:
Parcel 2 of the Boundary Agreement Plat recorded April 29, 1983, in Plat
Book 13 at Page 35 as Reception number 240935, Pitkin County, Colorado.
SET #5 REBAR WITH 1.25" YELLOW PLASTIC CAP L.S. NO. 23875
FOUND #5 REBAR WITH 1.25" YELLOW PLASTIC CAP L.S. NO. 2376
FOUND #4 REBAR WITH 1.0" RED PLASTIC CAP L.S. NO. 16129
FOUND #4 REBAR WITH 1.0" RED PLASTIC CAP STAMPED A.S.E.I. L.S. NO. (ILLEGIBLE)
FOUND #5 REBAR WITH 1.25" YELLOW PLASTIC CAP STAMPED ALPINE L.S. NO. (ILLEGIBLE)
FOUND 1.5" IRON PIPE
FOUND #5 REBAR WITH 1.5" ALUMINUM CAP (ILLEGIBLE)
WIRE FENCE LINEXX
EASEMENT LINE
BUILDING SETBACK LINE
BOUNDARY OR LOT LINE
ADJOINER LINE
WOOD FENCE LINE
FLOW LINE
ASPHALT
BUILDING LINE HATCH
CONCRETE
FLAGSTONE
ROCK RETAINING WALL
WATER
WOOD DECK
LAND SURVEY PLAT DEPOSIT
CLERK AND RECORDER'S CERTIFICATE
THIS LAND SURVEY PLAT HAS BEEN ACCEPTED FOR DEPOSIT IN THE OFFICE OF THE CLERK AND
RECORDER OF PITKIN COUNTY, COLORADO THIS ____ DAY OF __________, 2019, PLAT BOOK _____, PAGE
______, AS RECEPTION NO.________________.
TITLE 38, ARTICLE 50, §101 C.R.S. (5)(a) PLATS SHALL BE DEPOSITED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS
SECTION FOR THE SOLE PURPOSE OF RECORDING INFORMATION ON SURVEYING MONUMENTATION IN
ORDER TO PROVIDE SURVEY DATA FOR SUBSEQUENT LAND SURVEYS AND SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED
TO AFFECT, IN ANY MANNER WHATSOEVER, THE DESCRIPTION OF A SUBDIVISION, LINE, OR CORNER
CONTAINED IN THE OFFICIAL PLATS AND FIELD NOTES FILED AND OF RECORD OR TO SUBDIVIDE
BOUNDARY. (b) NO PLAT DEPOSITED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION SHALL CONSTITUTE NOTICE
PURSUANT TO SECTION 38-35-109 CRS.
IN THE EVENT THIS SURVEY CANNOT BE DEPOSITED, THIS IS YOUR NOTICE THAT
THIS IS NOT A RECORDABLE DOCUMENT.
______________________________________ CLERK AND RECORDER
BY:____________________________________ DEPUTY
SURVEYOR'S CERTIFICATION
I, BILL W.A. BAKER, A LICENSED PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR IN THE STATE OF COLORADO (#23875) DO BY
THESE PRESENTS CERTIFY TO PALM FAMILY INVESTMENTS, ROCKY MOUNTAIN PROPERTY II, LLC AND FIRST
AMERICAN TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY THAT THE DRAWING SHOWN HEREON, WITH NOTES ATTACHED HERETO AND
MADE A PART HEREOF, REPRESENTS A MONUMENTED LAND SURVEY MADE UNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION AND
THAT TO THE BEST OF MY KNOWLEDGE, INFORMATION AND BELIEF, AN ACCURATE DEPICTION OF SAID SURVEY IS
RENDERED BY THIS PLAT. THIS SURVEY WAS CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STANDARDS OF
PRACTICE, IS NOT A GUARANTY OR WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED. THIS SURVEY PLAT COMPLIES
WITH TITLE 38-51-102, COLORADO REVISED STATUTES.
BILL W.A. BAKER, COLORADO PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR #23875
CERTIFIED FEDERAL SURVEYOR #1699
FOUND #5 REBAR WITH 1.25" YELLOW PLASTIC CAP L.S. NO. 9184 (WITNESS CORNER)
FOUND #4 REBAR WITH 1.0" RED PLASTIC CAP L.S. NO. 25947 (CONFLICTING)
DETAIL (A)
SCALE 1" = 5.0'
MONUMENT LEGEND
STORM SEWER MANHOLE
CURB INLET
GAS METER
TELEPHONE PEDESTAL
FIRE HYDRANT
ELECTRIC MANHOLE
ELECTRICAL METER
MAIL BOX
E
D
G
HYD
E
SANITARY MANHOLESS
4" STOVE PIPE
ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERE
LIGHT POLE
LANDSCAPING
LINE LEGEND
LEGEND
FOUND 1.5" REBAR NO CAP
OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE OE
ROCK RETAINING WALL
FOUND BUREAU OF LAND MANAGEMENT BRASS CAP STAMPED 1954
First American Title Insurance Company - Commitment Number 20004521 - Dated 13 August, 2020
Items No. 1-9 are standard exceptions.
10. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under the instrument dated June 24, 1955,
and recorded October 21, 1955, in Book 180 at Page 454, as Reception No. 103078. - 1889 PATENT IN TITLE CHAIN
11. Right of way for ditches or canals constructed by the authority of the United States, as described in the United
States Patent dated August 21, 1958, and recorded August 29, 1958, in Book 185 at Page 69, as Reception No.
106874. - VESTING DEED IN TITLE CHAIN
12. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under the East Aspen Addition Plat, recorded
September 16, 1958, in Ditch Book 2 at Page 247, as Reception No. 106956. - CADASTRAL SURVEY OF EAST ASPEN
ADDITION
13. Any and all notes, easements and recitals as disclosed on the Plat of East Aspen Addition, recorded August 24,
1959, in Plat Book 2 at Page 252, as Reception No. 108453 and the East Aspen Addition Plat, recorded
September 16, 1958, in Ditch Book 2A at Page 247, as Reception No. 106956. - PLAT OF ENTRY EAST ASPEN
ADDITION AND HUGHES ADDITION - NOT DEPICTED
14. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under the Agreement dated July 12, 1962,
and recorded July 12, 1962 in Book 198 at Page 239 as Reception No. 113658; and the Deed dated August 17,
1962, and recorded August 17, 1962, in Book 198 at Page 543 as Reception No. 113866. - SALE AGREEMENT AND
VESTING DEED IN TITLE CHAIN - 25ft ACCESS EASEMENT DEDICATION - PLOTTED AS SHOWN
15. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under the Resolution, dated February 7,
1963, and recorded February 8, 1963, in Book 201 at Page 145, as Reception No. 114903. - RATIFICATION OF TOWN OF
ASPEN BOUNDARIES - NOT DEPICTED
16. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under the Warranty Deed, dated November
7, 1966, and recorded November 7, 1966, in Book 223 at Page 562, as Reception No. 125845. - ENCUMBERS PARCELS
4 & 5 OF THE BOUNDARY LINE AGREEMENT PLAT - APPURTENANT EASEMENT TO SUBJECT PARCEL 3
17. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under an ordinance annexing certain
unincorporated territory to the City of Aspen, Colorado, recorded June 27, 1979, in Book 371 at Page 450, as
Reception No. 215764, and any and all notes, encroachments and recitals as disclosed on the recorded Smuggler
Enclave annexation recorded June 27, 1979, in Plat Book 8 at Page 13, as Reception No. 215765. - EASTERLY
BOUNDARY LINE OF PARCEL 2 PLOTTED AS SHOWN DELINEATES ANNEXATION BOUNDARY
18. Any and all notes, easements and recitals as disclosed on the recorded Boundary Agreement Plat, recorded April
29, 1982, in Plat Book 13 at Page 35, as Reception No. 240935. - INITIATING INSTRUMENT SUBJECT PARCEL -
PARCEL 2 BOUNDARY PLOTTED AS SHOWN
19. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under the Warranty Deed dated October 14, 1963,
and recorded October 15, 1963, in Book 204 at Page 291, as Reception Number 116413, and Agreement dated September
25, 1981, and recorded April 29, 1982, in Book 425 at Page 759 as Reception No. 240936. - UTILITY ENCROACHMENT
LICENCE AGREEMENT - APPURTENANT EASEMENT TO SUBJECT PARCEL 2 PLOTTED AS SHOWN
20. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under the Easement Deed dated April 29,
1982, and recorded April 29, 1982, in Book 425 at Page 774 as Reception No. 240940.- APPURTENANT UTILITY
EASEMENT - PLOTTED AS SHOWN
21. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under the Quit Claim Deed, recorded April 29,
1982, in Book 425 at Page 781, as Reception No. 240944, and in the Quit Claim Deed, recorded April 29, 1982, in
Book 425 at Page 791, as Reception No. 240949, and in the Quit Claim Deed, dated April 29, 1982, and recorded
April 29, 1982, in Book 425 at Page 783, as Reception No. 240945. - INSTRUMENTS IN TITLE CHAIN - RIGHT-OF-WAY
AND EASEMENT PLOTTED AS SHOWN
22. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under the Decree and Order, recorded
September 6, 1990, in Book 628 at Page 893, as Reception No. 325947.- EXISTING LOCATION OF ASPEN DITCH -
PLOTTED AS SHOWN
23. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under the Quit Claim Deed, recorded January
2, 1990, in Book 634 at Page 942, as Reception No. 328344 and Quit Claim Deed, recorded January 15, 1992, in
Book 666 at Page 780, as Reception No. 340555. - EXISTING LOCATION OF ASPEN DITCH - PLOTTED AS SHOWN
24. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under the Property Use License, recorded
June 18, 2004, as Reception No. 498801. NOTE: This License was not perpetual and expired upon previous conveyance of
the land. - ENCROACHMENT PLOTTED AS SHOWN
25. Terms, conditions, provisions, agreements and obligations specified under the Quit Claim Deed and Assignment
dated December 31, 2012, and recorded January 9, 2013, as Reception No. 596026. - NOT PLOTTABLE
193
194
195
OEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEDYH59.88'BUILDINGENCROACHMENTEASEMENT PERBK 704 PG 818SHADED AREAOVERHEADELEC. (TYP.)DEGEGEIXXXBOULDER(TYP.)WINDOWWELL CONCRETEPATIOSPATELE.PED.ELEC.METERSSTORM DRAINRIM 7901.64'INV 7898.14'BOTT 7887.75'GASMETER0.40' STONEFASCIA (TYP.)#5 REBAR & CAPL.S. #25947#5 REBAR & CAPL.S. #25947 BEARSS29°31'02"W 3.46'FLAGSTONE WALKCOVEREDFLAGSTONEENTRANCECONCRETE WALK WINDOWWELLQUEEN STREET - ASPHALTR-O-W WIDTH VARIESX FENCE(TYP.)FENCE(TYP.)LOT 1TIE RETAINING WALLCONCRETEDRIVEWAYLOT 215,160 S.F.±0.348 AC.±MULTI LEVEL WOOD& STONE FRAME HOUSEWITH BASEMENT17 QUEEN STREET110 NEALE AVENUEELEC.OUTLETCONCRETE SIDEWALKWVMAIL BOXSTONEWALL(TYP.)WATERFEATURECONCRETEDRIVEWAYSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSEWER MANHOLERIM EL=7912.50'100' OFFSET FROMORDINARY HIGH WATERMARK OF ROARINGFORK RIVER ACCORDINGTO RIVER RESTORATIONWATERLINE EASEMENTPER BK 340 PG 1GGEX-UETCTVWWELECTRICTIE RETAINING WALLADJOINER UPPERLEVEL DECK BOULDERWALL (TYP.)IRR.CONTROLDRIDGE7936.0'F.F.7903.6'F.F.7908.8'WSTEELPOSTSTORM DRAINRIM 7902.00'BOTT 7889.12'AREADRAIN210067910.814IO 8I IP UNDER ROCKX7910791579207925 793079307
9
3
079307925792079157910
SLOPE TABLENUMBER123MIN. SLOPE0.000%20.000%30.000%MAX. SLOPE20.000%30.000%10000.000%COLORAREA29050.84 S.F.±1386.15 S.F.±5608.66 S.F.±EFND #5 REBAR &YELLOW PLASTICCAP PLS 28375FND #5 REBAR &YELLOW PLASTICCAP PLS 28375FND #5 REBAR &PLASTIC CAPPLS ILLEGIBLEFND #5 REBAR &PLASTIC CAPPLS ILLEGIBLEFND #5 REBAR &YELLOW PLASTICCAP PLS 2376TBM EL=7929.25'FND #5 REBAR &YELLOW PLASTICCAP PLS ILLEGIBLEFND #5 REBAR &YELLOW PLASTICCAP PLS 23875GGEGGGEET44T43T55T56T57T53T52T51T62T80T79T64T65T97T100T12T71T69T78T19T38T37T39T58T59T40T41T42T45T46T47T48T49T60T61T63T81T82T83T67T84T85T86T87T88T89T90T91T92T93T94T95T96T99T98T101T102T103T104T105T106T1T2T3T4T5T6T7T8T9T10T11T13T14T109T108T107T110T73T74T75T76T77T29T28T30T31T32T33T34T35T27T26T25T24T23T22T21T20T18T17T15T70T72T111T68T50T66T36T161.8'4.4'1.8'23.9'24.2'20.4'36.3'16.3'POND1.0'P9.2'8.2'8" GATEVALVE3.8'3.4'5.4'5.8'15.9'6.0'ELECTRICPEDESTAL ONCONCRETE PADT1128.0'1.7'1.6'EDLEAN TOWEEEEN 16°04'29" E 96.88'18" CMPI/O: 7925.82'BOX CULVERTTO 18" CMPI/O: 7929.37'STONEWALK(TYP.)XXXT11318.1
'
14.3'18.1
'
14.3'19.6'11.3'16.7'6.5'4.4'16.5'13.0'0.4'3.0'1.7'8.1'1.5'4.6'24.8'4.7'9.3'4.7'20.3'36.1'11.7'8.2'4.4'4.1'3.3'5.2'6.0'7.5'4.9'4.8'11.7'8.4'15.1'18.3'33.5'13.2'2.1'14.2'12.5'2.8'4.3'6.3'14.7'
15.7'20.4'12.2'1.2'30.4'8.8'4.9'8.9'22.0'4.0'4.0'3.6'4.0'3.3'2.5'4.4'27.4'4.2'12.2'8.2'20.0'4.9'BRIDGEBRIDGEASPHALTDRIVEWAY ADJACENTDRIVEWAYGRAVEL DRIVEWAYSHED3.6'8.3'SHEDSHEDSHEDONE-STORYWOOD HOUSE925 KING ST.ONE-STORYWOOD HOUSE936 KING ST.ONE-STORYWOOD HOUSE925 KING ST.GBRIDGE905 KING ST.WALKWAYONE STORYHOUSE932 QUEEN STUNIT BONE STORYHOUSE932 QUEEN STUNIT AWOODDECKCOVEREDPATIOWOODDECKRAILROADTIE PLANTERPLANTERCEMENTPATIOPLANTERPLANTER
WOODDECKWAL
K
W
A
Y
MAILBOXESELECTRICMETER X 4BOULDERRETAININGWALLCURB EDGERETAININGWALLSTONEPATHWOO
D
DEC
KRETAININGWALLSTONE PATHFENCE(TYP.)KING STREET - ASPHALTR-O-W WIDTH VARIES18.77'
39.62
'20.59'55.88'T54OEOEOEOE OE OEOEOEOEOEOEOE OE OE
EEASPEN DITCH0.6'POSSIBLE LEAN TOENCROACHMENTT114T121T119T118T117T116T115T120ADJOINER ADU COVEREDWOOD DECKWOOD DECKSTONEPATIOCEMENTSIDEWALKRAMPCEMENTPATIOBENCH8" IRONPIPESANITARYSEWER LINEBRIDGESTEPS(TYP.)8" CPP12.5 ACCESSEASEMENTPER PLATBK.13 PG.35BK 204 PG 29112.5 ACCESSEASEMENTPER PLATBK.13 PG.35BK 204 PG 291 26.84'20.9'37.96'29.7'43.29'52.01'53.21'25' ACCESS EASEMENTPER PLAT BK 13 PG 35AND BK 198 PG 543 36,045.6 SQ. FT.0.83 ACRES ±ACCESS EASEMENTPER PLAT BK 13PG 35 AND LICENSEPER NO. 498801ADJACENTBUILDING LOT 2114 NEALE/17QUEENHISTORIC LOTSPLITMS 5310SUNSET LODELOT 1ASTOR SUB.PARCEL 7PARCEL 3LOT 1114 NEALE/17QUEENHISTORIC LOTSPLITN 84°59'50" W 121.31' FIELDN 85°22'00" W 121.36' REC.N 02°00'15" W 49.69' FIELDN 02°37'05" W 49.64' REC.N 30°17'00" E 132.20'S 65°05'54" E 163.03' FIELDS 65°21'00" E 163.28' REC.S16°58'23"W 4.50' REC.S17°13'04"W 4.49' FIELDS 3
4
°
5
9
'
0
8
"
W
9
4
.
1
7
'
F
I
E
L
D
S 3
4
°
4
5
'
0
0
"
W
9
3
.
7
5
'
R
E
C
.S 66°06'55" E 42.31' FIELDS 66°21'00" E 42.12' REC.S
6
3
°
4
5
'
4
3
"
W
8
4
.
2
6
'
F
IELDS
6
2
°
1
8
'
3
0
"
E
8
3
.
9
2
'
REC
.
S 22°50'57" W 68.39' FIELDS 22°46'00" W 68.06' REC.5' UTILITYEASEMENTPER BK 425 PG 774BASIS OFBEARINGSN30°51'03"EHISTORICDESIGNATIONBOUNDARY OFSUNSET LODE MS5310HISTORICDESIGNATIONBOUNDARY OFSUNSET LODE MS5310X X X
SLOPE TABLENUMBER123MIN. SLOPE0.000%20.000%30.000%MAX. SLOPE20.000%30.000%10000.000%COLORAREA29050.84 S.F.±1386.15 S.F.±5608.66 S.F.±NOTICE: ACCORDING TO COLORADO LAW, YOU MUST COMMENCE ANY LEGAL ACTIONBASED UPON ANY DEFECT IN THIS SURVEY WITHIN THREE YEARS AFTER YOU FIRSTDISCOVER SUCH DEFECT. IN NO EVENT MAY ANY ACTION BASED UPON ANY DEFECT INTHIS SURVEY BE COMMENCED MORE THAN TEN YEARS FROM THE DATE OF THECERTIFICATION SHOWN HEREON.ByNO.DateProject NO.RevisionDrawn By:Checked By:Date:Computer File:P.O. Box 1746Rifle, CO 81650Phone (970) 625-1954Fax (970) 579-7150www.peaksurveyinginc.comSNWEPeak Surveying, Inc.Est. 2007201031 OF 1KING STREET COM, LLC.CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADOIMPROVEMENT & TOPO SURVEYPARCEL 2, BDRY LINE ADJ.925 KING STREETJGJRNNOV. 05, 20201031 12/10/20UPDATE SURVEYJRN212/11/20REMOVE HISTORIC SITE PER GISJRN3 01/06/21 UPDATE SURVEYJRNIMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT & TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEYPARCEL 2 OF THE BOUNDARY AGREEMENT PLAT RECORDEDAPRIL 29, 1983 IN PLAT BOOK 13 AT PAGE 35 AS RECEPTION NO. 240935CITY OF ASPEN, COUNTY OF PITKIN, STATE OF COLORADOPROPERTY DESCRIPTIONPARCEL 2 OF THE BOUNDARY AGREEMENT PLAT RECORDED APRIL 29, 1983 IN PLAT BOOK 13AT PAGE 35 AS RECEPTION NO. 240935, PITKIN, COUNTY, COLORADO.NOTES:1) THIS PROPERTY IS SUBJECT TO RESERVATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, COVENANTS, BUILDINGSETBACKS AND EASEMENTS OF RECORD, OR IN PLACE AND EXCEPTIONS TO TITLE SHOWN INTHE TITLE COMMITMENT PREPARED BY ATTORNEYS TITLE INSURANCE AGENCY OF ASPEN,LLC., AS AGENT FOR FIRST AMERICAN TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY, COMMITMENT NO.20004521, DATED EFFECTIVE AUGUST 29, 2020.2) THE DATE OF THIS SURVEY WAS OCTOBER 8-23, 2020.3) BASIS OF BEARINGS FOR THIS SURVEY IS A BEARING OF N30°51'03"E BETWEEN THESOUTHEASTERLY CORNER OF PARCEL 2, A #5 REBAR & PLASTIC CAP P.L.S. # ILLEGIBLE FOUNDIN PLACE AND THE NORTHEASTERLY CORNER OF PARCEL 2, A #5 REBAR & YELLOW PLASTICCAP P.L.S. #28375 FOUND IN PLACE.4) UNITS OF MEASURE FOR ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN HEREON IS U.S. SURVEY FEET.5) THIS SURVEY IS BASED ON THE THE BOUNDARY AGREEMENT PLAT RECORDED APRIL 29, 1983IN PLAT BOOK 13 AT PAGE 35, RECORDED AUGUST 24, 1959 IN PLAT BOOK 2 AT PAGE 252, THESMUGGLER ENCLAVE ANNEXATION RECORDED JUNE 27, 1979 IN PLAT BOOK 8 AT PAGE 13 ANDTHE SUBDIVISION EXEMPTION PLAT FOR 114 NEALE/17 QUEEN HISTORIC LOT SPLIT RECORDEDMAY 29, 1998 IN PLAT BOOK 45 AT PAGE 17 IN THE PITKIN COUNTY CLERK AND RECORDER'SOFFICE AND CORNERS FOUND IN PLACE.6) ELEVATIONS AS SHOWN ARE BASED ON A GPS OBSERVATION UTILIZING THE WESTERNCOLORADO RTVRN GPS NETWORK (1988 ORTHO DATUM) YIELDING AN ONSITE ELEVATION OF7929.25' ON THE EASTERLY ANGLE POINT OF PARCEL 2. CONTOUR INTERVAL EQUALS 1 FOOT.7) THE QUEEN STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY AS SHOWN ON THE ABOVE MENTIONED EAST ASPENADDITION PLAT OVERLAYS THE SUBJECT PROPERTY NORTH OF THE CURRENT LOCATION OFTHE DRIVEABLE SURFACE OF QUEEN STREET. SUBSEQUENT PLATS LISTED ABOVE INDICATETHAT THE QUEEN STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY EXISTS SOUTH OF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY. IT ISBELIEVED BY PSI THAT THE QUEEN STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY AS SHOWN ON SAID EAST ASPENADDITION IS NOT THE CURRENT OR CORRECT LOCATION OF SAID RIGHT-OF-WAY AND THAT NODEDICATION OR ACCEPTANCE WAS FOUND TO CONFIRM OTHERWISE.8) BUILDING SETBACKS ACCORDING TO THE CITY OF ASPEN LAND USE CODE FOR R-15A26.710.060 ARE AS FOLLOWS:FRONT YARD SETBACKRESIDENTIAL DWELLING = 25'ACCESSORY AND ALL OTHER BUILDINGS = 30'SIDE YARD SETBACK = 10'REAR YARD SETBACKRESIDENTIAL DWELLING = 10'ACCESSORY AND ALL OTHER BUILDINGS = 5'BUILDING SETBACKS SHOULD BE VERIFIED WITH THE CITY OF ASPEN PLANNING DEPARTMENTPRIOR TO ANY PLANNING OR CONSTRUCTION.NESW0306090120150180210240270300330P e ak
S
u
r
veying, Inc.02020408010SUBJECTPROPERTYVICINITY MAPSCALE: 1" = 2000'IMPROVEMENT SURVEY STATEMENTI, JASON R. NEIL, HEREBY CERTIFY TO KING STREET COM, LLC., A COLORADO LIMITEDLIABILITY COMPANY, THAT I AM A PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR LICENSED UNDER THELAWS OF THE STATE OF COLORADO; THAT THIS IMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT IS TRUE,CORRECT AND COMPLETE BASED ON MY KNOWLEDGE, INFORMATION AND BELIEF AS LAIDOUT AND SHOWN HEREON; THAT THIS IMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT IS NOT A GUARANTY ORWARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED; THAT THIS IMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT WASMADE BY ME FROM AN ACCURATE SURVEY OF THE REAL PROPERTY PERFORMED BY ME ORUNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ON OCTOBER 8 - 23, 2020; THAT, IN THE PREPARATION OF THISIMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT, I RELIED UPON THE TITLE COMMITMENT PREPARED BYATTORNEYS TITLE INSURANCE AGENCY OF ASPEN, LLC., AS AGENT FOR FIRST AMERICANTITLE INSURANCE COMPANY, COMMITMENT NO. 20004521, DATED EFFECTIVE AUGUST 29, 2020;THAT THE LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF ALL BUILDINGS, IMPROVEMENTS, EASEMENTS,RIGHTS OF WAY IN EVIDENCE OR KNOWN TO ME AND ENCROACHMENTS BY OR ON THE REALPROPERTY AND MATTERS REFERENCED IN SAID TITLE COMMITMENT CAPABLE OF BEINGSHOWN ARE ACCURATELY SHOWN, AND THAT THIS PLAT IS IN ACCORDANCE OF ANIMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT AS SET FORTH IN C.R.S. §38-51-102(9). DATED: JANUARY 06, 2021 BY:___________________________________ JASON R. NEIL, P.L.S. NO. 37935 FOR AND ON BEHALF OF PEAK SURVEYING, INC.HATCH LEGENDBOUNDARYLINE TYPE LEGENDSTORM SEWERELECTRICEASEMENTASPHALTCONCRETESYMBOL LEGENDEDGE OF ROAD100YR FLOODPLAINPVC DRAIN LINETELEPHONECABLE TVGASLINEFIBER OPTICTELEPHONEADJ. BOUNDARYSTONE WALLSEWER LINEWATER LINESODPGEEDWDYH STREET SIGN - "NO PARKING"GAS METERELECTRIC METERWATER METERELECTRIC MANHOLESTORM DRAINLIGHT POLEPOWER POLEWATER VALVEFIRE HYDRANTBOULDERWVC.O.A. CONTROL#4 BEARSS36°10'09"W 379.76'C.O.A. CONTROL#4 BEARSS49°22'11"W 454.56'COLO
R
A
DO LICENSEDPROFESSIONAL LAND
SURVEYOR
JASO
N
R. NEIL37935196
OEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEOEDYH59.88'BUILDINGENCROACHMENTEASEMENT PERBK 704 PG 818SHADED AREAOVERHEADELEC. (TYP.)DEGEGEIXXXBOULDER(TYP.)WINDOWWELL CONCRETEPATIOSPATELE.PED.ELEC.METERSSTORM DRAINRIM 7901.64'INV 7898.14'BOTT 7887.75'GASMETER0.40' STONEFASCIA (TYP.)#5 REBAR & CAPL.S. #25947#5 REBAR & CAPL.S. #25947 BEARSS29°31'02"W 3.46'FLAGSTONE WALKCOVEREDFLAGSTONEENTRANCECONCRETE WALK WINDOWWELLQUEEN STREET - ASPHALTR-O-W WIDTH VARIESX FENCE(TYP.)FENCE(TYP.)LOT 1TIE RETAINING WALLCONCRETEDRIVEWAYLOT 215,160 S.F.±0.348 AC.±MULTI LEVEL WOOD& STONE FRAME HOUSEWITH BASEMENT17 QUEEN STREET110 NEALE AVENUEELEC.OUTLETCONCRETE SIDEWALKWVMAIL BOXSTONEWALL(TYP.)WATERFEATURECONCRETEDRIVEWAYSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSEWER MANHOLERIM EL=7912.50'100' OFFSET FROMORDINARY HIGH WATERMARK OF ROARINGFORK RIVER ACCORDINGTO RIVER RESTORATIONWATERLINE EASEMENTPER BK 340 PG 1GGEX-UETCTVWWELECTRICTIE RETAINING WALLADJOINER UPPERLEVEL DECK BOULDERWALL (TYP.)IRR.CONTROLDRIDGE7936.0'F.F.7903.6'F.F.7908.8'WSTEELPOSTSTORM DRAINRIM 7902.00'BOTT 7889.12'AREADRAIN210067910.814IO 8I IP UNDER ROCKX7910791579207925 793079307
9
3
079307925792079157910
SLOPE TABLENUMBER123MIN. SLOPE0.000%20.000%30.000%MAX. SLOPE20.000%30.000%10000.000%COLORAREA29050.84 S.F.±1386.15 S.F.±5608.66 S.F.±EFND #5 REBAR &YELLOW PLASTICCAP PLS 28375FND #5 REBAR &YELLOW PLASTICCAP PLS 28375FND #5 REBAR &PLASTIC CAPPLS ILLEGIBLEFND #5 REBAR &PLASTIC CAPPLS ILLEGIBLEFND #5 REBAR &YELLOW PLASTICCAP PLS 2376TBM EL=7929.25'FND #5 REBAR &YELLOW PLASTICCAP PLS ILLEGIBLEFND #5 REBAR &YELLOW PLASTICCAP PLS 23875GGEGGGEET44T43T55T56T57T53T52T51T62T80T79T64T65T97T100T12T71T69T78T19T38T37T39T58T59T40T41T42T45T46T47T48T49T60T61T63T81T82T83T67T84T85T86T87T88T89T90T91T92T93T94T95T96T99T98T101T102T103T104T105T106T1T2T3T4T5T6T7T8T9T10T11T13T14T109T108T107T110T73T74T75T76T77T29T28T30T31T32T33T34T35T27T26T25T24T23T22T21T20T18T17T15T70T72T111T68T50T66T36T161.8'4.4'1.8'23.9'24.2'20.4'36.3'16.3'POND1.0'P9.2'8.2'8" GATEVALVE3.8'3.4'5.4'5.8'15.9'6.0'ELECTRICPEDESTAL ONCONCRETE PADT1128.0'1.7'1.6'EDLEAN TOWEEEEN 16°04'29" E 96.88'18" CMPI/O: 7925.82'BOX CULVERTTO 18" CMPI/O: 7929.37'STONEWALK(TYP.)XXXT11318.1
'
14.3'18.1
'
14.3'19.6'11.3'16.7'6.5'4.4'16.5'13.0'0.4'3.0'1.7'8.1'1.5'4.6'24.8'4.7'9.3'4.7'20.3'36.1'11.7'8.2'4.4'4.1'3.3'5.2'6.0'7.5'4.9'4.8'11.7'8.4'15.1'18.3'33.5'13.2'2.1'14.2'12.5'2.8'4.3'6.3'14.7'
15.7'20.4'12.2'1.2'30.4'8.8'4.9'8.9'22.0'4.0'4.0'3.6'4.0'3.3'2.5'4.4'27.4'4.2'12.2'8.2'20.0'4.9'BRIDGEBRIDGEASPHALTDRIVEWAY ADJACENTDRIVEWAYGRAVEL DRIVEWAYSHED3.6'8.3'SHEDSHEDSHEDONE-STORYWOOD HOUSE925 KING ST.ONE-STORYWOOD HOUSE936 KING ST.ONE-STORYWOOD HOUSE925 KING ST.GBRIDGE905 KING ST.WALKWAYONE STORYHOUSE932 QUEEN STUNIT BONE STORYHOUSE932 QUEEN STUNIT AWOODDECKCOVEREDPATIOWOODDECKRAILROADTIE PLANTERPLANTERCEMENTPATIOPLANTERPLANTER
WOODDECKWAL
K
W
A
Y
MAILBOXESELECTRICMETER X 4BOULDERRETAININGWALLCURB EDGERETAININGWALLSTONEPATHWOO
D
DEC
KRETAININGWALLSTONE PATHFENCE(TYP.)KING STREET - ASPHALTR-O-W WIDTH VARIES18.77'
39.62
'20.59'55.88'T54OEOEOEOE OE OEOEOEOEOEOEOE OE OE
EEASPEN DITCH0.6'POSSIBLE LEAN TOENCROACHMENTT114T121T119T118T117T116T115T120ADJOINER ADU COVEREDWOOD DECKWOOD DECKSTONEPATIOCEMENTSIDEWALKRAMPCEMENTPATIOBENCH8" IRONPIPESANITARYSEWER LINEBRIDGESTEPS(TYP.)8" CPP12.5 ACCESSEASEMENTPER PLATBK.13 PG.35BK 204 PG 29112.5 ACCESSEASEMENTPER PLATBK.13 PG.35BK 204 PG 291 26.84'20.9'37.96'29.7'43.29'52.01'53.21'25' ACCESS EASEMENTPER PLAT BK 13 PG 35AND BK 198 PG 543 36,045.6 SQ. FT.0.83 ACRES ±ACCESS EASEMENTPER PLAT BK 13PG 35 AND LICENSEPER NO. 498801ADJACENTBUILDING LOT 2114 NEALE/17QUEENHISTORIC LOTSPLITMS 5310SUNSET LODELOT 1ASTOR SUB.PARCEL 7PARCEL 3LOT 1114 NEALE/17QUEENHISTORIC LOTSPLITN 84°59'50" W 121.31' FIELDN 85°22'00" W 121.36' REC.N 02°00'15" W 49.69' FIELDN 02°37'05" W 49.64' REC.N 30°17'00" E 132.20'S 65°05'54" E 163.03' FIELDS 65°21'00" E 163.28' REC.S16°58'23"W 4.50' REC.S17°13'04"W 4.49' FIELDS 3
4
°
5
9
'
0
8
"
W
9
4
.
1
7
'
F
I
E
L
D
S 3
4
°
4
5
'
0
0
"
W
9
3
.
7
5
'
R
E
C
.S 66°06'55" E 42.31' FIELDS 66°21'00" E 42.12' REC.S
6
3
°
4
5
'
4
3
"
W
8
4
.
2
6
'
F
IELDS
6
2
°
1
8
'
3
0
"
E
8
3
.
9
2
'
REC
.
S 22°50'57" W 68.39' FIELDS 22°46'00" W 68.06' REC.5' UTILITYEASEMENTPER BK 425 PG 774BASIS OFBEARINGSN30°51'03"EHISTORICDESIGNATIONBOUNDARY OFSUNSET LODE MS5310HISTORICDESIGNATIONBOUNDARY OFSUNSET LODE MS5310X X X
SLOPE TABLENUMBER123MIN. SLOPE0.000%20.000%30.000%MAX. SLOPE20.000%30.000%10000.000%COLORAREA29050.84 S.F.±1386.15 S.F.±5608.66 S.F.±NOTICE: ACCORDING TO COLORADO LAW, YOU MUST COMMENCE ANY LEGAL ACTIONBASED UPON ANY DEFECT IN THIS SURVEY WITHIN THREE YEARS AFTER YOU FIRSTDISCOVER SUCH DEFECT. IN NO EVENT MAY ANY ACTION BASED UPON ANY DEFECT INTHIS SURVEY BE COMMENCED MORE THAN TEN YEARS FROM THE DATE OF THECERTIFICATION SHOWN HEREON.ByNO.DateProject NO.RevisionDrawn By:Checked By:Date:Computer File:P.O. Box 1746Rifle, CO 81650Phone (970) 625-1954Fax (970) 579-7150www.peaksurveyinginc.comSNWEPeak Surveying, Inc.Est. 2007201031 OF 1KING STREET COM, LLC.CITY OF ASPEN, COLORADOIMPROVEMENT & TOPO SURVEYPARCEL 2, BDRY LINE ADJ.925 KING STREETJGJRNNOV. 05, 20201031 12/10/20UPDATE SURVEYJRN212/11/20REMOVE HISTORIC SITE PER GISJRN3 01/06/21 UPDATE SURVEYJRNIMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT & TOPOGRAPHIC SURVEYPARCEL 2 OF THE BOUNDARY AGREEMENT PLAT RECORDEDAPRIL 29, 1983 IN PLAT BOOK 13 AT PAGE 35 AS RECEPTION NO. 240935CITY OF ASPEN, COUNTY OF PITKIN, STATE OF COLORADOPROPERTY DESCRIPTIONPARCEL 2 OF THE BOUNDARY AGREEMENT PLAT RECORDED APRIL 29, 1983 IN PLAT BOOK 13AT PAGE 35 AS RECEPTION NO. 240935, PITKIN, COUNTY, COLORADO.NOTES:1) THIS PROPERTY IS SUBJECT TO RESERVATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, COVENANTS, BUILDINGSETBACKS AND EASEMENTS OF RECORD, OR IN PLACE AND EXCEPTIONS TO TITLE SHOWN INTHE TITLE COMMITMENT PREPARED BY ATTORNEYS TITLE INSURANCE AGENCY OF ASPEN,LLC., AS AGENT FOR FIRST AMERICAN TITLE INSURANCE COMPANY, COMMITMENT NO.20004521, DATED EFFECTIVE AUGUST 29, 2020.2) THE DATE OF THIS SURVEY WAS OCTOBER 8-23, 2020.3) BASIS OF BEARINGS FOR THIS SURVEY IS A BEARING OF N30°51'03"E BETWEEN THESOUTHEASTERLY CORNER OF PARCEL 2, A #5 REBAR & PLASTIC CAP P.L.S. # ILLEGIBLE FOUNDIN PLACE AND THE NORTHEASTERLY CORNER OF PARCEL 2, A #5 REBAR & YELLOW PLASTICCAP P.L.S. #28375 FOUND IN PLACE.4) UNITS OF MEASURE FOR ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN HEREON IS U.S. SURVEY FEET.5) THIS SURVEY IS BASED ON THE THE BOUNDARY AGREEMENT PLAT RECORDED APRIL 29, 1983IN PLAT BOOK 13 AT PAGE 35, RECORDED AUGUST 24, 1959 IN PLAT BOOK 2 AT PAGE 252, THESMUGGLER ENCLAVE ANNEXATION RECORDED JUNE 27, 1979 IN PLAT BOOK 8 AT PAGE 13 ANDTHE SUBDIVISION EXEMPTION PLAT FOR 114 NEALE/17 QUEEN HISTORIC LOT SPLIT RECORDEDMAY 29, 1998 IN PLAT BOOK 45 AT PAGE 17 IN THE PITKIN COUNTY CLERK AND RECORDER'SOFFICE AND CORNERS FOUND IN PLACE.6) ELEVATIONS AS SHOWN ARE BASED ON A GPS OBSERVATION UTILIZING THE WESTERNCOLORADO RTVRN GPS NETWORK (1988 ORTHO DATUM) YIELDING AN ONSITE ELEVATION OF7929.25' ON THE EASTERLY ANGLE POINT OF PARCEL 2. CONTOUR INTERVAL EQUALS 1 FOOT.7) THE QUEEN STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY AS SHOWN ON THE ABOVE MENTIONED EAST ASPENADDITION PLAT OVERLAYS THE SUBJECT PROPERTY NORTH OF THE CURRENT LOCATION OFTHE DRIVEABLE SURFACE OF QUEEN STREET. SUBSEQUENT PLATS LISTED ABOVE INDICATETHAT THE QUEEN STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY EXISTS SOUTH OF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY. IT ISBELIEVED BY PSI THAT THE QUEEN STREET RIGHT-OF-WAY AS SHOWN ON SAID EAST ASPENADDITION IS NOT THE CURRENT OR CORRECT LOCATION OF SAID RIGHT-OF-WAY AND THAT NODEDICATION OR ACCEPTANCE WAS FOUND TO CONFIRM OTHERWISE.8) BUILDING SETBACKS ACCORDING TO THE CITY OF ASPEN LAND USE CODE FOR R-15A26.710.060 ARE AS FOLLOWS:FRONT YARD SETBACKRESIDENTIAL DWELLING = 25'ACCESSORY AND ALL OTHER BUILDINGS = 30'SIDE YARD SETBACK = 10'REAR YARD SETBACKRESIDENTIAL DWELLING = 10'ACCESSORY AND ALL OTHER BUILDINGS = 5'BUILDING SETBACKS SHOULD BE VERIFIED WITH THE CITY OF ASPEN PLANNING DEPARTMENTPRIOR TO ANY PLANNING OR CONSTRUCTION.NESW0306090120150180210240270300330P e ak
S
u
r
veying, Inc.02020408010SUBJECTPROPERTYVICINITY MAPSCALE: 1" = 2000'IMPROVEMENT SURVEY STATEMENTI, JASON R. NEIL, HEREBY CERTIFY TO KING STREET COM, LLC., A COLORADO LIMITEDLIABILITY COMPANY, THAT I AM A PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR LICENSED UNDER THELAWS OF THE STATE OF COLORADO; THAT THIS IMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT IS TRUE,CORRECT AND COMPLETE BASED ON MY KNOWLEDGE, INFORMATION AND BELIEF AS LAIDOUT AND SHOWN HEREON; THAT THIS IMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT IS NOT A GUARANTY ORWARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED; THAT THIS IMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT WASMADE BY ME FROM AN ACCURATE SURVEY OF THE REAL PROPERTY PERFORMED BY ME ORUNDER MY DIRECT SUPERVISION ON OCTOBER 8 - 23, 2020; THAT, IN THE PREPARATION OF THISIMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT, I RELIED UPON THE TITLE COMMITMENT PREPARED BYATTORNEYS TITLE INSURANCE AGENCY OF ASPEN, LLC., AS AGENT FOR FIRST AMERICANTITLE INSURANCE COMPANY, COMMITMENT NO. 20004521, DATED EFFECTIVE AUGUST 29, 2020;THAT THE LOCATION AND DIMENSIONS OF ALL BUILDINGS, IMPROVEMENTS, EASEMENTS,RIGHTS OF WAY IN EVIDENCE OR KNOWN TO ME AND ENCROACHMENTS BY OR ON THE REALPROPERTY AND MATTERS REFERENCED IN SAID TITLE COMMITMENT CAPABLE OF BEINGSHOWN ARE ACCURATELY SHOWN, AND THAT THIS PLAT IS IN ACCORDANCE OF ANIMPROVEMENT SURVEY PLAT AS SET FORTH IN C.R.S. §38-51-102(9).DATED: JANUARY 06, 2021BY:___________________________________ JASON R. NEIL, P.L.S. NO. 37935FOR AND ON BEHALF OF PEAK SURVEYING, INC.HATCH LEGENDBOUNDARYLINE TYPE LEGENDSTORM SEWERELECTRICEASEMENTASPHALTCONCRETESYMBOL LEGENDEDGE OF ROAD100YR FLOODPLAINPVC DRAIN LINETELEPHONECABLE TVGASLINEFIBER OPTICTELEPHONEADJ. BOUNDARYSTONE WALLSEWER LINEWATER LINESODPGEEDWDYH STREET SIGN - "NO PARKING"GAS METERELECTRIC METERWATER METERELECTRIC MANHOLESTORM DRAINLIGHT POLEPOWER POLEWATER VALVEFIRE HYDRANTBOULDERWVC.O.A. CONTROL#4 BEARSS36°10'09"W 379.76'C.O.A. CONTROL#4 BEARSS49°22'11"W 454.56'COLO
R
A
DO LICENSEDPROFESSIONAL LAND
SURVEYOR
JASO
N
R. NEIL37935197
COPYRIGHT
PROJECT NO:
DRAWN BY:
FORUM PHI LLC
DATE OF PUBLICATION
Z-004
ZONING COMPLIANCE
PLAN - ENLARGED
11/19/20
KP, BF
2026.00
Aspen CO 81611
932 QUEEN ST
FORUMPHI
Aspen:
715 West Main Street, #204
Aspen, Colorado 81611
Carbondale:
36 N. 4th St.
Carbondale, CO 81623
forumphi.com
p: 970.279.4157
f: 866.770.5585
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
ZONING COMPLIANCE LEGEND
EXISTING STRUCTURE TO REMAIN (WOOD
SHED TO BE RELOCATED)
EXISTING STRUCTURE TO BE DEMOLISHED
5'-0"10'-0"10'
-
0
"25'-0"10'-0"10'-0"10'-
0
"
10'-0
"25'-0"13'-8"30'-0"10'-0"
10'-0"
10'-0 1/2"
PR
O
P
O
S
E
D
S
U
B
D
I
V
I
S
I
O
N
L
I
N
E
RE
A
R
Y
A
R
D
S
E
T
B
A
C
KSIDE YARD SETBACKSIDE YARD SETBACKFR
O
N
T
Y
A
R
D
S
E
T
B
A
C
K
FRONT YARD SETBACK
SIDE Y
A
R
D
S
E
T
B
A
C
KSIDE YARD SETBACKRE
A
R
Y
A
R
D
S
E
T
B
A
C
K
ACCESS EASEMENT RE
F
:
S
U
R
V
E
Y
PR
O
P
E
R
T
Y
L
I
N
E
PROPERTY LINEPROP
E
R
T
Y
LI
N
E
PROPERTY LINEPROPERTY LINEPROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINEEXISTING POND LINE OF DITCHKIN
G
S
T
R
E
E
T
SURFACE PARKING(TWO SPACES)HISTORIC CABIN TO REMAIN
REL
O
C
A
T
E
D
WO
O
D
S
H
E
D
WOOD SHED TO
BE RELOCATED
925 / 935 KING STREET
GROSS LOT AREA: 15,000.50 SF
932 QUEEN STREET
GROSS LOT AREA: 21,045 SF
110 NEALE AVENUE
114 NEALE AVENUE
FR
O
N
T
Y
A
R
D
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
Y
S
E
T
B
A
C
K
RE
A
R
Y
A
R
D
A
C
C
E
S
S
O
R
Y
S
E
T
B
A
C
KDITCH SETBACKNEALE AVENUEQU
E
E
N
S
T
R
E
E
T
955 KING STREET
975 KING STREET
NET LOT AREA - ALLOWABLE DENSITY
AREA BEFORE REDUCTIONS AREA AFTER REDUCTIONS (SF)
Gross Lot Area 36046.00 -
Area of Deductible Easements (0% Countable)1498.75 0.00
Area Outside of Easements in 0-20% Slope (100% Countable)29119.91 29119.91
Area Outside of Easements in 20-30% Slope (100% Countable)4729.76 4729.76
Area Outside of Easements over 30% Slope (100% Countable)697.58 697.58
Gross Lot Area 36046.00
Total Deductions 1498.75
Net Lot Area - Allowable Density 34547.25
Note: Net Lot Area Sufficient for
Standard Lot Split
UPPER PARCEL - NET LOT AREA AND ALLOWABLE FLOOR AREA
AREA BEFORE REDUCTIONS AREA AFTER REDUCTIONS (SF)
Gross Lot Area 15001.00 -
Area of Deductible Easements (0% Countable)0.00 0.00
Area Outside of Easements in 0-20% Slope (100% Countable)14781.75 14781.75
Area Outside of Easements in 20-30% Slope (50% Countable)219.25 109.63
Area Outside of Easements over 30% Slope (0% Countable)0.00 0.00
Total Deductions 109.63
Net Lot Area 14891.38
Allowable Floor Area On Upper Parcel (Single Family)Per Sec. 26.710.060:
(4080)+((5891.38/100)(7))4492.40
UPPER PARCEL - FLOOR AREA TO REMAIN FOLLOWING DEMO AREA (SQUARE FEET)
PRIMARY STRUCTURE - HISTORIC CABIN
Countable Interior Floor Area 748.25
Front Porch Area (Exempt)Per Sec. 26.525.020(d)(5)84.75
Deck Area (Exempt to 673.86 SF)Per Sec. 26.525.020(d)(4)69.00
Total Countable Floor Area - Historic Cabin 748.25
SECONDARY STRUCTURE - RELOCATED WOOD SHED
Total Countable Floor Area - Wood Shed 245.50
Total Proposed Floor Area on Upper Parcel 993.75
Total Allowable Floor Area on Upper Parcel 4492.36
N
0 10'20'40'SCALE: 1" = 20'1 ZONING COMPLIANCE PLAN
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PRESENTED
BY THE APPLICANT TO HPC ON 01/27/2021.
NOTE: BUILDINGS HIGHLIGHTED FOR
DEMO IS NOT UP TO DATE.
198
COPYRIGHT
PROJECT NO:
DRAWN BY:
FORUM PHI LLC
DATE OF PUBLICATION
Z-003
NET LOT AREA PLANS
11/19/20
KP, BF
2026.00
Aspen CO 81611
932 QUEEN ST
FORUMPHI
Aspen:
715 West Main Street, #204
Aspen, Colorado 81611
Carbondale:
36 N. 4th St.
Carbondale, CO 81623
forumphi.com
p: 970.279.4157
f: 866.770.5585
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
NET LOT AREA LEGEND
AREA OF 30%+ SLOPE
AREA OF DEDUCTIBLE EASEMENT
AREA OF 20% - 30% SLOPE
AREA OF 0% - 20% SLOPE
15.00 sq ft
4,502.00 sq ft
682.50 sq ft
7.75 sq ft
219.25 sq ft
1,498.75 sq ft
ACCESS EASEMENT RE
F
:
S
U
R
V
E
Y
PR
O
P
E
R
T
Y
L
I
N
E
PROPERTY LINEPROP
E
R
T
Y
LI
N
E
PROPERTY LINEPROPERTY LINEPROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE932 QUEEN STREET
GROSS LOT AREA: 36,046 SF
4,502.00 sq ft
15.00 sq ft
682.50 sq ft
7.75 sq ft
219.25 sq ft
1,498.75 sq ft
ACCESS EASEMENT RE
F
:
S
U
R
V
E
Y
PR
O
P
E
R
T
Y
L
I
N
E
PROPERTY LINEPROP
E
R
T
Y
LI
N
E
PROPERTY LINEPROPERTY LINEPROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINEPR
O
P
O
S
E
D
S
U
B
D
I
V
I
S
I
O
N
L
I
N
E
RE
A
R
Y
A
R
D
S
E
T
B
A
C
K
SIDE Y
A
R
D
S
E
T
B
A
C
KSIDE YARD SETBACKRE
A
R
Y
A
R
D
S
E
T
B
A
C
K
925 / 935 KING STREET
GROSS LOT AREA: 15,001 SF
932 QUEEN STREET
GROSS LOT AREA: 21,045 SF
NET LOT AREA - ALLOWABLE DENSITY
AREA BEFORE REDUCTIONS AREA AFTER REDUCTIONS (SF)
Gross Lot Area 36046.00 -
Area of Deductible Easements (0% Countable)1498.75 0.00
Area Outside of Easements in 0-20% Slope (100% Countable)29119.91 29119.91
Area Outside of Easements in 20-30% Slope (100% Countable)4729.76 4729.76
Area Outside of Easements over 30% Slope (100% Countable)697.58 697.58
Gross Lot Area 36046.00
Total Deductions 1498.75
Net Lot Area - Allowable Density 34547.25
Note: Net Lot Area Sufficient for
Standard Lot Split
UPPER PARCEL - NET LOT AREA AND ALLOWABLE FLOOR AREA
AREA BEFORE REDUCTIONS AREA AFTER REDUCTIONS (SF)
Gross Lot Area 15001.00 -
Area of Deductible Easements (0% Countable)0.00 0.00
Area Outside of Easements in 0-20% Slope (100% Countable)14781.75 14781.75
Area Outside of Easements in 20-30% Slope (50% Countable)219.25 109.63
Area Outside of Easements over 30% Slope (0% Countable)0.00 0.00
Total Deductions 109.63
Net Lot Area 14891.38
Allowable Floor Area On Upper Parcel (Single Family)Per Sec. 26.710.060:
(4080)+((5891.38/100)(7))4492.40
UPPER PARCEL - FLOOR AREA TO REMAIN FOLLOWING DEMO AREA (SQUARE FEET)
PRIMARY STRUCTURE - HISTORIC CABIN
Countable Interior Floor Area 748.25
Front Porch Area (Exempt)Per Sec. 26.525.020(d)(5)84.75
Deck Area (Exempt to 673.86 SF)Per Sec. 26.525.020(d)(4)69.00
Total Countable Floor Area - Historic Cabin 748.25
SECONDARY STRUCTURE - RELOCATED WOOD SHED
Total Countable Floor Area - Wood Shed 245.50
Total Proposed Floor Area on Upper Parcel 993.75
Total Allowable Floor Area on Upper Parcel 4492.36
N
0 10'20'40'SCALE: 1" = 20'1 NET LOT AREA - DENSITY
0 10'20'40'SCALE: 1" = 20'2 NET LOT AREA - FLOOR AREA
NOTE: GIVEN SIGNIFICANT DISTURBANCE
TO THE SITE OVER TIME, NET LOT AREA
UTILIZES HISTORIC GRADE SLOPE
ANALYSIS PROVIDED BY JASON NEIL OF
PEAK SURVEYING. THE ORIGINAL PEAK
SURVEYING DOCUMENT HAS BEEN
INCLUDED ON THE PRECEDING SHEET.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PRESENTED
BY THE APPLICANT TO HPC ON 01/27/2021.
199
COPYRIGHT
PROJECT NO:
DRAWN BY:
FORUM PHI LLC
DATE OF PUBLICATION
Z-004
NET LOT AREA PLANS
12/11/20
KP, BF
2026.00
Aspen CO 81611
932 QUEEN ST
FORUMPHI
Aspen:
715 West Main Street, #204
Aspen, Colorado 81611
Carbondale:
36 N. 4th St.
Carbondale, CO 81623
forumphi.com
p: 970.279.4157
f: 866.770.5585
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION
NET LOT AREA LEGEND
AREA OF 30%+ SLOPE
AREA OF DEDUCTIBLE EASEMENT
AREA OF 20% - 30% SLOPE
AREA OF 0% - 20% SLOPE
1,498.75 sq ftACCESS EASEMENT RE
F
:
S
U
R
V
E
Y
PR
O
P
E
R
T
Y
L
I
N
E
PROPERTY LINEPROP
E
R
T
Y
LI
N
E
PROPERTY LINEPROPERTY LINEPROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINE932 QUEEN STREET
GROSS LOT AREA: 36,046 SF
1,498.75 sq ft1,498.75 sq ft
ACCESS EASEMENT RE
F
:
S
U
R
V
E
Y
PR
O
P
E
R
T
Y
L
I
N
E
PROPERTY LINEPROP
E
R
T
Y
LI
N
E
PROPERTY LINEPROPERTY LINEPROPERTY LINE PROPERTY LINEPR
O
P
O
S
E
D
S
U
B
D
I
V
I
S
I
O
N
L
I
N
E
RE
A
R
Y
A
R
D
S
E
T
B
A
C
K
SIDE Y
A
R
D
S
E
T
B
A
C
KSIDE YARD SETBACKRE
A
R
Y
A
R
D
S
E
T
B
A
C
K
925 / 935 KING STREET
GROSS LOT AREA: 15,001 SF
932 QUEEN STREET
GROSS LOT AREA: 21,045 SF
NET LOT AREA - ALLOWABLE DENSITY
AREA BEFORE REDUCTIONS AREA AFTER REDUCTIONS (SF)
Gross Lot Area 36046.00 -
Area of Deductible Easements (0% Countable)1498.75 0.00
Area Outside of Easements in 0-20% Slope (100% Countable)27656.19 27656.19
Area Outside of Easements in 20-30% Slope (100% Countable)1303.40 1303.40
Area Outside of Easements over 30% Slope (100% Countable)5587.66 5587.66
Gross Lot Area 36046.00
Total Deductions 1498.75
Net Lot Area - Allowable Density 34547.25
Note: Net Lot Area Sufficient for
Standard Lot Split
UPPER PARCEL - NET LOT AREA AND ALLOWABLE FLOOR AREA
AREA BEFORE REDUCTIONS AREA AFTER REDUCTIONS (SF)
Gross Lot Area 15001.00 -
Area of Deductible Easements (0% Countable)0.00 0.00
Area Outside of Easements in 0-20% Slope (100% Countable)13487.75 13487.75
Area Outside of Easements in 20-30% Slope (50% Countable)191.75 95.88
Area Outside of Easements over 30% Slope (0% Countable)1321.5 0.00
Total Deductions 1417.38
Net Lot Area 13583.63
Allowable Floor Area On Upper Parcel (Single Family)Per Sec. 26.710.060:
(4080)+((4583.63/100)(7))4400.85
UPPER PARCEL - FLOOR AREA TO REMAIN FOLLOWING DEMO AREA (SQUARE FEET)
PRIMARY STRUCTURE - HISTORIC CABIN
Countable Interior Floor Area 748.25
Front Porch Area (Exempt)Per Sec. 26.525.020(d)(5)84.75
Deck Area (Exempt to 673.86 SF)Per Sec. 26.525.020(d)(4)69.00
Total Countable Floor Area - Historic Cabin 748.25
SECONDARY STRUCTURE - RELOCATED WOOD SHED
Total Countable Floor Area - Wood Shed 245.50
Total Proposed Floor Area on Upper Parcel 993.75
Total Allowable Floor Area on Upper Parcel 4400.85
N
0 10'20'40'SCALE: 1" = 20'1 NET LOT AREA - DENSITY
0 10'20'40'SCALE: 1" = 20'2 NET LOT AREA - FLOOR AREA
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION PRESENTED
BY THE APPLICANT TO HPC ON 01/27/2021.
200
REGULAR MEETING HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION JANUARY 27, 2020
Chairperson Thompson opened the meeting at 4:30 p.m.
Commissioners in attendance: Kara Thompson, Scott Kendrick, Roger Moyer, Jeff Halferty,
Commissioners not in attendance: Sherri Sanzone
Staff present:
Amy Simon, Planning Director
Sarah Yoon, Historic Preservation Planner
Kate Johnson, Assistant City Attorney
Wes Graham, Deputy City Clerk
APPROVAL OF MINUTES: Mr. Moyer moved to approve the minutes; Mr. Kendrick
seconded. All in favor.
PUBLIC COMMENT: None
COMMISSIONER COMMENTS: None
DISCLOSURE OF CONFLICT: Ms. Thompson stated that she is conflicted as well as Ms.
Sanzone on the 925 King Street project.
CERTIFICATE OF NO NEGATIVE EFFECT: Ms. Simon stated that they are busy with
project monitoring. She said that staff and monitor reviewed some revisions for 105 E Hallam.
Ms. Simon said there will be a meeting to discuss the Aspen Institute project with the monitor.
She stated that a certificate of no negative effect was issued to 330 Gillespie Ave.
Ms. Yoon said that the certificate was issued and now waiting for the work order.
CALL UPS: Ms. Yoon stated that 227 E. Bleeker was taken to City Council and not called up.
Ms. Thompson left the meeting
OLD BUSINESS: 925 King Street – Demolition and recommendation on the adjustment of the
boundaries of the Historic Designation and the Establishment of TDRs. Sara Adams of
BendonAdams LLC.
Ms. Yoon stated that this project was continued from a December meeting.
Ms. Adams stated that they are proposing the demolition of the non-historic structures, a
traditional lot spit, adjust the historic boundary, and establish Transfer of Development Rights
(TDRs). She said that the lot is roughly 36000 sq. ft. and other than a few structures that were
built without permits the lot is unchanged. Ms. Adams said that this lot is known as the Ernst
Kappeli property however it has changed hands twice. She stated that there is not a lot of
documentation of this neighborhood, and they reached out to Denver’s archives for clarity. Ms.
Adams said without building permits on most of the structures it was very difficult to research
what was there. Ms. Adams showed the non-historic duplex, shed, and a shack that is slated for
demolition. She showed a picture of the non-historic shed that sits at the bank of the ditch. She
explained that the material of the shed is mixed and slapped together. Ms. Adams stated that
building #5 is being proposed to be retained, she said the structure shows evidence of being
historic. She said that building #6 has no permits nor is it historic. Ms. Adams stated that there is
a record with the county showing Mr. Kappeli’s intent to turn building #5 into a dwelling. She
explained that there was a survey done in 1965 that accompanied the application showcasing
what was on the lot. Ms. Adams showed a proposed preservation plan that identified the three
buildings that will be preserved and the five non-historic structures that will be demolished. Ms.
Adams stated that the lot split will make two parcels, 2A a non-historic parcel that is 21,045 sq.
ft. and 2B a historic parcel that is 15,001 sq. ft. She showed a topographical map that highlighted
201
REGULAR MEETING HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION JANUARY 27, 2020
the ditch, pond, and elevation change between to two proposed lots. She said that the pond is
being proposed for removal. Ms. Adams stated that with the lot split and historic boundary HPC
will have purview of Lot 2B with the miner’s cabin and log cabin however, HPC will not have
purview over Lot 2A. She explained that Lot 2A has no visual connection between the upper and
lower bench, the lots have different street frontages and there is a significant grade change
between the lots. Ms. Adams stated that the lower Lot allowable FAR is 4,473 sq ft. and for
parcel 2B the available FAR is 3,087. She explained they are proposing 2 TDRs to help remove
development pressures from the historic lot.
STAFF COMMENTS: Ms. Yoon stated that the videos that were provided to the board can be
viewed by reaching out to the City of Aspen staff.
Ms. Yoon said that HPC will need to decide on the request for demolition of five structures on
the property and to provide recommendations to City Council regarding the amendment to the
historic designation boundaries that currently encompass the entire lot. She explained that this is
not a request for a new designation or to delist anything rather an amendment to the current
designation. Ms. Yoon added that HPC will be recommending the request of establishing TDRs
of the historic lot. Ms. Yoon identified the five buildings that are slated for demolition and
stating that staff supports the demotion of the non-historic buildings. Ms. Yoon Stated the
proposed amendment to the lot line is in direct relation with the three buildings being preserved
in their current location. She said that staff supports the designation staying with the parcel 2B
where the historic structures will remain. Ms. Yoon explained that HPC will need to discuss the
location of the lot line to ensure adequate buffering space between lots. Ms. Yoon stated that
staff supports the 2 TDR request from the applicant. Ms. Yoon added that there is a condition in
the resolution that all calculations must be verified before going to City Council. She stated that
staff recommends the approval of the demolition of the non-historic buildings, the adjustment to
the historic designation boundary, the establishment of 2 TDRs.
Mr. Moyer asked what staff’s opinion about the lifting of the designation on the non-historic
parcel.
Ms. Yoon stated that the staff agrees with the applicant. She explained that it is an interior lot, a
significant grade change, and there is a difficult visual connection.
Mr. Moyer asked if there would be enough square footage to develop after the TDRs taken.
Ms. Yoon said that HPC needs to consider where the lot line falls while taking into account
setbacks.
Mr. Moyer asked if there is enough room.
Ms. Yoon said that staff would like to see a bit more room.
Ms. Simon stated that when the time comes to add on to the historic resource, that it will be
preserved on the King Street face and the addition will not have to come from the side. She
explained that they would like to see an appropriate amount of depth in the lot for future plans.
Mr. Halferty asked if the setbacks will be developed by a zoning exercise or conformed by the
R15.
Ms. Yoon said that setbacks will be conforming to the underline zoning of R15A.
Mr. Halferty asked what the setbacks will be.
Mr. Kendrick said 10’, 10’, 10’ for the side and rear 25’ for the front.
202
REGULAR MEETING HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION JANUARY 27, 2020
Ms. Adams stated that there is a ditch that runs through the property. She explained that the City
is requiring an easement on each side of the bank and moving the lot line in the rear might help
and there will be restrictions still.
Mr. Moyer asked if the ditch could be moved or buried.
Ms. Adams stated that the ditch will not be moved nor buried. She said that for maintains reasons
the City wants it open.
Mr. Kendrick asked about the historic integrity of building #5. He raised the question of the
historic benefit to the community if it is tuck so far into the lot who will see it. Mr. Kendrick said
if building #5 was not going to be preserved it would be a lot easier and cleaner to draw the lot
line straight across.
Ms. Adams stated that they would be open to that plan.
Ms. Yoon said that it has been difficult to identify the historic integrity of the buildings
especially building #5. She explained staff is acting very conservative to extinguish all avenues
and identify any historic relations.
Mr. Halferty asked what the Lot sizes will be.
Ms. Yoon that the lot split will make two parcels 2A anon-historic parcel that is 21,045 sq. ft.
and 2B a historic parcel that is 15,001 sq. ft.
PUBLIC COMMENTs: None
COMMISSION COMMENTS: Mr. Kendrick stated that he is in favor of the TDRs and the
adjustment of the historic lot line to encompass the upper lot. He said that he is questioning how
the lot lines are drawn and the historic shed.
Mr. Moyer stated that he agrees with the staff. He said he is in favor of demolition and not
opposed to the TDRs. Mr. Moyer asked if it is too soon to be looking at lot lines if HPC does not
have an application for either lot. He stated that he agrees with Mr. Kendrick about making the
lot lines simpler.
Mr. Halferty said he agrees with Mr. Kendrick about the shed. Due to the cellphone connection,
Mr. Halferty’s comments were inaudible.
Mr. Kendrick asked if Ms. Adams could show the other Lot line proposal if building #5 is not
historic.
Ms. Yoon said she wants to understand and summarize what is being asked. That there is a
question about retaining building #5. She explained that the information they could find shows
there might be some historic integrity, and that is why the decision was to keep building #5. Ms.
Yoon stated that they would have to assess building #5 through the demolition criteria and see if
it meets the criteria.
Mr. Moyer asked Ms. Yoon’s opinion about the demolition of building #5.
Ms. Yoon stated that the building was not assessed under the demolition criteria.
Ms. Adams asked if she could show the original Lot split and the 1995 letter that described the
buildings and historic inventory file. Ms. Adams showed the letter that indicates that building #5
was constructed by bits and pieces of found material and that it was placed in the location. She
showed a rendering of the originally proposed Lot split with a more of a traditional line cut.
Mr. Kendrick stated if that letter is accurate, and the building is not original to the lot and an
incomplete building there is no real historic relation.
Mr. Halferty said that it seems to be remnants of stuff without permits.
Mr. Moyer asked if the city had aerial photos from the 1920s.
Ms. Yoon stated that the earliest photos they could capture of this area were from the 60s’.
203
REGULAR MEETING HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION JANUARY 27, 2020
Ms. Yoon showed the demolition criteria that was used on the other structures.
Mr. Moyer stated that building #5 meets the criteria for demolition.
Mr. Kendrick said that it meets the criteria.
Mr. Halferty agreed.
Ms. Yoon asked if HPC would like to add building #5 to the list of demolition.
All agreed.
Ms. Adams asked if building #5 is demolished can the Lot line go back to the original proposed
straight shot.
Mr. Moyer said that is what Mr. Kendrick proposed and that he agrees with.
Mr. Halferty raised concern with the lot adjustment and impacts with the historic resource.
Ms. Adams stated that it would not since the ditch will remain and create a natural buffer.
Ms. Simon stated that HPC is making a recommendation to City Council about this Lot line and
will be confirmed with and by City Council.
Ms. Johnson stated that the new information that is being shown needs to be submitted to the
Clerk’s office for public record.
Ms. Adams showed a Lot area map with the proposed straight across lot line with the historic
resources, a ditch with the proposed easements. She explained that the ditch with easements and
the setbacks already create a buffer between the properties.
Mr. Kendrick asked if duplexes are allowed in R15A.
MS. Adams stated for historic it is, and the lower lot is intended to be a single-family home.
Mr. Moyer said that he feels whatever is built there in the future will not impact the historic lot.
Mr. Kendrick stated that the motion for this project will recommend the TDRs, demolition of the
buildings, and adding building #5 to the demolition list.
Ms. Yoon brought up the proposed resolution to clarify the addition of adding building #5 to the
demolition list and the adjustment to the boundaries to the historic designation lot line.
Mr. Kendrick moved to approve Resolutions #02-2021 as amended; Mr. Moyer seconded.
ROLL CALL: Mr. Kendrick, Yes; Mr. Moyer, Yes; Mr. Halferty, Yes. All in favor. Motion
OTHER BUSINESS: Ms. Simon and Ms. Yoon showed a presentation of a Year In Review.
This presentation was an overview of the different projects that came before HPC. There was 21
meetings total, 4 in-person 17 virtual meetings. There were 25 projects presented and 27
resolutions passed. There were 13 certificates of no negative effects issued. Ms. Simon and Ms.
Yoon gave a brief summary of each approved project that came before HPC. Ms. Yoon showed
the HPC award candidates for 2020 and stated that there will be a future discussion about the
awards. Ms. Simon said that the recruitment process to fill the four vacancies is ongoing and
please pass along anyone's information.
Adjourn: All in favor.
_________________________
Wes Graham, Deputy Clerk
204
HPC Resolution #02, Series of 2021
Page 1 of 3
RESOLUTION #02, SERIES OF 2021
A RESOLUTION OF THE ASPEN HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION (HPC)
GRANTING DEMOLITION FOR SPECIFIC STRUCTURES ON THE SUBJECT
PROPERTY, AND RECOMMENDING CITY COUNCIL APPROVAL TO ADJUST THE
BOUNDARIES OF THE HISTORIC DESIGNATION AND FOR THE
ESTABLISHMENT OF TWO TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS (TDR) FOR
THE PROPERTY LOCATED AT 925 KING STREET, PARCEL 2 OF THE BOUNDARY
AGREEMENT PLAT RECORDED APRIL 29, 1983 IN PLAT BOOK 13 AT PAGE 35 AS
RECEPTION NO. 240935, CITY AND TOWNSITE OF ASPEN, COLORADO
PARCEL ID: 2737-074-00-022
WHEREAS, the applicant, King Street Com LLC, c/o John Belkin, represented by
BendonAdams LLC, has requested HPC approval for Demolition, and for recommendations on
the adjustment of the boundaries of the Historic Designation and the establishment of
Transferable Development Rights (TDRs) for the property located at 925 King Street, Parcel 2 of
the Boundary Agreement Plat recorded April 29, 1983 in Plat Book 13 at Page 35 as Reception
No. 240935, City and Townsite of Aspen, Colorado; and
WHEREAS, Section 26.415.070 of the Municipal Code states that “no building or structure
shall be erected, constructed, enlarged, altered, repaired, relocated or improved involving a
designated historic property or district until plans or sufficient information have been submitted
to the Community Development Director and approved in accordance with the procedures
established for their review;” and
WHEREAS, for approval of Demolition, the application shall meet the requirements of
Municipal Code Section 26.415.080, Demolition of a Designated Property; and
WHEREAS, for approval of the boundaries of a Historic Designation, HPC makes a
recommendation to City Council based on the requirements of Municipal Code Section
26.415.030, Designation of Historic Properties; and
WHEREAS, for the approval of TDRs, HPC makes a recommendation to City Council based on
the requirements of Municipal Code Section 26.535.070; and
WHEREAS, Community Development Department staff reviewed the application for
compliance with applicable review standards and recommended approval with conditions; and
WHEREAS, on January 27, 2021. HPC considered the application, the staff memo and public
comment, and found the proposal consistent with the review standards and granted approval with
conditions by a vote of 3 - 0.
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED:
That HPC hereby approves Demolition, and recommends Council approval of the proposed
boundaries for the Historic Designation of the subject property and the creation of up to two (2)
205
HPC Resolution #02, Series of 2021
Page 2 of 3
TDRs for 925 King Street, Parcel 2 of the Boundary Agreement Plat recorded April 29, 1983 in Plat
Book 13 at Page 35 as Reception No. 240935, City and Townsite of Aspen, Colorado as follows:
Section 1: Demolition
HPC hereby approves Demolition as represented in the application, allowing the total demolition of
the buildings identified as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.
Section 2: Boundaries of the Historic Designation and Transferable Development Rights
Pursuant to the findings set forth above, the Historic Preservation Commission does hereby
recommend the adjustment to the boundaries of the Historic Designation as amended and depicted in
the additional information presented during the HPC hearing and the establishment of up to two (2)
TDRs for 925 King Street with the following condition:
1.) Floor Area calculations for the TDR request must be verified by the Zoning Department
prior to the City Council review.
Section 3: Material Representations
All material representations and commitments made by the Applicant pursuant to the
development proposal approvals as herein awarded, whether in public hearing or documentation
presented before the Community Development Department, the Historic Preservation
Commission, or the Aspen City Council are hereby incorporated in such plan development
approvals and the same shall be complied with as if fully set forth herein, unless amended by
other specific conditions or an authorized authority.
Section 4: Existing Litigation
This Resolution shall not affect any existing litigation and shall not operate as an abatement of
any action or proceeding now pending under or by virtue of the ordinances repealed or amended
as herein provided, and the same shall be conducted and concluded under such prior ordinances.
Section 5: Severability
If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this Resolution is for any reason
held invalid or unconstitutional in a court of competent jurisdiction, such portion shall be
deemed a separate, distinct and independent provision and shall not affect the validity of the
remaining portions thereof.
Section 6: Vested Rights
The development approvals granted herein shall constitute a site-specific development plan
vested for a period of three (3) years from the date of issuance of a development order. However,
any failure to abide by any of the terms and conditions attendant to this approval shall result in
the forfeiture of said vested property rights. Unless otherwise exempted or extended, failure to
properly record all plats and agreements required to be recorded, as specified herein, within 180
days of the effective date of the development order shall also result in the forfeiture of said
vested property rights and shall render the development order void within the meaning of Section
26.104.050 (Void permits). Zoning that is not part of the approved site-specific development
plan shall not result in the creation of a vested property right.
206
HPC Resolution #02, Series of 2021
Page 3 of 3
No later than fourteen (14) days following final approval of all requisite reviews necessary to
obtain a development order as set forth in this Ordinance, the City Clerk shall cause to be
published in a newspaper of general circulation within the jurisdictional boundaries of the City of
Aspen, a notice advising the general public of the approval of a site specific development plan
and creation of a vested property right pursuant to this Title. Such notice shall be substantially in
the following form:
Notice is hereby given to the general public of the approval of a site specific development plan,
and the creation of a vested property right, valid for a period of three (3) years, pursuant to the
Land Use Code of the City of Aspen and Title 24, Article 68, Colorado Revised Statutes,
pertaining to the following described property: 925 King Street.
Nothing in this approval shall exempt the development order from subsequent reviews and
approvals required by this approval of the general rules, regulations and ordinances or the City of
Aspen provided that such reviews and approvals are not inconsistent with this approval.
The approval granted hereby shall be subject to all rights of referendum and judicial review; the
period of time permitted by law for the exercise of such rights shall not begin to run until the
date of publication of the notice of final development approval as required under Section
26.304.070(A). The rights of referendum shall be limited as set forth in the Colorado
Constitution and the Aspen Home Rule Charter.
APPROVED BY THE COMMISSION at its regular meeting on the 27th day of January, 2021.
Approved as to Form: Approved as to Content:
________________________________ ______________________________
Katharine Johnson, Assistant City Attorney Jeffrey Halferty, Vice Chair
ATTEST:
______________________________
Wes Graham, Deputy City Clerk
207
100 Marolt Pl, Marolt Ranch PD
Ordinance No. 01, Series 2021
Page 1 of 7
ORDINANCE NO. 01
(SERIES OF 2021)
AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF ASPEN CITY COUNCIL GRANTING A MINOR
PLANNED DEVELOPMENT AMENDMENT TO THE PROJECT REVIEW APPROVAL
AND A MINOR PLANNED DEVELOPMENT AMENDMENT TO THE DETAILED
REVIEW APPROVAL FOR THE PROPERTY LOCATED AT 100 MAROLT PL;
LEGALLY DESCRIBED AS: LOT 3, MAROLT RANCH, AS SHOWN ON THE SECOND
AMENDED SUBDIVISION PLAT & PUD FOR MAROLT RANCH SUBDIVISION
RECORDED DECEMBER 14, 1993 IN PLAT BOOK 33 AT PAGE 51, COUNTY OF
PITKIN, CITY OF ASPEN, STATE OF COLORADO.
Parcel ID: 2735-123-63-702
WHEREAS, the Community Development Department received an application for the
land use review for the development of 100 Marolt Pl, Lot 3, Marolt Ranch Subdivision (the
Application) from Jenny Elliot (Applicant), represented by Mark Mahoney, for Minor Planned
Development Amendment to a Project Review Approval and Minor Planned Development
Amendment to a Detailed Review Approval; and,
WHEREAS, all code citation references are to the City of Aspen Land Use Code in effect
on the day of initial application – October 6, 2020, as applicable to this project’s requests; and,
WHEREAS, this property is located in the PUBLIC (PUB) zone district and is 4.3 acres
in size (187,308 sq. ft.); and,
WHEREAS, the Community Development Department referred the Application and
received comments from the City Engineering, Parks Departments, and APCHA; and,
WHEREAS, said referral agencies and the Aspen Community Development Department
reviewed the proposed Application and recommended approval of the request; and,
WHEREAS, all required public noticing was provided as evidenced by an affidavit of
public noticing submitted to the record, as provided by the Applicant to meet the requirements of
Land Use Code Section 26.304.035, and the public was provided full access to review the
Application; and,
WHEREAS, City Council has reviewed and considered the development proposal under the
applicable provisions of the Municipal Code as identified herein, has reviewed and considered the
recommendations of the Community Development Director, the applicable referral agencies, and
has taken and considered public comment at a public hearing; and,
WHEREAS, on January 26, 2021, the Aspen City Council approved Ordinance No. 01,
Series of 2021 on First Reading by a five to zero (5 – 0) vote, and opened and set the date for
Second Reading to February 23, 2021; and,
208
100 Marolt Pl, Marolt Ranch PD
Ordinance No. 01, Series 2021
Page 2 of 7
WHEREAS, City Council finds that the development proposal meets or exceeds all the
applicable development standards; and,
WHEREAS, City Council finds that this Ordinance furthers and is necessary for the
promotion of public health, safety, and welfare.
NOW, THEREFORE BE IT ORDAINED BY THE CITY OF ASPEN CITY COUNCIL AS
FOLLOWS:
Section 1: Minor Planned Development Amendment to a Project and Detailed Review
Approval:
Pursuant to the procedures and standards set forth in Title 26 of the Aspen Municipal Code, the
City Council grants approval of the 100 Marolt Pl. Minor Planned Development Amendment to
the Project Review Approval and the Minor Planned Development Amendment to the Detailed
Review Approval allowing for the following site improvements: addition of an exterior
freezer/cooler unit, the addition of roughly 550 square feet of at grade patio, and enlargement of
the stair platform subject to the recommended conditions of approval as listed herein in Section 3.
An amended plat documenting the location of the approved site improvements, as shown in Exhibit
A, shall be submitted for review by the Community Development Director within 180 days of the
issuance of a Development Order.
Section 2: Conditions of Approval
The development of sit improvements at 100 Marolt Pl of the Marolt Ranch Subdivision PD are
subject to the following conditions of approval:
1. The Applicant shall submit for review and recordation by the Community Development
Director an amended plat within 180 days of the issuance of a development order that
clearly depicts all proposed improvements to the site.
2. A building permit shall not be issued unless the project is in compliance with all other
policies and codes as currently adopted by the City of Aspen.
3. At building permit issuance, the approved project shall satisfy the requirements of Title 29,
The City of Aspen’s Engineering Design Standards – including but not limited to approval
of required plans.
4. The Applicant will be required to submit any applicable Parks Department permits prior to
building permit submittal, as required by the City Forester and the Parks Department.
5. Any updates to utilities required by the development of this lot will be at the sole cost of
the developer.
Section 3:
All material representations and commitments made by the Applicant pursuant to the development
proposal approvals as herein awarded, whether in public hearing or documentation presented
209
100 Marolt Pl, Marolt Ranch PD
Ordinance No. 01, Series 2021
Page 3 of 7
before the Community Development Department, the Planning and Zoning Commission, or the
Aspen City Council are hereby incorporated in such plan development approvals and the same
shall be complied with as if fully set forth herein, unless amended by other specific conditions or
an authorized authority.
Section 4:
This Ordinance shall not affect any existing litigation and shall not operate as an abatement of any
action or proceeding now pending under or by virtue of the ordinances repealed or amended as
herein provided, and the same shall be conducted and concluded under such prior ordinances.
Section 5:
If any section, subsection, sentence, clause, phrase, or portion of this Ordinance is for any reason
held invalid or unconstitutional in a court of competent jurisdiction, such portion shall be deemed
a separate, distinct and independent provision and shall not affect the validity of the remaining
portions thereof.
INTRODUCED, READ AND ORDERED PUBLISHED as provided by law, by the City Council
of the City of Aspen on the 26th day of January, 2021.
Attest: Approved as to content:
_______________________________ ___________________________________
Nicole Henning, City Clerk Torre, Mayor
FINALLY, adopted, passed and approved this 23rd day of February, 2021.
Approved as to form: Approved as to content:
_______________________________ ___________________________________
Jim True, City Attorney Torre, Mayor
Attest:
_______________________________
Nicole Henning, City Clerk
EXHIBITS:
Exhibit A: Approved Site Plans (Recorded)
Exhibit B: Approved Elevations and Floor Plan (Recorded)
Exhibit C: Application (Not Recorded)
Exhibit D: Minor PD Amendment Criteria (Not Recorded)
210
100 Marolt Pl, Marolt Ranch PD
Ordinance No. 01, Series 2021
Page 4 of 7
Exhibit A
211
100 Marolt Pl, Marolt Ranch PD
Ordinance No. 01, Series 2021
Page 5 of 7
Exhibit A
212
100 Marolt Pl, Marolt Ranch PD
Ordinance No. 01, Series 2021
Page 6 of 7
Exhibit B
213
100 Marolt Pl, Marolt Ranch PD
Ordinance No. 01, Series 2021
Page 7 of 7
Exhibit B
214
MEMORANDUM
TO: Mayor Torre and City of Aspen City Council
FROM: Jeffrey Barnhill, Planner
THROUGH: Phillip Supino, Community Development Director
MEMO DATE: February 8, 2021
MEETING DATE: February 23, 2021
RE: 100 Marolt Place (Marolt Ranch Cafeteria) – Planned Development - Minor
Amendment to a Project & Detailed Review Approval Ordinance No. 01,
Series of 2021 – Second Reading
Applicant:
Jenny Elliot/Aspen Music School
225 Music School Road,
Aspen, CO 81611
Owner:
City of Aspen
Representatives:
Mark Mahoney, Markitecture
742 Euclid Avenue,
Carbondale, CO 81623
Location:
100 Marolt Place, Marolt Ranch Lot: 3
Current Zoning:
Public (Pub)
Summary:
Improvements to the Cafeteria building
are proposed on Marolt Ranch Lot: 3.
The lot contains the Marolt Ranch
seasonal rental units and the Cafeteria
building. In order to accommodate the
improvements, floor area will be added.
The applicant is requesting a Combined
Project and Detailed Review approval to
allow the additional floor area and
changes to design elements.
Staff Recommendation:
Staff recommends City Council approve the Planned
Development Amendment for design element
changes and increase the floor area on site for the
improvements to the Cafeteria area of Lot 3 Marolt
Ranch.
Figure 1: Aerial Image of Site
215
Page 2 of 5
REQUEST OF COUNCIL: The Applicant requests the following Land Use approvals from City
Council. Council has the final decision-making authority on the requests.
• Planned Development – Amendment to a Project Review Approval (Section
26.445.110.D) to establish dimensional requirements
• Planned Development – Amendment to a Detailed Review Approval (Section
26.445.110.E) for material and design element changes.
SUMMARY AND BACKGROUND:
100 Marolt Place is a developed lot with seasonal rental housing units and an associated cafeteria
building with laundry and music practice facilities. It is located at the end of Marolt Place in the
Marolt Ranch Planned Development. The property is bordered to the north by the Marolt Ranch
Open Space and the Thomas Property Open Space, Castle Creek Road and Aspen Valley
Hospital to the west, and Castle Creek to the east and south.
Ordinance No. 25, Series of 1990 granted final subdivision/PUD approval for the Marolt Ranch
Affordable Housing Project. A PUD Agreement was filed in response to Ordinance No. 25, Series of
1990 that describes the project as consisting of, “one hundred (100) units of approximately five
hundred (500) square feet each, a cafeteria building with laundry and music practice facilities; and a
fifty (50) space parking area”. This development is known as Marolt Seasonal Housing
The dimensional standards and limitations for the development were finalized in the Final
Development Plan for the PUD. Therefore, plans approved in the Final Development Plan establish
the dimensional standards for the cafeteria and other structures on site. Per the Land Use Code, any
increase in floor area or changes in massing are subject to an amendment to the Project Review
approval to be considered by City Council, which is the focus of this proposal before Council. As
exterior materials changes are included in the proposed amendments, staff has combined Final
Development and Detailed reviews to make for a more efficient process.
Proposal:
The applicant wishes to make improvements to the site, including a concrete at-grade patio, a
detached walk-in freezer/cooler unit on the south side of the building, and minor re-work of the
existing metal stairs accessing the south side of the building. The stair reconfiguration is
necessary to facilitate delivery trucks loading needs. The existing site plan is shown below in
Figure 2, the improvements are shown in red. As shown in Figure 2, all improvements are limited
to the subject lot.
216
Page 3 of 5
Figure 2: Site Plan with Proposed Improvements
The Applicant requests City Council approve a roughly 500 sq. ft. addition of an at grade patio, a
detached walk-in freezer/cooler unit, and an extension to the stairwell at the back of the cafeteria
building. A Planned Development Project Review approval sets the dimensional requirements of
a Planned Development. Any alteration to the approved dimensional limitations, such as those
currently requested of Council, require a Minor Amendment to the Project Review Approval.
The proposed additions to the Cafeteria building and surrounding area also require an
amendment to a Detailed Review Approval due to the design element changes of the building
structure. The applicant’s request for a Minor Amendment to the Detailed Review Approval is so
limited in scope that the Detailed Review and Project Review Approvals were combined into one
review by City Council. The proposed improvements replicate the existing south entry condition
and only extend the existing stair landing and add the additional freezer/cooler unit. There will be
no changes to the building’s fenestration
217
Page 4 of 5
Figure 3: North Elevation with Proposed Improvements
Figure 4: East Elevations with Proposed Improvements
218
Page 5 of 5
DISCUSSION:
Minor Amendment – Planned Development Project Review and Detailed Review
(See Exhibit A):
The Applicant requests an increase in Floor Area to accommodate the proposed improvements.
This is due to the methodology for the calculation of floor area, which includes certain exterior at-
grade elements above six inches in height. The project is limited in scope and serves the purpose
of better utilization of the cafeteria space at Marolt Ranch. Staff has determined the development
is suitable and compatible with the context and character of the area. The applicant is working
with the Parks Department and Engineering to ensure that they will be compliant with all
applicable criteria. There will be no changes to parking, pedestrian or biking facilities, and will not
require any infrastructure upgrades. Staff believes that this will have minimal impact on the site
due to the relatively small scope of the project.
Staff has found the requested increase in floor area and design changes to be consistent with the
Marolt Ranch PD site planning. The proposed improvements are not within steep slopes, and the
proposed development has little impact on the natural area. The current request minimally
increases the impacts on the site. Thus, staff supports the proposed improvements
REFERRAL DEPARTMENTS:
The application was reviewed by the Engineering, Parks, and APCHA. Staff is working with the
applicant to address any concerns or needs of those agencies prior to building permit.
RESPONSE TO COUNCIL COMMENTS FROM FIRST READING:
Staff discussed the use of pervious materials with the applicant. The applicant will work with the
Engineering Department to ensure that all improvements meet all applicable engineering
standards and stormwater best management practices.
FINANCIAL IMPACTS:
The City bears no financial obligations for any development, and no changes to infrastructure or
utility upgrades are necessary for this development.
ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS:
N/A
ALTERNATIVES:
N/A
RECOMMENDATION:
Staff recommends that City Council adopt Ordinance No. 01, Series of 2021 on Second Reading.
CITY MANAGER COMMENTS: N/A
PROPOSED MOTION:
“I move to adopt Ordinance No. 01, Series of 2021 on Second Reading.”
EXHIBITS:
A. Review Criteria – Minor Planned Development Amendment to a Project and Detailed Review
Approval
B. Land Use Application
C. Draft Ordinance
219
Exhibit B – Planned Development Review
Page 1 of 7
EXHIBIT B
PLANNED DEVELOPMENT PROJECT AND DETAILED REVIEW
26.445.050. Project Review Standards.
The Project Review shall focus on the general concept for the development and shall outline any
dimensional requirements that vary from those allowed in the underlying zone district. The
burden shall rest upon an applicant to show the reasonableness of the development application
and its conformity to the standards and procedures of this Chapter and this Title. The underlying
zone district designation shall be used as a guide, but not an absolute limitation, to the
dimensions which may be considered during the development review process. Any dimensional
variations allowed shall be specified in the ordinance granting Project Approval. In the review of
a development application for a Project Review, the Planning and Zoning Commission or the
Historic Preservation Commission, as applicable, and City Council shall consider the following:
A. Compliance with Adopted Regulatory Plans. The proposed development complies with
applicable adopted regulatory plans.
Staff Findings: The lot is not subject to any regulatory plan. Staff finds this criterion is not
applicable
B. Development Suitability. The proposed Planned Development prohibits development on
land unsuitable for development because of natural or man-made hazards affecting the property,
including flooding, mudflow, debris flow, fault ruptures, landslides, rock or soil creep, rock falls,
rock slides, mining activity including mine waste deposit, avalanche or snowslide areas, slopes in
excess of 30%, and any other natural or man-made hazard or condition that could harm the
health, safety, or welfare of the community. Affected areas may be accepted as suitable for
development if adequate mitigation techniques acceptable to the City Engineer are proposed in
compliance with Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards. Conceptual plans for mitigation
techniques may be accepted for this standard. The City Engineer may require specific designs,
mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines be defined as part of the Detailed Review
and documented within a Development Agreement.
Staff Findings: The project site does have steep slopes, but no development is proposed on
slopes in excess of 30%. Development is not located within the Aspen mudflow or debris zone
or 100-year floodplain. Initial analysis by City Engineering staff did not identify any concerns
regarding hazards. Staff finds this criterion to be met.
C. Site Planning. The site plan is compatible with the context and visual character of the
area. In meeting this standard, the following criteria shall be used:
1. The site plan responds to the site’s natural characteristics and physical constraints such
as steep slopes, vegetation, waterways, and any natural or man-made hazards and allows
development to blend in with or enhance said features.
220
Exhibit B – Planned Development Review
Page 2 of 7
2. The project preserves important geologic features, mature vegetation, and structures or
features of the site that have historic, cultural, visual, or ecological importance or
contribute to the identity of the town.
Staff Findings: The Applicant is working with the Parks Department to ensure mature
vegetation or trees are not disturbed to the extent practical. The proposed development works
with the geography of the site. Staff finds this criterion to be met.
3. Buildings are oriented to public streets and are sited to reflect the neighborhood context.
Buildings and access ways are arranged to allow effective emergency, maintenance, and
service vehicle access.
Staff Findings: The site is accessed via Marolt Pl. Emergency, maintenance, and service vehicle
access will not be impacted by the proposed project. Staff finds this criterion to be met
D. Dimensions. All dimensions, including density, mass, and height shall be established
during the Project Review. A development application may request variations to any dimensional
requirement of this Title. In meeting this standard, consideration shall be given to the following
criteria:
1. There exists a significant community goal to be achieved through such variations.
Staff Findings: Staff finds this criterion to be not applicable.
2. The proposed dimensions represent a character suitable for and indicative of the
primary uses of the project.
Staff Findings: The proposed dimensions are suitable for the site, Staff finds this criterion to be
met.
3. The project is compatible with or enhances the cohesiveness or distinctive identit y of the
neighborhood and surrounding development patterns, including the scale and massing of
nearby historical or cultural resources.
Staff Findings: The proposed project is compatible with surrounding development patterns on
site, including scale and massing. Staff finds this criterion to be met.
4. The number of off-street parking spaces shall be established based on the probable
number of cars to be operated by those using the proposed development and the nature
of the proposed uses. The availability of public transit and other transportation facilities,
including those for pedestrian access and/or the commitment to utilize automobile
disincentive techniques in the proposed development, and the potential for joint use of
common parking may be considered when establishing a parking requirement.
Staff Findings: Parking will not be affected by this application. Staff finds this criterion to be
not applicable.
221
Exhibit B – Planned Development Review
Page 3 of 7
5. The Project Review approval, at City Council’s discretion, may include specific allowances
for dimensional flexibility between Project Review and Detailed Review. Changes shall be
subject to the amendment procedures of Section 26.445.110 – Amendments.
Staff Findings: Since Project Review and Detailed Review are consolidated for this review
process, any allowance to an increase in square footage granted by Council would be
memorialized in the Final approval.
E. Design Standards. The design of the proposed development is compatible with the
context and visual character of the area. In meeting this standard, the following criteria shall be
used:
1. The design complies with applicable design standards, including those outlined in Chapter
26.410, Residential Design Standards, Chapter 26.412, Commercial Design Standards, and
Chapter 26.415, Historic Preservation.
Staff Findings: The project is exempt from Commercial Design Standards, Staff finds this
criterion not applicable.
2. The proposed materials are compatible with those called for in any applicable design
standards, as well as those typically seen in the immediate vicinity. Exterior materials are
finalized during Detailed Review, but review boards may set forth certain expectations or
conditions related to architectural character and exterior materials during Project Review.
Staff Findings: The proposed materials are consistent with the existing development. A variety
of materials are found on buildings in the vicinity. This includes the metal stairs and detached
walk-in freezer/cooler unit. Staff finds this criterion to be met.
F. Pedestrian, bicycle & transit facilities. The development improves pedestrian, bicycle,
and transit facilities. These facilities and improvements shall be prioritized over vehicular
facilities and improvements. Any vehicular access points, or curb cuts, minimize impacts on
existing or proposed pedestrian, bicycle, and transit facilities. The City may require specific
designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines be defined as part of the Detailed
Review and documented within a Development Agreement.
Staff Findings: The proposed project does not affect any pedestrian, bicycle, or transit facility
designs. Staff finds this criterion to be not applicable.
G. Engineering Design Standards. There has been accurate identification of engineering
design and mitigation techniques necessary for development of the project to comply with the
applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering Design Standards and the City
of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP) and Water Efficient Landscape Ordinance. The
City Engineer may require specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines
be defined and documented within a Development Agreement.
222
Exhibit B – Planned Development Review
Page 4 of 7
Staff Findings: The proposal will be required to meet the requirements of the Urban Runoff
Management Plan and Engineering Design Standards. The Engineering Department has not
raised any concerns. Staff finds this criterion to be met.
H. Public Infrastructure and Facilities. The proposed Planned Development shall upgrade
public infrastructure and facilities necessary to serve the project. Improvements shall be at the
sole costs of the developer. The City Engineer may require specific designs, mitigation techniques,
and implementation timelines be defined as part of the Detailed Review and documented within
a Development Agreement.
Staff Findings: No infrastructure upgrades are necessary to service the proposed development.
Staff finds this criterion to be not applicable.
I. Access and Circulation. The proposed development shall have perpetual unobstructed
legal vehicular access to a public way. A proposed Planned Development shall not eliminate or
obstruct legal access from a public way to an adjacent property. All streets in a Planned
Development retained under private ownership shall be dedicated to public use to ensure
adequate public and emergency access. Security/privacy gates across access points and
driveways are prohibited.
Staff Findings: The proposed development does not affect existing vehicular access or legal
access. Staff finds this criterion to be not applicable.
26.445.070. Detailed Review Standards.
Detailed Review shall focus on the comprehensive evaluation of the specific aspects of the
development, including utility placement, and architectural materials. In the review of a
development application for Detailed Review, the Planning and Zoning Commission, or the
Historic Preservation Commission as applicable, shall consider the following:
A. Compliance with Project Review Approval. The proposed development, including all
dimensions and uses, is consistent with the Project Review approval and adequately addresses
conditions on the approval and direction received during the Project Review.
Staff Findings: Project Review and Detailed Review have been consolidated into one review t o
eliminate redundancy. Staff finds this criterion to be not applicable.
B. Growth Management. The proposed development has received all required GMQS
allotments, or is concurrently seeking allotments.
Staff Findings: Based on the scope of work presented, previous approvals, and the current use
of the facility. Staff finds this criterion to be not applicable.
C. Site Planning and Landscape Architecture. The site plan is compatible with the context
and visual character of the area. In meeting this standard, the following criteria shall be used:
223
Exhibit B – Planned Development Review
Page 5 of 7
1. The landscape plan exhibits a well-designed treatment of exterior spaces, preserves
existing significant vegetation, and provides an ample quantity and variety of ornamental
plant species suitable for the Aspen area climate. Vegetation removal, protection, and
restoration plans shall be acceptable to the Director of Parks and Open Space.
Staff Findings: The proposed development neither adds nor removes existing vegetation other
than displaced lawn turf. The applicant has worked with the Parks Department to mitigate
impacts. Staff finds this criterion to be met.
2. Buildings and site grading provide simple, at-grade entrances and minimize extensive
grade changes along building exteriors. The project meets or exceeds the requirements
of the Americans with Disabilities Act and applicable requirements for emergency,
maintenance, and service vehicle access. Adequate snow storage is accommodated.
Staff Findings: The proposed development will meet ADA requirements and meets service and
emergency vehicle access requirements. Ample snow storage areas exist on site. Staff finds this
criterion to be met.
3. Energy efficiency or production features are integrated into the landscape in a manner
that enhances the site.
Staff Findings: There are no energy efficiency or production features that are proposed for the
landscape. Staff finds this criterion to be not applicable.
4. All site lighting is proposed so as to prevent direct glare or hazardous interference of any
kind to adjoining streets or lands. All exterior lighting shall comply with the City’s outdoor
lighting standards.
Staff Findings: An initial lighting plan has not been submitted. A lighting plan will be approved
as part of the building permit process. Staff finds this criterion to be met.
5. Site drainage is accommodated for the proposed development in compliance with Title
29 – Engineering Design Standards and shall not negatively impact surrounding
properties.
Staff Findings: The proposal will be required to meet the requirements of the Urban Runoff
Management Plan and Engineering Design Standards. The Engineering Department has raised
no issues with the proposed plans. Staff finds this criterion to be met.
D. Design Standards and Architecture. The proposed architectural details emphasize
quality construction and design characteristics. In meeting this standard, the following criteria
shall be used:
1. The project architecture provides for visual interest and incorporates present-day details
and use of materials respectful of the community’s past without attempting to mimic
history.
224
Exhibit B – Planned Development Review
Page 6 of 7
Staff Findings: The proposed design places more importance on function than form and given
the location and use, is an appropriate design approach. Staff finds this criterion to be met.
2. Exterior materials are of a high quality, durability, and comply with applicable design
standards, including those outlined in Chapter 26.410, Residential Design Standards,
Chapter 26.412, Commercial Design Standards, and Chapter 26.415, Historic Preservation.
Staff Findings: The proposed materials are high quality, durable, and comply with the
applicable standards. Staff finds this criterion to be met.
3. Building entrances are sited or designed to minimize icing and snow shedding effects.
Staff Findings: The design will maintain the existing ice and snow shedding conditions. Staff
finds this criterion to be met.
4. Energy efficiency or production features are integrated into structures in a manner that
enhances the architecture.
Staff Findings: In the project design represented in the application, Staff finds the criterion is
not applicable.
5. All structure lighting is proposed so as to prevent direct glare or hazardous interference
of any kind to adjoining streets or lands. All e xterior lighting shall comply with the City’s
outdoor lighting standards.
Staff Findings: A lighting plan has not been submitted but a final lighting plan will be approved
during the building permit process. Staff finds this criterion to be met.
E. Common Parks, Open Space, Recreation Areas, or Facilities. If the proposed
development includes common parks, open space, recreation areas, or common facilities, a
proportionate, undivided interest is deeded in perpetuity to each lot or dwelling unit owner
within the Planned Development. An adequate assurance through a Development Agreement
for the permanent care and maintenance of open spaces, recreation areas, and shared facilities
together with a prohibition against future development is required.
Staff Findings: The proposed development does not affect or include common parks, open
space, recreation areas, or facilities. Staff finds this criterion to be not applicable.
F. Pedestrian, bicycle & transit facilities. The development improves pedestrian, bicycle,
and transit facilities. These facilities and improvements shall be prioritized over vehicular
facilities and improvements. Any new vehicular access points minimize impacts on existing
pedestrian, bicycle and transit facilities.
Any specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines as required during
Project Review comply with the applicable requirements of the Project Review and as otherwise
required in the Land Use Code. These plans shall provide sufficient detail to determine if the
225
Exhibit B – Planned Development Review
Page 7 of 7
design or mitigation concept complies with the intent of the requirements and to determine any
required cost estimating for surety requirements, but do not need to be detailed construction
documents.
Staff Findings: Staff finds this criterion to be not applicable.
G. Engineering Design Standards. There has been accurate identification of engineering
design and mitigation techniques necessary for development of the proposed subdivision to
comply with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering Design
Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP).
Any specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines as required during
Project Review comply with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering
Design Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). These plans
shall provide sufficient detail to determine if the design or mitigation concept complies with the
intent of the requirements, but do not need to be detailed construction documents.
Staff Findings: The proposal will be required to meet the requirements of the Urban Runoff
Management Plan and Engineering Design Standards. The Engineering Department has raised
no questions about the proposed plans. Staff finds this criterion to be met.
H. Public Infrastructure and Facilities. The proposed Planned Development shall upgrade
public infrastructure and facilities necessary to serve the project. Improvements shall be at the
sole costs of the developer.
Any specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines as required during
Project Review comply with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 – Engineering
Design Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). These plans
shall provide sufficient detail to determine if the design or mitigation concept complies with the
intent of the requirements, but do not need to be detailed construction documents.
Staff Findings: No infrastructure updates are necessary to service the proposed development.
Staff finds this criterion to be not applicable.
I. Phasing of development plan. If phasing of the development plan is proposed, each
phase shall be designed to function as a complete development and shall not be reliant on
subsequent phases. Phasing shall insulate, to the extent practical, occupants of initial phases
from the construction of later phases. All necessary or proportionate improvements to public
facilities, payment of impact fees and fees-in-lieu, construction of any facilities to be used jointly
by residents of the Planned Development, construction of any required affordable housing, and
any mitigation measures shall be completed concurrent or prior to the respective impacts
associated with the phase.
Staff Findings: Staff finds this criterion to be not applicable.
226
227
CITY OF ASPEN
PRE-APPLICATION CONFERENCE SUMMARY
PLANNER: Jeffrey Barnhill 429-2752
DATE: January 9, 2020
PROJECT: Marolt Ranch Minor Amendment to a Project Review approval
LOCATION: 100 MAROLT PLACE. PID#: 273512363702
ZONING: Public (PUB) / Planned Development (PD)
REPRESENTATIVE: Mark Mahoney. 970.987.2043 markitect742@gmail.com
DESCRIPTION: Ordinance No. 25, Series of 1990 granted final subdivision/PUD approval for
the Marolt Ranch Affordable Housing Project. A PUD Agreement was filed in response to
Ordinance No. 25, Series of 1990 that describes the project as consisting of, “one hundred
(100) units of approximately five hundred (500) square feet each, a cafeteria building with
laundry and music practice facilities; and a fifty (50) space parking area”. The
dimensional standards and limitations were finalized in the Final Development Plan for the
PUD. Therefore, what was approved in the plan set establishes the dimensional standards
for the cafeteria and other structures on site. Any increase in Floor Area or changes in
massing are subject to an amendment to the Project Review approval to be considered by
City Council. Exterior material of the buildings structure is proposed to change, and the
design elements are typically approved through a Detailed Review; however, with such a
limited scope, staff recommends combining reviews to reduce time and duplication.
Typically, projects that increase Floor Area are subject to Growth Management Quota
System Review; however, based on the scope of work presented, previous approval
documents, and the current use of the facility staff believes that this chapter does not
apply.
After initial staff research, it appears there is a non-conforming shed at the back of the
cafeteria building. If the applicant can show that the shed was legally established through
an approved building permit or other City issued documentation, then that area will be
included in the existing floor area established for the Planned Development. If the shed
was not legally established, that area will need to be captured in the request for additional
Floor Area for the proposed improvements.
Marolt Ranch
PD Amendment
Parcel ID No. 273512363702
1
228
The applicant requests, as of the date of this summary, the following proposed changes to
the existing PUD approval:
•Addition of a 558 sq. ft. at-grade patio that would be connected to the existing
patio located next to the Cafeteria Building.
•Addition of 226 sq. ft. for a freezer/cooler unit.
•Addition of 41 sq. ft. to extend the stairwell at the back of the cafeteria building.
Based on initial staff discussions and design documents, the proposed may meet Minor
Amendment to a Project and Detailed Review criterion. This is subject to review and
confirmation of the proposed scope of work during the land use review process.
The Community Development Director has authorized a combining of all requested land
reviews in a one-step review process with City Council per section 26.304.030.D. The
applicant should confirm that this is the preferred process. All reviews will be approved
via Ordinance, which requires a first and second reading. The first reading is not a public
hearing, second reading is a public hearing and requires public notice per Section
26.304.035.C.
If the proposed changes are approved, the applicant will be required to submit an
amended Final PD plan set and plat for recording that reflects all changes.
Land Use Code Section(s)
26.304 Common Development Review Procedures
26.445.050 Planned Development - Project Review Standards
26.445.070 Planned Development – Detailed Review Standards
26.445.080 Planned Development – Application Contents
26.445.110.D Minor Amendment to a Project Review Approval
26.445.110.E Minor Amendment to a Detailed Review Approval
26.490.040.D Approval Documents - Approved Plan Set
26.575.020 Calculations and Measurements
26.710.250 Public (PUB) Zone District
Below are links to the Land Use Application form and Land Use Code for your convenience:
S
Land Use Code
Residential Design Standard Checklist
Review by:
•Community Development Staff for complete application and
recommendation
•City Council for decision on all requested land use reviews
Review Process:
•Staff for complete application and recommendation.
•City Council for Decision, one-step review process
2
229
Public Hearing: Yes, City Council
Planning Fees: $4,550.00 Deposit for up to 14 billable hours. Lesser/
additional hours will be refunded or billed at a rate of $325
per hour
Referral Fees: Engineering Department - $325 deposit for one hour of review,
additional hours of review will be billed at $325/hour.
Parks Department - $975 flat fee
APCHA - $975 flat fee
Total Deposit: $6,825
Please submit one copy of the following to the Community Development
Office:
䡦 Completed Land Use Application and signed fee agreement.
䡦 Pre-application Conference Summary (this document).
䡦 Street address and legal description of the parcel on which development is
proposed to occur, consisting of a current (no older than 6 months) certificate
from a title insurance company, an ownership and encumbrance report, or
attorney licensed to practice in the State of Colorado, listing the names of all
owners of the property, and all mortgages, judgments, liens, easements,
contracts and agreements affecting the parcel, and demonstrating the owner’s
right to apply for the Development Application.
䡦 Applicant’s name, address and telephone number in a letter signed by the
applicant that states the name, address and telephone number of the
representative authorized to act on behalf of the applicant.
䡦 HOA Compliance form (Attached).
䡦 A letter from the owner of the property authorizing the applicant to pursue the
proposed scope of work.
䡦 A written description of the proposal and an explanation in written, graphic, or
model form of how the proposed development complies with the review standards
relevant to the development application and relevant land use approvals
associated with the property.
䡦 An accurate and recent survey (within 1 year) of the property proposed for
amendment.
䡦 Existing and proposed floor plans
䡦 Draft PD Plat meeting the plat requirements of Chapter 26.490
3
230
䡦 All Application Contents described in Sections 26.445.080
䡦 Completed Multi-Family Residential Design Standard Application Packet
䡦 An 8 1/2” by 11” vicinity map locating the parcel within the City of Aspen.
If the copy is deemed complete by staff, the following items will then need to be
submitted:
䡦 Total deposit for review of the application.
䡦 A digital copy of all application materials provided in pdf file format.
Disclaimer:
The foregoing summary is advisory in nature only and is not binding on the City. The
summary is based on current zoning, which is subject to change in the future, and upon
factual representations that may or may not be accurate. The summary does not create
a legal or vested right.
4
231
232
233
234
October 6, 2020
To Whom It May Concern,
Mark Mahoney is authorized to act as a representative for Music Associates of Aspen, Inc. for the
remodel of the Marolt cafeteria including the proposed Marolt Ranch PD amendment.
Please contact me directly at with any questions about this authorization at 970-205-5040 or
jbelliot@aspenmusic.org.
Best regards,
Jennifer B. Elliot
Senior Vice President for Strategy and Administration
235
Vicinity Map
100 Marolt Place
Aspen, CO
236
Marolt Ranch Minor Amendment to a Project Review approval
100 Marolt Place, Aspen CO
Applicant: Aspen Music Festival and School
Responses to Section 26.445.080, Section 26.445.050, Section 26.445.060, Section
26.445.070
Section 26.445.080 - Application Contents
(a) Project Review Application Contents. The contents of a development application for
a Project Review shall include the following:
(1) The general application information required in Common Development
Review Procedures set forth at Section 26.304.030. Please see attached.
(2) A site improvement survey meeting the requirements Title 29, Engineering
Design Standards. Please see attached SGM “Existing Conditions Map” d. 11/14/2019
(3) A description, and depiction as necessary, of the proposed development
including a statement of the objectives to be achieved by the Planned Development and a
description of the proposed land uses, densities, natural features, traffic and pedestrian
circulation, parking, open space areas, landscaping, and infrastructure improvements. Also see
Chapter 26.490 - Approval Documents.
The subject site is Lot 3 of the Marolt Ranch subdivision in Aspen, Colorado, addressed
as 100 Marolt Place. Lot 3 is 4.3 acres and consists of several employee housing units
and a cafeteria building. The proposed improvements are only in the vicinity of the
cafeteria building which sits In the northeast corner of the lot.
The proposed development consists of a 558 sf concrete patio slab-on-grade on the
south lawn of the Marolt Ranch Cafeteria building, the installation of a detached walk-in
freezer/cooler unit on the south side of the building, and some minor re-work of the
existing metal stairs accessing the south side of the building, necessary to facilitate the
off-loading of kitchen supply delivery trucks. The existing wooden shed will be removed.
(4) An architectural character plan showing the use, massing, scale and
orientation of the proposed buildings, and outlining the suitability of a building for its purposes,
legibility of the building's use, the building's proposed massing, proportion, scale, orientation to
public spaces and other buildings, and other attributes which may significantly represent the
proposed development. The Applicant has addressed this Code Section on the plans.
(5) For Planned Development applications involving the addition of ten (10) or
more residential units, twenty (20) or more lodging units, or twenty thousand (20,000) square
feet or more of commercial space (or any equivalent combination thereof), "ability-to-serve"
letters from public and private utility providers that will service the proposed project with
potable water, natural gas, electricity, sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and roads stating they can
service the proposed planned development. Ability-to-Serve letters shall be substantially in the
following format:
237
The [utility provider] has reviewed the proposed [planned development name and date of
application] and has adequate capacity to serve proposed development, subject to compliance
with the following adopted design standards [reference] and subject to the following adopted
tap fee or impact mitigation requirements [reference]
For Planned Development applications proposing the addition of fifty (50) or more residences,
or that proposes new water use in an amount equal to or exceeding that used by fifty (50)
residences, the application must demonstrate compliance with the State Adequate Water
Supply Act. (C.R.S. § 29-20-301 et seq.). This Code Section does not apply to this
application.
(6) A description, and depiction as needed, of the project's dimensional and use
allowances to be varied from the property's zoning allowances. All dimensional and use
variation requests shall be considered during Project Review. This Code Section does not
apply to this application.
(7) A statement prepared by a Colorado registered Professional Engineer, and
depiction or mapping as necessary, regarding the presence of natural or man-made hazards
affecting the property, including flooding, mudflow, debris flow, fault ruptures, landslides, rock
or soil creep, rock falls, rock slides, mining activity including mine waste deposit, avalanche or
snow slide areas, slopes in excess of thirty percent (30%), and any other natural or man-made
hazard or condition that could harm the health, safety, or welfare of the community. Areas with
slopes in excess of thirty percent (30%) shall require a slope stability study reviewed by the
Colorado Geologic Survey. Also see Chapter 29 - Engineering Design Standards regarding
identification and mitigation of natural hazards. For the scope of the project the statement
from the PE in regards to natural hazards and infrastructure upgrades is not needed,
according to the City of Aspen Engineering Department.
(8) A statement prepared by a Colorado registered Professional Engineer, and
depiction or mapping as necessary, describing the potential infrastructure upgrades, alignment,
design, and mitigation techniques that may be necessary for development of the site to be
served by public infrastructure, achieve compliance with Municipal Code Title 29 - Engineering
Design Standards, and achieve compliance with the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management
Plan (URMP). For the scope of the project the statement from the PE in regards to natural
hazards and infrastructure upgrades is not needed, according to the City of Aspen
Engineering Department.
(9) A written response to each of the review criteria contained in Sections
26.445.050 and 26.445.060, as applicable. See below.
(10) The application contents, materials, and written responses as applicable for
all associated reviews being combined with Project Review.
(b) Detailed Review Application Contents. The contents of the development application
for a Detailed Review shall include the following:
(1) The general application information required in Common Procedures, Chapter
26.304.
238
(2) A site improvement survey meeting the requirements of Title 29, Engineering
design Standards. Please see attached SGM “Existing Conditions Map” d. 11/14/2019
(3) Description, and depiction as necessary, of how the project complies with the
approved Project Review, including requested plans, reports, or other documentation. The
proposed development consists of a 558 sf concrete patio slab-on-grade on the south
lawn of the Marolt Ranch Cafeteria building, the installation of a detached walk-in
freezer/cooler unit on the south side of the building, and some minor re-work of the
existing metal stairs accessing the south side of the building, necessary to facilitate the
off-loading of kitchen supply delivery trucks.
(4) Proposed Planned Development plans and Development Agreement
containing the applicable information required by Chapter 26.490, Approval Documents. The
Applicant has addressed this Code Section on the plans.
(5) A grading and drainage plan showing all grading and how drainage and
stormwater is accommodated, and that meets the Conceptual Drainage Plan and Report
requirements in the Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP) Please see attached SGM
“Existing Conditions Map” d. 11/14/2019
(6) A description, and depiction as necessary, for specific pedestrian, bicycle,
and transit facility designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines as required
during Project Review. These plans shall provide sufficient detail to determine if the design or
mitigation concept complies with the intent of the requirements, but do not need to be detailed
construction documents. Please see attached plans. The proposed project does not affect
any pedestrian, bicycle or transit facility designs.
(7) A description and depiction as necessary, for specific engineering designs,
hazard mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines as required during Project Review.
These plans shall provide sufficient detail to determine if the design or mitigation concept
complies with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 - Engineering Design
Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP), but do not need to
be detailed construction documents. Please see attached plans. The proposed project does
not involve any hazard mitigation techniques.
(8) A description and depiction as necessary, for specific Public Infrastructure
and Facility designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines as required during
Project Review. These plans shall provide sufficient detail to determine if the design or
mitigation concept complies with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 -
Engineering Design Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP),
but do not need to be detailed construction documents.
(9) A statement specifying the method of maintaining any proposed common
areas on the site, including but not limited to common parking areas, walkways, landscaped
areas and recreational facilities and what specific assurances will be made to ensure the
continual maintenance of said areas. A Construction Management Plan (CMP) will be issued
during the building permit process stating that limits of disturbance will be minimized
and fenced. There will be no impact to common parking areas, public walkways,
landscaped areas or recreational facilities.
239
(10) A description of any proposed project phasing detailing the specific
improvements within each phase.
(11) A written response to each of the review criteria contained in Section
26. 445.070. Please see below.
Section 26.445.050 - Project Review Standards
(a)The proposed development complies with applicable adopted regulatory plans.
(b) The proposed Planned Development prohibits development on land unsuitable for
development because of natural or man-made hazards affecting the property, including flooding,
mudflow, debris flow, fault ruptures, landslides, rock or soil creep, rock falls, rock slides, mining
activity including mine waste deposit, avalanche or snow slide areas, slopes in excess of thirty
percent (30%), and any other natural or man-made hazard or condition that could harm the
health, safety, or welfare of the community. Affected areas may be accepted as suitable for
development if adequate mitigation techniques acceptable to the City Engineer are proposed in
compliance with Title 29 Engineering Design Standards. Conceptual plans for mitigation
techniques may be accepted for this standard. The City Engineer may require specific designs,
mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines be defined as part of the Detailed Review
and documented within a Development Agreement.
(c) Site Planning The site plan is compatible with the context and visual character of the
area. In meeting this standard, the following criteria shall be used:
(1) The site plan responds to the site's natural characteristics and physical
constraints such as steep slopes, vegetation, waterways, and any natural or man-made hazards
and allows development to blend in with or enhance said features.
(2) The project preserves important geologic features, mature vegetation, and
structures or features of the site that have historic, cultural, visual, or ecological importance or
contribute to the identity of the town.
(3) Buildings are oriented to public streets and are sited to reflect the
neighborhood context. Buildings and access ways are arranged to allow effective emergency,
maintenance, and service vehicle access. Emergency, maintenance, and service vehicle
access will not be impacted by the proposed project.
(d) Dimensions. All dimensions, including density, mass, and height shall be established
during the Project Review. A development application may request variations to any dimensional
requirement of this Title. In meeting this standard, consideration shall be given to the following
criteria:
(1) There exists a significant community goal to be achieved through such
variations This code section does not apply to this application
240
(2) The proposed dimensions represent a character suitable for and indicative of
the primary uses of the project. This code section does not apply to this application
(3) The project is compatible with or enhances the cohesiveness or distinctive
identity of the neighborhood and surrounding development patterns, including the scale and
massing of nearby historical or cultural resources The proposed project is compatible with
the surrounding development.
(4) The number of off-street parking spaces shall be established based on the
probable number of cars to be operated by those using the proposed development and the
nature of the proposed uses. The availability of public transit and other transportation facilities,
including those for pedestrian access and/or the commitment to utilize automobile disincentive
techniques in the proposed development, and the potential for joint use of common parking may
be considered when establishing a parking requirement. The proposed project does not
increase the number of cars by those using the facility.
(5) The Project Review approval, at City Council's discretion, may include
specific allowances for dimensional flexibility between Project Review and Detailed Review.
Changes shall be subject to the amendment procedures of Section 26.445.110 - Amendments.
(e) Design Standards. The design of the proposed development is compatible with the
context and visual character of the area. In meeting this standard, the following criteria shall be
used:
(1) The design complies with applicable design standards, including those
outlined in Chapter 26.410, Residential Design Standards, Chapter 26.412, Commercial Design
Standards, and Chapter 26.415 Historic preservation.
(2) The proposed materials are compatible with those called for in any applicable
design standards, as well as those typically seen in the immediate vicinity. Exterior materials are
finalized during Detailed Review, but review boards may set forth certain expectations or
conditions related to architectural character and exterior materials during Project Review. The
vertical construction portion of the proposed development consists of a metal stair, and
an extension to an existing metal stair landing. These are detailed to be similar to the
existing stairs, railings and landing. A new, detached 156 sf walk-in freezer/cooler unit
will replace an existing 120 sf wooden shed.
(f) Pedestrian, bicycle and transit facilities. The development improves pedestrian,
bicycle, and transit facilities. These facilities and improvements shall be prioritized over
vehicular facilities and improvements. Any vehicular access points, or curb cuts, minimize
impacts on existing or proposed pedestrian, bicycle, and transit facilities. The City may require
specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines be defined as part of the
Detailed Review and documented within a Development Agreement. Please see attached
plans. The proposed project does not affect any pedestrian, bicycle or transit facility
designs.
(g) Engineering Design Guidelines. There has been accurate identification of
engineering design and mitigation techniques necessary for development of the project to
241
comply with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 - Engineering Design
Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). The City Engineer
may require specific designs, mitigation techniques, and implementation timelines be defined as
part of the Detailed Review and documented within a Development Agreement.
(h) Public Infrastructure and Facilities. The proposed Planned Development shall
upgrade public infrastructure and facilities necessary to serve the project. Improvements shall
be at the sole costs of the developer. The City Engineer may require specific designs, mitigation
techniques, and implementation timelines be defined as part of the Detailed Review and
documented within a Development Agreement. No infrastructure upgrades are necessary to
service the proposed development.
(i) Access and Circulation. The proposed development shall have perpetual
unobstructed legal vehicular access to a public way. A proposed Planned Development shall not
eliminate or obstruct legal access from a public way to an adjacent property. All streets in a
Planned Development retained under private ownership shall be dedicated to public use to
ensure adequate public and emergency access. Security/privacy gates across access points
and driveways are prohibited. The proposed development does nor affect existing
vehicular access or legal access.
Section 26.445.060 - Use Variation Standards.
A development application may request variations in the allowed uses permitted in the zone
district. The burden shall rest upon an applicant to show the reasonableness of the request and
its conformity to the standards and procedures of this Chapter and this Title. The permitted and
conditional uses allowed on the property according to its zoning shall be used as a guide, but
not an absolute limitation, to the land uses which may be considered during the review. Any use
variation allowed shall be specified in the ordinance granting Project Review approval. In the
review of a development application for a Project Review, the Planning and Zoning Commission
or the Historic Preservation Commission, as applicable, and City Council shall consider the
following standards related to Use Variations:
(a) The proposed use variation is compatible with the character of existing and planned
land uses in the project and surrounding area. In meeting this standard, consideration shall be
given to the existence of similar uses in the immediate vicinity, as well as how the proposed
uses may enhance the project or immediate vicinity. This code section does not apply to this
application
(b) The proposed use variation is effectively incorporated into the project's overall mix of
uses. In meeting this standard, consideration shall be given to how the proposed uses within a
project will interact and support one another. This code section does not apply to this
application
(c) The location, size, design, and operating characteristics of the proposed use variation
minimizes adverse effects on the neighborhood and surrounding properties This code section
does not apply to this application
(d) The proposed use variation complies with applicable adopted regulatory plans. This
code section does not apply to this application
242
Section 26.445.070 Detailed Review Standards
Detailed Review shall focus on the comprehensive evaluation of the specific aspects of the
development, including utility placement, and architectural materials. In the review of a
development application for Detailed Review, the Planning and Zoning Commission, or the
Historic Preservation Commission as applicable, shall consider the following:
(a) Compliance with Project Review Approval. The proposed development, including all
dimensions and uses, is consistent with the Project Review approval and adequately addresses
conditions on the approval and direction received during the Project Review.
(b) Growth Management. The proposed development has received all required GMQS
allotments, or is concurrently seeking allotments. According to the Pre-Application Summary,
based on the scope of work presented, previous approval documents, and the current use
of the facility staff believes that this chapter (sic) does not apply.
(c) Site Planning and Landscape Architecture. The site plan is compatible with the
context and visual character of the area. In meeting this standard, the following criteria shall be
used:
(1) The landscape plan exhibits a well-designed treatment of exterior spaces,
preserves existing significant vegetation, and provides an ample quantity and variety of
ornamental plant species suitable for the Aspen area climate. Vegetation removal, protection,
and restoration plans shall be acceptable to the Director of Parks and Open Space The
proposed development neither adds nor removes existing vegetation, other than the
displaced lawn at the new patio.
(2) Buildings and site grading provide simple, at-grade entrances and minimize
extensive grade changes along building exteriors. The project meets or exceeds the
requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act and applicable requirements for emergency,
maintenance, and service vehicle access. Adequate snow storage is accommodated The
proposed development replicates the existing south entry condition, which consists of
(6) 7” stair risers to a metal landing that accesses the door to the kitchen.
(3) Energy efficiency or production features are integrated into the landscape in a
manner that enhances the site This code section does not apply to this application
(4) All site lighting is proposed so as to prevent direct glare or hazardous
interference of any kind to adjoining streets or lands. All exterior lighting shall comply with the
City's outdoor lighting standards This code section does not apply to this application
(5) Site drainage is accommodated for the proposed development in compliance
with Title 29 - Engineering Design Standards and shall not negatively impact surrounding
243
properties. Please see City of Aspen Minor Drainage Report by SGM dated November 20,
2019.
(d) Design Standards and Architecture. The proposed architectural details emphasize
quality construction and design characteristics. In meeting this standard, the following criteria
shall be used:
(1) The project architecture provides for visual interest and incorporates present-
day details and use of materials respectful of the community's past without attempting to mimic
history
(2) Exterior materials are of a high quality, durability, and comply with applicable
design standards, including those outlined in Chapter 26.410, Residential Design Standards,
Chapter 26.412, Commercial Design Standards, and Chapter 26.415 Historic preservation.
This code section does not apply to this application.
(3) Building entrances are sited or designed to minimize icing and snow shedding
effects. The proposed south entry maintains the existing ice and snow shedding
conditions.
(4) Energy efficiency or production features are integrated into structures in a
manner that enhances the architecture This code section does not apply to this application
(5) All structure lighting is proposed so as to prevent direct glare or hazardous
interference of any kind to adjoining streets or lands. All exterior lighting shall comply with the
City's outdoor lighting standards This code section does not apply to this application
(e) Common Parks, Open Space, Recreation Areas, or Facilities. If the proposed
development includes common parks, open space, recreation areas, or common facilities, a
proportionate, undivided interest is deeded in perpetuity to each lot or dwelling unit owner within
the Planned Development. An adequate assurance through a Development Agreement for the
permanent care and maintenance of open spaces, recreation areas, and shared facilities
together with a prohibition against future development is required.This code section does not
apply to this application
(f) Pedestrian, bicycle & transit facilities. The development improves pedestrian, bicycle, and
transit facilities. These facilities and improvements shall be prioritized over vehicular facilities
and improvements. Any new vehicular access points minimize impacts on existing pedestrian,
bicycle and transit facilities. This code section does not apply to this application
(g) Engineering Design Standards. There has been accurate identification of engineering
design and mitigation techniques necessary for development of the proposed subdivision to
comply with the applicable requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 - Engineering Design
Standards and the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). Please see City of
Aspen Minor Drainage Report by SGM dated November 20, 2019
(h) Public Infrastructure and Facilities. The proposed Planned Development shall
upgrade public infrastructure and facilities necessary to serve the project. Improvements shall
244
be at the sole costs of the developer. Any specific designs, mitigation techniques, and
implementation timelines as required during Project Review comply with the applicable
requirements of Municipal Code Title 29 - Engineering Design Standards and the City of Aspen
Urban Runoff Management Plan (URMP). These plans shall provide sufficient detail to
determine if the design or mitigation concept complies with the intent of the requirements, but do
not need to be detailed construction documents. No infrastructure upgrades are necessary
to service the proposed development.
(i) Phasing of development plan. If phasing of the development plan is proposed, each
phase shall be designed to function as a complete development and shall not be reliant on
subsequent phases. Phasing shall insulate, to the extent practical, occupants of initial phases
from the construction of later phases. All necessary or proportionate improvements to public
facilities, payment of impact fees and fees-in-lieu, construction of any facilities to be used jointly
by residents of the Planned Development, construction of any required affordable housing, and
any mitigation measures shall be completed concurrent or prior to the respective impacts
associated with the phase. This code section does not apply to this application
245
CITY OF ASPEN MINOR DRAINAGE REPORT
LOT 3 MAROLT RANCH
MAROLT EMPLOYEE HOUSING
CAFETERIA IMPROVEMENTS
100 MAROLT PLACE
ASPEN, COLORADO
November 20, 2019
Matthew T. Webster, COO
Prepared by
118 West Sixth Street, Suite 200
Glenwood Springs, CO 81601
970.945.1004
970.945.5948 fax
246
Page 2 of 5
CITY OF ASPEN MINOR DRAINAGE REPORT
REVIEWED BY
RICK BARTH, PE
SGM Project # 92208J
247
Page 3 of 5
1.0 Introduction
The subject site is Lot 3 of the Marolt Ranch subdivision in Aspen, Colorado, addressed as 100
Marolt Place. Lot 3 is 4.3 acres and consists of several employee housing units and a cafeteria
building. The proposed improvements are only in the vicinity of the cafeteria building which sits in
the northeast corner of the lot.
The applicant is proposing to add to the patio on the south side of the building and add a freezer/cooler
structure at the northwest corner of the building where a shed currently sits. The shed will be
removed.
2.0 Regulatory Requirements
The proposed project includes the addition of impervious area and/or disturbance of greater than 200
sf of land but less than 1,000 sf. Per Chapter 1 of the City of Aspen Urban Runoff Management Plan
(URMP), the project qualifies as “minor.” All new impervious area will drain to greenscape, so we
have followed the criteria for Minor (green) projects. In preparing this report, we have referenced the
URMP checklist, “Grading and Drainage Requirements for MINOR Design.”
3.0 Existing Conditions
The existing cafeteria building site is in the northeast corner of Lot 3. The building is setback
approximately 80’ from the top of the Castle Creek bank and is about 60’ in elevation above the creek.
In general, the site is fully developed with buildings, mature landscape and hardscape pathways. No
evidence of erosion or other drainage issues exists around the cafeteria building.
The Marolt Place access road ends in a circle drive and parking area just north of the building on the
Marolt Ranch Open Space parcel. At the north end of the building, a concrete slab connects to the
asphalt of the access road and circle. A 12’ x 10’ shed sits on the slab with about 4’ of the shed
extending into the green space to the west. That green space includes three large, mature evergreen
trees.
At the south end of the building, a concrete patio slab extends approximately 25’ from the building
with the first 10’ being covered by the building’s roof. South of the patio, a grass lawn extends a
minimum of 80’ to an asphalt pathway with concrete borders. The lawn slopes away from the patio
to the south at a slope of 5%-8%. A concrete sidewalk borders the lawn on the east. To the west,
there is a grade break in the lawn where it falls off to an asphalt pathway.
Drainage for the hardscape in front of the building flows onto the Open Space parcel to the asphalt
access road, circle and parking. Curb and gutter direct the runoff to on-site detention provided on the
Open Space parcel.
Drainage patterns for the south lawn are toward the south, with a swale just north of the asphalt
pathway directing flow to a drainage inlet installed as part of the original site development.
4.0 Proposed Conditions
The applicant is proposing two improvements to the site: the addition of a walk-in freezer/cooler unit
that will sit north of the building in the approximate location of the existing shed, and an extension of
the south patio.
248
Page 4 of 5
To accommodate the addition of the walk-in freezer/cooler, the existing shed will be removed. The
manufactured walk-in freezer/cooler unit is approximately 150 sf in area. The majority of the
freezer/cooler will sit on top of the concrete slab, with approximately a 4’ x 9’ portion of the unit
sitting outside the current slab area (but mostly within the footprint of the shed). A new slab will
likely be poured for the freezer/cooler to ensure a flat surface for the unit. With the removal of the
shed and subsequent addition of the freezer/cooler, there will be a net reduction in impervious area
of approximately 25 sf (30 sf are removed under the shed and 5 are added under the
freezer/cooler). This will result in decreased runoff from the development toward the Open Space
parcel. There is no planned snowmelt in this area.
South of the building, a 500 +/- sf addition will be added to the concrete patio. The new patio will be
bordered on the west with a short concrete retaining wall and on the east by the existing concrete
sidewalk. The patio will slope south onto the existing lawn. Minimal grading will be required for the
new patio. Although the patio extension will result in increased runoff, no change in direction or
outfall will occur. Runoff from the patio will run across the grass lawn. Any runoff that does not
infiltrate will be collected in the swale at the south end of the lawn and directed to the existing drain
inlet. The minimum overland flow distance from the new patio to the drainage inlet is 61’.
5.0 Recommendations and Conclusion
Per the URMP, Minor (green) projects must make efforts to, “reduce runoff and increase infiltration
(e.g., reduce impervious area, disconnect impervious area, route runoff via landscape rather than
hard infrastructure).” This project meets those criteria as follows:
- The addition of the walk-in freezer/cooler has been designed such that impervious area north
of the building is actually reduced, thereby reducing runoff at the north property line.
- The addition of the patio extension at the south end of the building will be done in a way that
runoff from the patio continues to drain to the grass lawn. This provides for disconnected
impervious areas as well as allowing for runoff to be routed via landscape rather than directly
via hard drainage infrastructure.
Any disturbed areas outside of new concrete slabs should be revegetated to match existing
conditions.
249
Page 5 of 5
Appendix
Site Plan Markup
250
Marolt Ranch Cafeteria
100 Marolt Ranch
Aspen, CO
Additions and Altertions
Aspen Music Festival & School
225 Music School Road
Aspen, CO 81611
Project
Date Issued For
A 1.2
Consultant
Stamp
Enlarged Site Plans
Consultant
18 July 2019 Schematic Design
Mark Mahoney
742 Euclid Avenue
Carbondale CO 81623
970.987.2043
markitecture742@gmail.com
mark itecture
5 Aug 2019 Schematic Design5 Aug 2019 Schematic Design
23 Aug 2019 Schematic Design
New
Concr
e
t
e
Patio
PARTIAL SITE PLAN1
1/8" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL SITE PLAN1
1" = 20'-0"
2
A1.2
1
A1.2
New
Concrete
Patio
Existing
Concrete Slab
Curb &
Gutter
Sidewalk
PROPE
R
T
Y
L
I
N
E
Patio
251
Marolt Ranch Cafeteria
100 Marolt Ranch
Aspen, CO
Additions and Alterations
Aspen Music Festival & School
225 Music School Road
Aspen, CO 81611
Issued For
A 0.1a
Consultant
Stamp
Project
Information
Consultant
Mark Mahoney
742 Euclid Avenue
Carbondale CO 81623
970.987.2043
markitecture742@gmail.com
mark itecture
Date
20 Aug 20 Land Use Application
New
Not In Contract
Nominal
Noise Reduction Coeff.
Not To Scale
Number
Overall
On Center(s)
Outside Diameter
Opening
Opposite
Oriented Strand Board
Paint(ed)
Perforate(d)
Plastic Laminate
Plate
Plywood
Pressure Treated
Pair
Polyvinyl Chloride
Pounds Per Square Foot
Pounds Per Square Inch
Property Line
Riser
Remove
Return Air
Reflected Ceiling Plan
Roof Drain
Refer To
Refer(ence)
Refrigerator
Register
Reinforce(d), (ing)
Required
Resilient
Return
Revision(s), Revised
Right Hand
Room
Rough Opening
Right Of Way
Solid Core
Square Foot/Feet
Sheet
Similar
Specification
Square
Stainless Steel
Sound Transmission Class
Standard
Steel
Structural
Tread
To Be Determined
Tempered
Thick(ness)
Tongue And Groove
Top Of Concrete or Curb
Top Of Slab
Top Of Wall
Thermoplastic Olefin (membrane)
Typical
Unless Noted Otherwise
Vapor Barrier
Vapor Retarder
Vertical
Vertical Grain
Vinyl Composition Tile
With
Without
Water Closet
Wood
Washer / Dryer
Waterproofing
Weight
Welded Wire Fabric
Extruded Polystyrene (Insulation)
a b b r e v i a t i o n s
Above Finished Floor
Area Drain
Architect(ural)
Building
Beam
Contractor Figure Out
Cast-in-place
Control Joint
Center Line
Ceiling
Clear(ance)
Closet
Column
Concrete (Cast-in-place)
Concrete Masonry Unit
Continuous Or Continue
Carpet(ed)
Ceramic Tile
Diameter
Dimension
Down Spout
Drawer
Drawing
Each
Expansion Joint
Elevation
Electric(al)
Elevator
Expanded Polystyrene (Ins.)
Equal
Equipment
Exhaust
Existing
Expansion Joint
Exterior
Fire Alarm
Fire Alarm Control Panel
Floor Drain
Fire Extinguisher
Finish(ed)
Floor(ing)
Fluorescent
Face Of
Face Of Framing
Fire Retardant
Foot
Footing
Foundation
Gage, Gauge
Galvanized
General Contractor
Gypsum Wall Board
Hose Bibb
Hollow Core
Hardware
Hardwood
Header
Hollow Metal
Horizontal
Height
High
High Point
Hour
Hot Water
Heating/Ventilating/Ac
Inside Diameter
Inch
Include(d), (ing)
Insulate(d), (ion)
Interior
Invert
Janitor
Joint
Knock Out
Lavatory
Left Hand
Length
Low Point
Material(s)
Maximum
Mechanic(al)
Manufacture(r)
Manhole
Membrane
Minimum, Minute
Miscellaneous
Masonry Opening
Mounted
AFF
AD
ARCH
BLDG
BM
CFO
CIP
CJ
CL
CLG
CLR
CLO
COL
CONC
CMU
CONT
CPT
CT
DIA
DIM
DS
DWR
DWG
EA
EJ
EL
ELEC
ELEV
EPS
EQ
EQUIP
EXH
EXIST
EXP JT
EXT
FA
FACP
FD
FE
FIN
FLR
FLUOR.
FO
FOF
FR
FT
FTG
FDN
GA
GALV
GC
GWB
HB
HC
HDW
HDWD
HDR
HM
HORIZ
HT
H
HP
HR
HW
HVAC
ID
IN(“)
INCL
INSUL
INT
INV
JAN
JT
KO
LAV.
LH
L
LP
MATL
MAX
MECH
MFR.
MH
MEMB
MIN,(‘)
MISC
MO
MTD
(N)
NIC
NOM
NRC
NTS
NO OR #
OA
OC
OD
OPG
OPP
OSB
PT, PTD
PERF
P.LAM
PL
PLY
P.T.
PR
PVC
PSF
PSI
P.L.
R
(R)
RA
RCP
RD
RE
REF
REFR
REG
REINF
REQD
RESIL
RET
REV
RH
RM
RO
ROW
SC
SF
SHT
SIM
SPEC
SQ
SS
STC
STD
STL
STRUCT
T
TBD
TEMP
THK
T&G
TOC
TOS
TOW
TPO
TYP
UNO
VB
VR
VERT
VG
VCT
W/
W/O
WC
WD
W/D
WP
WT
WWF
XPS
d r a w i n g l i s t
p r o j e c t i n f o r m a t i o n
PROJECT Marolt Ranch Cafeteria Building
100 Marolt Ranch
Pitkin County, CO
DESCRIPTION:Alterations and Site Additions to Existing
Fully Sprinklered Two-Story Wood Frame Building.
PROJECT ADDRESS:100 Marolt Ranch
Aspen CO 81611
ZONE DISTRICT:B Zone District / Government
LOT SIZE:Current Lease: 30,000 sf
LEGAL DESCRIPTION Lot 3 - Marolt Ranch Subdivision
Amendment 2
Rec. No. 365254
Plat Book 33, Page 51
APPLICABLE CODES:2015 International Building Code
2015x Int'l. Energy Conservation Code
2015 International Existing Building Code
2015 International Mechanical Code
2015 International Plumbing Code
2015 International Fuel Gas Code
2017 National Electrical Code
ICC A117.1-2009 Accessible and Usable Buildings
and facilities
OCCUPANCY GROUP:B, Business ; A-3 Assembly
CONSTRUCTION TYPE:V-B
BUILDING AREA:
EXISTING 5120 square feet.
PROPOSED 0 square feet
EXISTING PATIO,ETC 1103 square feet
NEW PATIO,ETC 755 square feet
TOTAL 6978 square feet.
IECC CLIMATE ZONE:6B
1. General Contractor shall review all documents and report
any conflicts or omissions to the Designer for clarification
prior to performing the work in question.
2. General Contractor shall verify all dimensions, grades
and site conditions prior to commencing work.
3. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. Dimensions shown take
precedence over scale shown on drawings.
4. Maintain dimensions marked "CLEAR." Allow for
thickness of finish materials.
5. Except where specific dimensions are indicated, the
locations shown on the plans for plumbing fixtures,
mechanical equipment, ducts, piping and fittings are
approximate. The exact locations shall be determined by the
contractor in accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations and approved submittals, subject to
approval by Designer.
6. Contractor shall furnish and install all stiffeners, bracing,
blocking and supporting brackets required for the installation
of all casework, toilet room fixtures and accessories, and all
wall-mounted or suspended mechanical, electrical or
miscellaneous equipment and furnishings.
7. All dimensions are to face of stud, block, or concrete,
unless noted otherwise.
8. Finished floor elevations are to top of concrete slab,
unless noted otherwise.
9. All dissimilar metals shall be effectively isolated from
each other to prevent galvanic action by means of coatings,
membranes or other appropriate measures.
13. Provide access panels for mechanical and electrical
equipment as required by applicable codes. All access
panels shall be concealed and locations shall be confirmed
with the Designer prior to installation.
g e n e r a l n o t e s
g r a p h i c s y m b o l s
X
WALL, FLOOR OR ROOF
CONSTRUCTION ASSEMBLY
KEYNOTE
46.0'
268
320
461.0'
TB-1
X
A 4
NEW OR REQUIRED POINT ELEVATION
EXISTING POINT ELEVATION (PLAN)
EXISTING CONTOURS
ELEVATION NOTED ON HIGH SIDE
TEST BORING
ELEVATION
REVISION
WINDOW TYPE
NEW CONTOURS
ELEVATION NOTED ON HIGH SIDE
COLUMN REFERENCE GRIDS
01
W1
level name
100'-0"
7
A12
302
BUILDING OR WALL SECTION
REFERENCE DRAWING NUMBER
ELEVATION NUMBER
REFERENCE DRAWING NUMBER
DETAIL NUMBER
REFERENCE DRAWING NUMBER
ROOM/SPACE NUMBER
DOOR DESIGNATION
PROJECT NORTH
101
1
A8.1
B
A 1
A7.1
GRAPHIC SCALE (IN FEET)
2 5 10
4/A7xx
3
1
2 4 INTERIOR ELEVATION MARKER
CENTER LINES, FLOOR LINES IN
EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS, PROJECTED LINES
PROPERTY LINES, BOUNDARY LINES
ARCHITECTURAL ELEMENT HIDDEN OR ABOVE
DISCONTINUOUS DRAWING
DASH & DOT LINE
DASH & DOUBLE DOT LINE
DOTTED LINE
BREAK LINE
SHEET REFERENCE
v i c i n i t y m a p m a t e r i a l s l e g e n d
BRICK / MASONRY
EARTH, UNDISTURBED
CONCRETE
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
BATT INSULATION
RIGID INSULATION
WOOD - FINISHED
WOOD - ROUGH FRAMING, CONTINUOUS
WOOD - BLOCKING, DISCONTINUOUS
PLYWOOD
STONE VENEER
EARTH, COMPACTED
STEEL
p r o j e c t d i r e c t o r y
Owner
CITY OF ASPEN
210 East Hyman Avenue Suite 200
Aspen CO 81611
970.920-5050
Rob Goodwin , Chief
rgoodwin@carbondalefire.com
Client
ASPEN MUSIC FESTIVAL and SCHOOL.
225 Music School Road
Aspen, CO 81611
Jenny Elliot, Senior VP
jbelliot@aspenmusic.org
Designer
markitecture
742 Euclid Avenue
Carbondale, CO
Mark Mahoney
markitect742@gmail.com
Civil Engineer
SGM
118 West Sixth Street Suite 200
Glenwood Springs, CO 81601
970.945.1004
Matt Webster
mattw@sgm-inc.com
Kitchen Consultant
Partners by Design
9 Main Street Suite 2D
Manchuag, MA 01526
Dennis LaPlante
dennis@partnersbydesignllc.com
PROJECT INFORMATION
SITE SURVEY
SITE PLAN
EXISTING FLOOR PLAN (DEMO)
FLOOR PLAN
ENLARGED SITE PLANS
ELEVATIONS
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
DETAILS
DETAILS
A 0.1
C 1.0
A 0.2
A 1.0
A 1.1
A 1.2
A 2.1
A 3.1
A 4.1
A 4.2
SCOPE OF WORK
WORK INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING:
4. REMOVE EXISTING FREEZER AND COOLER UNITS FROM KITCHEN AREA.
5. REMOVE INTACT EXISTING FREE-STANDING 10X12 SHED FROM REAR OF BUILDING;
AMFS TO RE-PURPOSE SHED ON ANOTHER AMFS PROPERTY.
6. INSTALL NEW LEVELING SLAB IN REAR OF BUILDING.
7. INSTALL NEW FREEZER AND COOLER UNITS ON NEW LEVELING SLAB.
8. PROVIDE NEW EXTERIOR METAL LANDING AND STAIRS IN REAR OF BUILDING.
9. INSTALL NEW CONCRETE SLAB-ON-GRADE PATIO AREA IN FRONT (SOUTH) SIDE OF BUILDING.
SCOPE OF WORK PERFORMED UNDER DEFERRED DESIGN PERMITS
1. ELECTRICAL DESIGN/BUILD
2. MECHANICAL DESIGN/BUILD
3. FREEZER/COOLER ENGINEERED DRAWINGS
252
Site
- VICINITY MAP -
Not to Scale
- LEGEND -
2-10"8"
16"
14"
12"
12"
12"
12"
12"
8"
8"
13"
14"
6"
7"
8"
7"
8"
12"
10"
11"
6"
7"
7"
7"9"
10"
8"
8"
8"
6"
9"
8"
8"
6"
8"
Approved:
Graphic Scale
In U.S. Feet : 1" = 20'
0 10 20 40
Title:
Existing
Conditions
MapRevision#Sheet No.Lot 3 - Marolt RanchPitkin County, ColoradoJob No.
Drawn by:
Date:
File:
92208-J
HS
11/14/2019
SB
MaroltRanchExCon118 West Sixth Street, Suite 200Glenwood Springs, CO 81601970.945.1004 www.sgm-inc.com DateBy:1
1Of :
--PLS:
Shawn Binion
Colorado PLS # 38200
For, and on behalf of SGM
Existing Conditions Map
Lot 3 Marolt Ranch Subdivision
Section 12, Township 10 South, Range 85 West. of the 6th P.M.
Pitkin County, Colorado
11/14/19
253
Marolt Ranch Cafeteria
100 Marolt Ranch
Aspen, CO
Additions and Altertions
Aspen Music Festival & School
225 Music School Road
Aspen, CO 81611
Project
Date Issued For
A 0.2a
Stamp
Site Plans
Consultant
Mark Mahoney
742 Euclid Avenue
Carbondale CO 81623
970.987.2043
markitecture742@gmail.com
mark itecture
20 Aug 20 Land Use Application
New
Concr
e
t
e
Patio
PARTIAL SITE PLAN2
1/8" = 1'-0"
SITE PLAN1
1" = 20'-0"
2
A1.2
1
A1.2
New
Concrete
Patio
AREA CALCULATIONS3
1/16" = 1'-0"
Existing
Concrete Slab
Curb &
Gutter
Sidewalk
PROPE
R
T
Y
L
I
N
E
Existing Concrete Patio
EXISTING HEATED SPACE PER FLOOR
EXISTING SHED, METAL LANDING/STAIRS, SOG DECK
NEW METAL LANDING, FREEZER/COOLER UNIT, SOG DECK
EXISTING HEATED SPACE
EXISTING SHED, METAL LANDING/STAIRS, SOG DECK
5120 SF TOTAL
1103 SF TOTAL
755 SF TOTAL
128 SF TOTAL
NEW SF THAT IS 6" ABV EXISTING GRADE
PROJECT
NORTH
TRUE
NORTH
Freezer
Cooler
New Metal
Deck
New Metal
Stairs
(Contractor Option-
Re-use Existing Stairs)
New Concrete
Patio
Existing Concrete Patio
2560 SF/FLOOR
1005 SF
558 SF
156 SF
41 SF 41 SF
20 SF
NEW METAL LANDING, FREEZER/COOLER UNIT, SOG DECK
NEW SF THAT IS 6" ABV EXISTING GRADE
70 SF
17 SF
254
WP WP WP
EXISTING MAIN FLOOR PLAN1
1/4" = 1'-0"
Mark Mahoney
742 Euclid Avenue
Carbondale CO 81623
970.987.2043
markitecture742@gmail.com
mark itecture
Existing Desert
Station to remain
Dining
Office
Dishwashing
Boys Girls
1 2 3 4 6 7 8
5 BELOW
1 Knox Box
2 Siamese FD Connection
3 Comcast
4 Panel Box
5 Telephone Term. Cabinet
6
7 Main Service Disconnect
8 Holy Cross Meter
Inaccessible
Shed
Existing Utilities
Dish Return
Patio
Exit Door
Grease Trap
Manhole Cover
PROPE
R
T
Y
L
I
N
E
PROJECT
NORTH
5
1
32
4
8
6
Marolt Ranch Cafeteria
100 Marolt Ranch
Aspen, CO
Additions and Altertions
Aspen Music Festival & School
225 Music School Road
Aspen, CO 81611
Project
Date Issued For
A 1.0a
Consultant
Stamp
Existing Floor Plan
DEMO
Consultant
3
KEYNOTES (This Sheet Only)
REMOVE EXISTING STEEL STAIRS. IF FEASIBLE, RE-USE
EXISTING STAIRS IN NEW CONFIGURATION.
1 REMOVE EXISTING SHED AND ASSOCIATED SUPPORTS.
2 EXISTING LANDING TO REMAIN.
SHORTEN EXISTING DOCK
BUMPER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE
NEW FREEZER/COOLER UNIT
4
REMOVE EXISTING FREEZER/COOLER UNITS.
REPAIR EXISTING FLOOR AS REQUIRED
REMOVE EXISTING FREEZER/COOLER
REMOTE CONDENSORS
5
REMOVE EXISTING RACKS6
20 Aug 20 Land Use Application
255
1
2
3
4
A B
Marolt Ranch Cafeteria
100 Marolt Ranch
Aspen, CO
Additions and Altertions
Aspen Music Festival & School
225 Music School Road
Aspen, CO 81611
Project
Date Issued For
A 1.1a
Consultant
Stamp
Main Floor Plan
Consultant
WP WP WP
MAIN FLOOR PLAN1
1/4" = 1'-0"
Mark Mahoney
742 Euclid Avenue
Carbondale CO 81623
970.987.2043
markitecture742@gmail.com
mark itecture
Kitchen
Prep
Dining
Cookline
Office
Dishwashing
Boys Girls
1 2 3 4 6 7 8
5 BELOW
1 Knox Box
2 Siamese FD Connection
3 Comcast
4 Panel Box
5 Telephone Term. Cabinet
6
7 Main Service Disconnect
8 Holy Cross Meter
Inaccessible
Shed
Existing Utilities
Patio (See Sheet A1.2 for Enlarged Patio Plan)
Exit Door
New
30x84
Table
New 30x84 Table
Grease Trap
Manhole Cover
Walk-in
Freezer
Walk-in
Cooler
Retractable Drop-Cord
from above
Retractable Drop-Cord
from above
PROPE
R
T
Y
L
I
N
E
LINE OF
EXSTG
SHED
Existing
Concrete Slab
K-1K-1
New Metal Landing
and Stairs
Kitchen
NEW KITCHEN EQUIPMENT
CF-1 Walk-In Cooler/Freezer Unit
Item Description
CF-1
GENERAL NOTES
1. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK INDICATED ON THIS PLAN MUST BE COMPLETED BY
OTHER THAN THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR AND MUST COMPLY WITH
ALL LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS.
2. REFER TO APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS FOR SUPPLEMENTAL CONNECTIONS
AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS FOR THE FOODSERVICE EQUIPMENT
INDICATED ON THIS PLAN.
3. EXISTING SYSTEMS AND CONDITIONS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS ARE TO BE NOTED
"FOR GUIDANCE ONLY".
4. THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL DESIGN/BUILD SUBCONTRACTORS TO CHECK
ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF WORK
5. ALL PLUMBING WORK INDICATED ON THIS PLAN MUST BE COMPLETED BY OTHER
THAN THE KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR AND MUST COMPLY WITH ALL
LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS.
1
A4.2
3
A2.1
4
A2.1
2
A2.1
1
A2.1
K-1 Reach-in Refrigerator
20 Aug 20 Land Use Application
Condensing
Unit
Condensing
Unit
256
Marolt Ranch Cafeteria
100 Marolt Ranch
Aspen, CO
Additions and Altertions
Aspen Music Festival & School
225 Music School Road
Aspen, CO 81611
Project
Date Issued For
A 1.2
Consultant
Stamp
Enlarged Partial
Site Plans
Consultant
Mark Mahoney
742 Euclid Avenue
Carbondale CO 81623
970.987.2043
markitecture742@gmail.com
mark itecture
6'-0"8'-0"9'-0"4
A4.1
1
A4.1
3
A4.1
3
A4.112'-0"2
A4.1
5
A4.1
WP WP WP
5'-0"17'-0"3'-0" MIN.12"34'-2 3/4"
PARTIAL SOUTH SITE PLAN2
1/4" = 1'-0"
Existing Concrete Slab
Curb &
Gutter
Sidewalk
Existing
Grease Trap
Covers
PARTIAL NORTH SITE PLAN1
1/4" = 1'-0"
Line of Existing Roof Above
Line of Existing Awning Above
EXISTING CONCRETE PATIO
Existing
Concrete
Sidewalk
NEW
CONCRETE
PATIO
KEYNOTES
1. Relocate exisitng irrigation sprinkler heads/lines as required. Relocate to provide
adequate coverage to existing lawn.
17"h x 12"w
Concrete Site Wall
EXSTG METAL
DECK TO REMAIN
NEW METAL
DECK
PROPE
R
T
Y
L
I
N
E
PROVIDE LEVEL
CONCRETE SLAB
UNDER
FREEZER/COOLER UNITS
(SEE SHEET A4.1)
NEW METAL
STAIRS
(CONTRACTOR OPTION-
RE-USE EXISTING STAIRS) EXISTING TO REMAINNEW SLAB-ON-GRADEExisting Sidewalk
x EL. 7969.8
x EL. 7969.2
x EL. 7968.7
x EL. 7969.2
x EL. 7968.6 - EXISTING and FINAL GRADESLOPE (match existing)WALK-IN COOLER
WALK-IN FREEZER
MAROLT RANCH CAFETERIA BUILDING
MAROLT RANCH CAFETERIA BUILDING
CJ
6"X6" CurbSLOPE
20 Aug 20 Land Use Application
Condensing
Unit
Condensing
Unit
257
Marolt Ranch Cafeteria
100 Marolt Ranch
Aspen, CO
Additions and Altertions
Aspen Music Festival & School
225 Music School Road
Aspen, CO 81611
Date Issued For
A 2.1
Consultant
Stamp
Elevations
Consultant
22 Nov 2019 Permit / 100% CD
(E) Shed
Freezer/ Cooler
EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB EXISTING GREENSCAPE
8'-6 1/4"Mark Mahoney
742 Euclid Avenue
Carbondale CO 81623
970.987.2043
markitecture742@gmail.com
mark itecture
NORTH ELEVATION1 1/4" = 1'-0"
T.O. SUB-FLOOR
ELEV. 47'-0"
T.O. SLAB
ELEV. 43'-0"
PARTIAL EAST ELEVATION4
Cooler Freezer
New Patio Slab Existing Patio Slab
Concrete Site Wall
(beyond)
T.O. SIDEWALK
ELEV. 43'-5 5/8"
(AT BUILDING)NEW FREEZER/COOLER FINISH TO BE
26-GAUGE ZINC-ALUMINUM COATED STEEL
W/ CORROSION RESISTANT ACRYLIC PAINT
NEW LEVELING SLAB
EXISTING LANDING TO REMIANNEW LANDING/STAIR TO MATCH EXSTG
CoolerFreezer
NEW FREEZER/COOLER FINISH TO BE
26-GAUGE ZINC-ALUMINUM COATED STEEL
W/ CORROSION RESISTANT ACRYLIC PAINT
NEW LEVELING SLAB
PARTIAL WEST ELEVATION2 1/4" = 1'-0"
PARTIAL EAST ELEVATION31/4" = 1'-0"1/4" = 1'-0"
RELOCATED METAL STAIRS
NEW WALK-IN
FREEZER/COOLER UNIT
EXISTING STAIRS
EXISTING CAFETERIA BUILDING
(NO CHANGES TO EXTERIOR)
EXISTING CAFETERIA BUILDING
(NO CHANGES TO EXTERIOR)
EXISTING CAFETERIA BUILDING
(NO CHANGES TO EXTERIOR)
EXISTING CAFETERIA BUILDING
(NO CHANGES TO EXTERIOR)
NEW SOG PATIO EXISTING TO REMAIN
EXISTING TO REMAIN
NEW LANDING/STAIRS,
NEW FREEZER/COOLER UNIT
SEE SHEET A4.2 FOR DETAILS
FREEZSING UNITER/COOLER CONDENSING UNITS
ON STEEL FRAME
258
Marolt Ranch Cafeteria
100 Marolt Ranch
Aspen, CO
Additions and Alterations
Aspen Music Festival & School
225 Music School Road
Aspen, CO 81611
Project
Date Issued For
A 4.1
Consultant
Stamp
Construction Details
Consultant
Mark Mahoney
742 Euclid Avenue
Carbondale CO 81623
970.987.2043
markitecture742@gmail.com
mark itecture
22 Nov 2019 Permit / 100% CD
SECTION DTL. - PATIO / EXISTING SLAB
1 1/2"= 1'-0"1SECTION DTL. - CONTROL JOINT
1 1/2"= 1'-0"2SECTION DTL. - PATIO SLAB /SITE WALL
1 1/2"= 1'-0"4
1'-0"1'-5"#4 HOOK @ 18" O.C.
#4 CONT.
SAWCUT OR TOOLED CONTROL JOINT
10"
1/2" EXPANSION JOINT
MATERIAL
EXSTG PATIO SLAB
1'-0"
SECTION DTL. - PATIO SLAB EDGE
1 1/2"= 1'-0"3
4" CONCRETE SLAB W/ WWF 6x6 2.1x2.1
4" CRUSHED GRAVEL ON
UNDISTURBED SOIL
10"
#4 CONT TYPICAL
1" MIN.NOTE
SAWCUT CONTROL JOINT WITHIN 8 HRS (MAX)
HOURS OF PLACEMENT OR USE TOOLED JOINT
DURING FINISHING (CONTRACTOR'S OPTION)
NOTES
Cast-In-Place Concrete
1. Exterior SOG - 28 day compressive strength 4000psi
2. Aggreagte - 3/4"
3. Air Content - 5% ≠ 1.5%
4. Max. Water Content - 0.45
5. Slump - 4 1/2" ≠ 1"
6. Normal Weight 145pcf ≠ 5pcf
Reinforcing Steel
1. Bars - ASTM A615-grade 60, except ASTM A706-GR60 for reinforcing to be welded.
2. Welded Wire Fabric - ASTM A185
PLAN DTL. - LEVELING SLAB
1/2"= 1'-0"6SECTION DTL. - LEVELING SLAB
1 1/2"= 1'-0"7SECTION DTL. - LEVELING SLAB
1 1/2"= 1'-0"8SECTION DTL. - LEVELING SLAB
1 1/2"= 1'-0"9
9
A4.1
8
A4.1
7
A4.1
EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB
TO REMAIN
18" MINIMUMLIMIT OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB
EXISTING GRADE
ROUGHEN EXISTING SLAB SURFACE
(SHADED AREA)
4" CONCRETE SLAB W/ WWF 6x6 2.1x2.1
4" CRUSHED GRAVEL ON
UNDISTURBED SOIL
#4 CONT TYPICAL
ROUGHEN TOP OF EXISTING SLAB
FREEZER/COOLER UNIT
10"W HAUNCH -
DEPTH VARIES
(18" BELOW GRADE
MINIMUM)
SECTION DTL. - PATIO / EXISTING SIDEWALK
1 1/2"= 1'-0"5
10"
1/2" EXPANSION JOINT
MATERIAL
EXSTG SIDEWALK
6"HX6"W CURB
10"
CJ
EXISTING METAL LANDINGVARIES (3" MIN)Condensing
Unit
Condensing
Unit slopeWORK POINT #1WORK POINT #2(-3")(-3")X
(-9")X(-8")X
WORK POINT #1 - HORIZONTAL CONTROL
WP1 = FURTHEST POINT WEST THAT IS INSIDE OF PROPERTY LINE and
THAT IS MINIMUM OF 12'-0" CLEAR FROM METAL LANDING
WORK POINT #2 - VERTICAL CONTROL
WP2 = TOP OF NEW SLAB AS ESTABLISHED BY HIGH POINT OF
EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB. NEW SLAB THICKNESS AT WP#2 = 3".
(-x") - DISTANCE FROM TOP OF NEW SLAB
TO TOP OF EXISTING SLAB
X
259
Marolt Ranch Cafeteria
100 Marolt Ranch
Aspen, CO
Additions and Alterations
Aspen Music Festival & School
225 Music School Road
Aspen, CO 81611
Project
Date Issued For
A 4.2
Consultant
Stamp
Construction Details
Consultant
Mark Mahoney
742 Euclid Avenue
Carbondale CO 81623
970.987.2043
markitecture742@gmail.com
mark itecture
EXISTING 2" DI PIPE STANCHION
EXISTING REMOVEABLE 2" DI PIPE RAIL
EXISTING STL COLLAR WELDED TO PIPE RAIL
(2) EXISTING STL RINGS WELDED TO PIPE
REMOVEABLE 2" DI PIPE RAIL
STL COLLAR WELDED TO PIPE RAIL
(2) STL RINGS WELDED TO
EXISTING PIPE 22 Nov 2019 Permit / 100% CD
EXISTING 2" PIPE
EXISTING 10" STL CHANNELNEW 10" STL CHANNEL3'-6"EXISTING METAL DECK TO REMAIN10'-3"
4'-0"4'-0" (MATCH EXISTING)DN 6R
EXISTING
SIDEWALK5'-0"1'-0"HANDRAIL EXTENSION
STAIR DATA
6 RISERS @ 6 15/16" EA = 3'-5 5/8"
5 TREADS @ 12" = 5'-0" 2'-4" (EXSTG)REMOVABLE 2" DIA. PIPE
3'-5 5/8" (VIF)E X I S T I N G B U I L D I N G
EXISTING TO REMAINNEW TO MATCH EXISTING
3'-0"6"T.O. GUARDRAIL
T.O. HANDRAIL
1 1/2"
DOCK BUMPER DOCK BUMPER
1 1/2" DIA HANDRAIL
PLAN DTL. - METAL STAIR / LANDING
1/2"= 1'-0"1
NORTH ELEVATION - METAL STAIR / LANDING
1/2"= 1'-0"3WEST ELEVATION - METAL STAIR / LANDING
1/2"= 1'-0"2
3/16
7
6
5
8
4
9
1
A4.1
1 4x6x2.5 STEEL TUBE ON 24" BIGFOOT
2
36"H HANDRAIL - 1 12/" O.D. PIPE RAIL
3 11 3/4" X 2" GRIP STRUT PLANK GRATING TREAD TO COMPLY WITH ANSI 117.1
4 3x3 ANGLE W/ 1/2"X 4" EXPANSION ANCHOR BOLT
5
42"H GUARD RAIL W/4X4 WWM
6 2X2 STEEL TUBE SUPPORT @ 30" O.C.
7 11 3/4" X 2" GRIP STRUT PLANK GRATING TO COMPLY WITH ANSI 117.1
8 MC10X8.4
9 EXISTING GRIP STRUT PLANK GRATING
10 1X1 CONTINUOUS STEEL ANGLE
11 33 3/4" DIA. TITEN HD ANCHOR @24"O.C., 5" MIN EMBED INTO CONCRETE
12 12" DIA. CONCRETE PIER W/24" DIA. BIGFOOT
13 (1) #4 RE-BAR
14 EXISTING 2X2 STL SUPPORT @ 30"O.C. +/-
3
62
8
10
6
6
12
13
11
SECTION DTL. - METAL LANDING
1/2"= 1'-0"4
STANCHION DETAIL
1/2"= 1'-0"4
1
5
4X4X1/4" WWM WELDED TO 1X1X 1/4" STEEL ANGLE WELD TO STANCHION WITH 1/2" ROD
62
62
8
1
KEYNOTES (THIS SHEET ONLY)
PLAN DTL - TOP OF BIGFOOT
1/2"= 1'-0"5
8" DIA CONCRETE PIER
(2) 1/2" EXP ANCHOR W/4" MIN EMBED
4X6 COLUMN (ABV)
6" W X 1/2"TH BASEPLATE
14
4
3/16
260